2. 狮子吼品显示巴利原文
2. Sīhanādavaggo
1. 《小狮子吼经》注释显示巴利原文
1. Cūḷasīhanādasuttavaṇṇanā
139 139. “如是我闻”等句,即是《小狮子吼经》。然而,此经的安立有其事缘,所以我们要先说明它的缘起,再逐句解释。那么,这部经是出于什么因缘而安立的呢?是在外道因利养和恭敬而悲叹的时候安立的。据说,当时世尊按照《法嗣经》中所说的方式,获得了极大的利养和恭敬。世间有四种衡量标准,据此而安立四种人:以容貌为衡量标准的“色准量者”与“对色净信者”;以声誉为衡量标准的“声准量者”与“对声净信者”;以粗行为衡量标准的“粗准量者”与“对粗净信者”;以法为衡量标准的“法准量者”与“对法净信者”。显示巴利原文
139.Evaṃme sutanti cūḷasīhanādasuttaṃ. Yasmā panassa atthuppattiko nikkhepo, tasmā taṃ dassetvā cassa anupubbapadavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma. Katarāya panidaṃ atthuppattiyā nikkhittanti? Lābhasakkārapaccayā titthiyaparidevite. Bhagavato kira dhammadāyādasutte vuttanayena mahālābhasakkāro uppajji. Catuppamāṇiko hi ayaṃ lokasannivāso, rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasannoti imesaṃ puggalānaṃ vasena catudhā ṭhito.
那么,它们的区别何在呢?什么是“随色度量者”和“于色起净信者”?在此,有一类人,见到身高、体宽、体态或形体的圆满,便以此为量度而生起净信,此人即称为“随色度量者”、“于色起净信者”。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ – katamo ca puggalo rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno? Idhekacco puggalo ārohaṃ vā passitvā pariṇāhaṃ vā passitvā saṇṭhānaṃ vā passitvā pāripūriṃ vā passitvā tattha pamāṇaṃ gahetvā pasādaṃ janeti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno.
什么是“随声度量者”和“于声起净信者”?在此,有一类人,因他人的称扬、赞美、褒奖与传颂,便以此为量度而生起净信,此人即称为“随声度量者”、“于声起净信者”。显示巴利原文
Katamo ca puggalo ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno? Idhekacco puggalo paravaṇṇanāya parathomanāya parapasaṃsanāya paravaṇṇahārikāya, tattha pamāṇaṃ gahetvā pasādaṃ janeti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno.
什么是“随粗度量者”和“于粗起净信者”?在此,有一类人,见他人袈裟粗陋、见其钵盂粗陋、见其坐卧具粗陋,或见种种难行苦行,便以此为量度而生起净信,此人即称为“随粗度量者”、“于粗起净信者”。显示巴利原文
Katamo ca puggalo lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno? Idhekacco puggalo cīvaralūkhaṃ vā passitvā pattalūkhaṃ vā passitvā, senāsanalūkhaṃ vā passitvā vividhaṃ vā dukkarakārikaṃ passitvā tattha pamāṇaṃ gahetvā pasādaṃ janeti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno.
什么样的人是“法准量者”和“对法净信者”呢?在此,有一类人,见到戒,或见到定,或见到慧,便以此为准绳而生起净信,这种人即称为“法准量者”和“对法净信者”。显示巴利原文
Katamo ca puggalo dhammappamāṇo dhammappasanno? Idhekacco puggalo sīlaṃ vā passitvā samādhiṃ vā passitvā paññaṃ vā passitvā tattha pamāṇaṃ gahetvā pasādaṃ janeti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo dhammappamāṇo dhammappasannoti.
在这四种人中,“色准量者”见到世尊的身高、体宽、体态、肤色的圆满与柔润;由于世尊的身体被八十随形好所严饰,如同一条缀满各种宝物的金色大布;由于被三十二大人相所遍布,犹如群星闪耀的虚空;又像那高达一百由旬、繁花盛开不断的天界波利质多罗树,被十八拉他那高的身光所环绕,无比辉煌,举世无双。见到如此身相,他们便只对正自觉者生起净信。显示巴利原文
Imesu catūsu puggalesu rūpappamāṇopi bhagavato ārohapariṇāhasaṇṭhānapāripūrivaṇṇapokkharataṃ, asītianubyañjanappaṭimaṇḍitattā nānāratanavicittamiva suvaṇṇamahāpaṭaṃ, dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasamākiṇṇatāya tārāgaṇasamujjalaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ viya ca yojanasatubbedhaṃ pāricchattakaṃ aṭṭhārasaratanubbedhaṃ byāmappabhāparikkhepaṃ sassirikaṃ anopamasarīraṃ disvā sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati.
“声准量者”也是如此:他听闻世尊以“在四不可计数又百千劫的时间里,圆满修习了十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟波罗蜜,舍弃了肢体、舍弃了子女与妻子、舍弃了王位、舍弃了自身、舍弃了双眼”等种种方式流传的音声后,便只对正自觉者生起净信。显示巴利原文
Ghosappamāṇopi, bhagavatā kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyo pūritā aṅgapariccāgo puttadārapariccāgo, rajjapariccāgo attapariccāgo nayanapariccāgo ca katotiādinā nayena pavattaṃ ghosaṃ sutvā sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati.
“粗准量者”也是如此。他见到世尊的袈裟粗劣后,心想:“如果世尊过在家生活,必定只穿着迦尸国最精美的衣服;如今出家,却满足于这种麻制的粪扫衣,以此为至为重要。”于是只对正自觉者生起净信。又见到世尊的钵粗劣后,心想:“这位大士若还在俗家,会用最上等的红色金器享用适合转轮王的芬芳香米饭;如今出家,却拿着石钵依次第不分贵贱地挨家乞食,满足于得到的一团食物,同样以此为至为重要。”于是只对正自觉者生起净信。又见到坐卧具粗劣后,心想:“这位大士若在在家,会安住于适合三季的三座宫殿中,被歌舞伎女众围绕,如同享受天界成就一般受用王室荣华;如今出家,却满足于树下住处、木板、石板、凳子和床座等,以此为至为重要。”于是只对正自觉者生起净信。此外,见到他的难行苦行后,心想:“他六年间据说仅靠少量的绿豆粥、滨豆粥、草籽粥维持生命,修习无息气的禅那,对身体和生命都毫无贪恋地安住。啊!世尊真是难行能行者。”于是只对正自觉者生起净信。显示巴利原文
Lūkhappamāṇopi bhagavato cīvaralūkhaṃ disvā ‘‘sace bhagavā agāraṃ ajjhāvasissa, kāsikavatthameva adhārayissa. Pabbajitvā panānena sāṇapaṃsukūlacīvarena santussamānena bhāriyaṃ kata’’nti sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati. Pattalūkhampi disvā – ‘‘iminā agāraṃ ajjhāvasantena rattavarasuvaṇṇabhājanesu cakkavattibhojanārahaṃ sugandhasālibhojanaṃ paribhuttaṃ, pabbajitvā pana pāsāṇamayaṃ pattaṃ ādāya uccanīcakuladvāresu sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā laddhapiṇḍiyālopena santussamāno bhāriyaṃ karotī’’ti sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati. Senāsanalūkhaṃ disvāpi – ‘‘ayaṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasanto tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikesu tīsu pāsādesu tividhanāṭakaparivāro dibbasampattiṃ viya rajjasiriṃ anubhavitvā idāni pabbajjūpagato rukkhamūlasenāsanādīsu dāruphalakasilāpaṭṭapīṭhamañcakādīhi santussamāno bhāriyaṃ karotī’’ti sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati. Dukkarakārikamassa disvāpi – ‘‘chabbassāni nāma muggayūsakulatthayūsahareṇuyūsādīnaṃ pasaṭamattena yāpessati, appāṇakaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyissati, sarīre ca jīvite ca anapekkho viharissati, aho dukkarakārako bhagavā’’ti sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati.
“法准量者”:见到世尊的戒德、定德、慧德,禅那、解脱、定、等至的成就,神通的圆满,双神变,从天降下,调伏波提迦子等许多稀有之事,便只对正自觉者生起净信。他们如此生信后,便向世尊献上广大的供养与恭敬。然而,外道们的供养恭敬,却如同巴韦鲁本生中的乌鸦那样衰落了。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Dhammappamāṇopi bhagavato sīlaguṇaṃ samādhiguṇaṃ paññāguṇaṃ jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattisampadaṃ abhiññāpāripūriṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ devorohaṇaṃ pāthikaputtadamanādīni ca anekāni acchariyāni disvā sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati, te evaṃ pasannā bhagavato mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ abhiharanti. Titthiyānaṃ pana bāverujātake kākassa viya lābhasakkāro parihāyittha. Yathāha –
“因为人们见不到那冠羽绚丽、鸣声悦耳的孔雀,”
那时,人们只以肉和果子供养乌鸦。
当音声美妙的孔雀来到巴韦鲁之时,
那时,乌鸦的利养与恭敬便消亡了。
只要那位法王、带来光明的佛陀尚未出现,
那时,人们便供养其他诸多沙门与婆罗门。
当妙音具足的佛陀宣说正法时,
那时,外道们的利养与恭敬便消亡了。”(本生经1.4.153-156)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Adassanena morassa, sikhino mañjubhāṇino; Kākaṃ tattha apūjesuṃ, maṃsena ca phalena ca. Yadā ca sarasampanno, moro bāverumāgamā; Atha lābho ca sakkāro, vāyasassa ahāyatha. Yāva nuppajjati buddho, dhammarājā pabhaṅkaro; Tāva aññe apūjesuṃ, puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe. Yadā ca sarasampanno, buddho dhammamadesayi; Atha lābho ca sakkāro, titthiyānaṃ ahāyathā’’ti. (jā. 1.4.153-156);
他们就这样失去了利养与恭敬,虽在夜间尚能照亮一两指宽的地方,但当太阳升起时,便如萤火虫一般光芒尽失。显示巴利原文
Te evaṃ pahīnalābhasakkārā rattiṃ ekadvaṅgulamattaṃ obhāsetvāpi sūriyuggamane khajjopanakā viya hatappabhā ahesuṃ.
正如萤火虫在黑半月的夜晚,
它们展现各自的光亮,那本是它们的境界。
当那具足光辉的太阳升起时,
那时,众萤火虫的光明便隐没不现。
如是,犹如萤火虫一般,此世间的众多外道,
在这如同黑半月的世间中,彰显各自的功德。
而当佛陀出现于世间,那光芒无量者,
外道们便黯然无光,如太阳下的萤火虫一般。
显示巴利原文 Yathā hi khajjopanakā, kāḷapakkhamhi rattiyā; Nidassayanti obhāsaṃ, etesaṃ visayo hi so. Yadā ca rasmisampanno, abbhudeti pabhaṅkaro; Atha khajjupasaṅghānaṃ, pabhā antaradhāyati. Evaṃ khajjupasadisā, titthiyāpi puthū idha; Kāḷapakkhūpame loke, dīpayanti sakaṃ guṇaṃ. Yadā ca buddho lokasmiṃ, udeti amitappabho; Nippabhā titthiyā honti, sūriye khajjupakā yathāti.
这些外道变得如此黯然无光之后,全身长满腋疮等疮疖,衰败至极,便前往佛陀、法、僧所在之处,以及大众聚集之处,站在内街巷、十字路口、四衢道乃至会堂中,悲叹道:显示巴利原文
Te evaṃ nippabhā hutvā kacchupiḷakādīhi kiṇṇasarīrā paramapārijuññapattā yena buddho yena dhammo yena saṅgho yena ca mahājanassa sannipāto, tena tena gantvā antaravīthiyampi siṅghāṭakepi catukkepi sabhāyampi ṭhatvā paridevanti –
“诸友!难道唯有沙门乔达摩是沙门,而我们不是沙门?唯有沙门乔达摩的弟子是沙门,而我们的弟子不是沙门?布施沙门乔达摩的弟子得大果,布施我们弟子却不得大果?沙门乔达摩是沙门,我们也是沙门;沙门乔达摩的弟子是沙门,我们的弟子也是沙门。同为沙门,为何布施沙门乔达摩的弟子得大果,布施我们弟子却不得大果?为何你们供养、尊敬沙门乔达摩的弟子,却不供养、不尊敬我们的弟子?难道沙门乔达摩只是新近出现数日之辈,而我们则是从世间有众生以来便一直存在的吗?”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kiṃ bho samaṇoyeva gotamo samaṇo, mayaṃ assamaṇā; samaṇasseva gotamassa sāvakā samaṇā, amhākaṃ sāvakā assamaṇā? Samaṇasseva gotamassa sāvakānañcassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na amhākaṃ, sāvakānañca no dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ? Nanu samaṇopi gotamo samaṇo, mayampi samaṇā. Samaṇassapi gotamassa sāvakā samaṇā, amhākampi sāvakā samaṇā. Samaṇassapi gotamassa sāvakānañcassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, amhākampi sāvakānañca no dinnaṃ mahapphalañceva? Samaṇassapi gotamassa sāvakānañcassa detha karotha, amhākampi sāvakānañca no detha sakkarotha? Nanu samaṇo gotamo purimāni divasāni uppanno, mayaṃ pana loke uppajjamāneyeva uppannā’’ti.
各种喧嚷声纷然四起。当时,比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷四众弟子听闻那些话语后,便禀告世尊:“尊者!那些外道在说如此这般的话。”世尊听后说道:“诸比丘,你们切勿因外道的言说,便以为别处尚有沙门。”世尊在否定其他外道拥有沙门性的同时,即于此教法中予以认可,并借此因缘宣说了此经:“诸比丘,唯有在此处,方有沙门。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nānappakāraṃ viravanti. Atha bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyoti catasso parisā tesaṃ saddaṃ sutvā bhagavato ārocesuṃ ‘‘titthiyā bhante idañcidañca kathentī’’ti . Taṃ sutvā bhagavā – ‘‘mā tumhe, bhikkhave, titthiyānaṃ vacanena ‘aññatra samaṇo atthī’ti saññino ahuvatthā’’ti vatvā aññatitthiyesu samaṇabhāvaṃ paṭisedhento idheva ca anujānanto imissā atthuppattiyā idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇoti idaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“唯有在此处”(idheva)是指:唯在此教法中。此限定也当知适用于后面的词。因为第二等沙门同样唯在此处,而非别处。“沙门”指入流者。因此世尊说:“诸比丘,何等为第一沙门?诸比丘,于此教法中,有比丘断尽三结,成为入流者,具足不退堕法,决定趣向正觉。诸比丘,这便是第一沙门。”显示巴利原文
Tattha idhevāti imasmiṃyeva sāsane. Ayaṃ pana niyamo sesapadesupi veditabbo. Dutiyādayopi hi samaṇā idheva, na aññattha. Samaṇoti sotāpanno. Tenevāha – ‘‘katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo’’ti (a. ni. 4.241).
“第二”乃指一来者。因此世尊说:“诸比丘,何等为第二沙门?诸比丘,于此教法中,有比丘断尽三结,贪、嗔、痴转薄,成为一来者,仅再来到此世间一次,便究竟苦边。诸比丘,这便是第二沙门。”显示巴利原文
Dutiyoti sakadāgāmī. Tenevāha – ‘‘katamo ca? Bhikkhave, dutiyo samaṇo. Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo samaṇo’’ti.
“第三”指不来者。因此世尊说:“比丘们,什么是第三沙门?比丘们,在此,比丘断尽五下分结,成为化生者,于彼处般涅槃,不再从那世间返回。比丘们,这就是第三沙门。”显示巴利原文
Tatiyoti anāgāmī. Tenevāha – ‘‘katamo ca, bhikkhave, tatiyo samaṇo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samaṇo’’ti.
“第四”指阿拉汉。因此世尊说:“比丘们,什么是第四沙门?比丘们,在此,比丘以诸漏灭尽,于现法自证无漏的心解脱与慧解脱,具足而住。比丘们,这就是第四沙门。”(《增支部》4.241)因此,此处所说的正是这四种住于果位的沙门。显示巴利原文
Catutthoti arahā. Tenevāha – ‘‘katamo ca, bhikkhave, catuttho samaṇo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho samaṇo’’ti (a. ni. 4.241). Iti imasmiṃ ṭhāne cattāro phalaṭṭhakasamaṇāva adhippetā.
“suññā”意为空、虚无。“parappavādā”指四种常见论、四种一分常见论、四种有边无边论、四种不死矫乱论、两种无因生论、十六种有想论、八种无想论、八种非想非非想论、七种断灭论、五种见法涅槃论——所有这些都是《梵网经》中所说的六十二种邪见。对于此教法之外的其他宗派学说,称为“外道之说”。这一切,相对于这四种住于果位的沙门而言,都是空的,因为其中并无这些沙门。而且不止相对于这四种沙门是空的,相对于四种住于道位的沙门,以及为了成就四道而精进修观的修行者——也就是总共十二种沙门——同样都是空的。正是为了阐明此义,世尊在《大般涅槃经》中说道:显示巴利原文
Suññāti rittā tucchā. Parappavādāti cattāro sassatavādā, cattāro ekaccasassatikā, cattāro antānantikā, cattāro amarāvikkhepikā, dve adhiccasamuppannikā, soḷasa saññīvādā, aṭṭha asaññīvādā, aṭṭha nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā, satta ucchedavādā, pañca diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādāti ime sabbepi brahmajāle āgatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo. Ito bāhirānaṃ paresaṃ vādā parappavādā nāma. Te sabbepi imehi catūhi phalaṭṭhakasamaṇehi suññā, na hi te ettha santi. Na kevalañca eteheva suññā, catūhi pana maggaṭṭhakasamaṇehipi catunnaṃ maggānaṃ atthāya āraddhavipassakehipīti dvādasahipi samaṇehi suññā eva. Imameva atthaṃ sandhāya bhagavatā mahāparinibbāne vuttaṃ –
须跋陀罗,我二十九岁那年,
出家寻求善法;
至今已逾五十年。
须跋陀罗,自我出家以来,
「导至法」:指仅证得其中一分。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda, Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃ kusalānuesī; Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni, Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda; Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī, Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.
“第二沙门亦不存在,第三沙门亦不存在,第四沙门亦不存在。其他那些持不同见解者的沙门,皆是空虚。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi, tatiyopi samaṇo natthi, catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.214).
在此,“分处而住者”指的是已开始修观者。因此,将入流道中已开始修观者、住于道者、住于果者,此三类合为一类,说为“沙门亦不存在”。将一来道中已开始修观者、住于道者、住于果者,此三类亦合为一类,说为“第二沙门亦不存在”。于其余二道,亦同此法。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi padesavattīti āraddhavipassako adhippeto. Tasmā sotāpattimaggassa āraddhavipassakaṃ maggaṭṭhaṃ phalaṭṭhanti tayopi ekato katvā samaṇopi natthīti āha. Sakadāgāmimaggassa āraddhavipassakaṃ maggaṭṭhaṃ phalaṭṭhanti tayopi ekato katvā dutiyopi samaṇo natthīti āha. Itaresupi dvīsu eseva nayo.
然而,为何这些沙门在他处不存在?因其为非田。正如芥子不得立于针尖,火不得燃于水面,种子不得生于磐石;同样,在外道的那些栖止处,这些沙门不生起,唯有于此教法中才生起。何以故?因其为田。他们之非田与此地之田,应理解为依于圣道的不存在与存在而说。因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Kasmā panete aññattha natthīti? Akhettatāya. Yathā hi na āragge sāsapo tiṭṭhati, na udakapiṭṭhe aggi jalati, na piṭṭhipāsāṇe bījāni ruhanti, evameva bāhiresu titthāyatanesu na ime samaṇā uppajjanti, imasmiṃyeva pana sāsane uppajjanti. Kasmā? Khettatāya. Tesaṃ akhettatā ca khettatā ca ariyamaggassa abhāvato ca bhāvato ca veditabbā. Tenāha bhagavā –
须跋陀罗,在任何法与律中,若未发现圣八支道,那里便不见沙门,也不见第二沙门,不见第三沙门,不见第四沙门。须跋陀罗,而在任何法与律中,若发现了圣八支道,那里便见沙门,也见第二沙门……乃至……也见第四沙门。须跋陀罗,于此法与律中,圣八支道已被发现,须跋陀罗,唯此处有沙门,此处有第二沙门,此处有第三沙门,此处有第四沙门,其他外道的沙门众皆空无所有。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha…pe…. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.214).
因此,外道的栖止处并非福田,而教法才是福田。正如手足赤红、鬃毛雄健的狮子兽王,不会住在坟场或垃圾堆中,只会潜入广袤三千由旬的雪山,只住在摩尼洞里;正如名叫六牙的龙王,不会出生在牧象族等九种龙族中,只会出生在六牙龙族里;正如云马王,不会出生在驴族或马族中,只会出生在信度河岸的信度马族中;正如能赐予一切欲乐、令人愉悦的摩尼宝,不会出现在垃圾堆或土丘等处,只出现在毗富罗山的内部;正如名为吞舟大鱼的鱼王,不会出生在小池塘里,只出生在深达八万四千由旬的大海中;正如身量一百五十由旬的金翅鸟王,不会住在村门边的蓖麻林等处,只会潜入大海,只住在辛婆梨池林中;正如持国天鹅王,不会住在村门边的水坑等处,只会被九万只天鹅眷属围绕,只住在心峰山上;正如统御四洲的转轮王,不会出生在卑贱的家族,只会出生在血统纯净、互不相杂的刹帝利家族中。同样,在这些沙门当中,连一位沙门也不会出现在其他外道的栖止处,只会出现在以圣道为疆界的佛陀教法中。因此,世尊说:‘诸比丘,唯此处有沙门……乃至……其他外道的沙门众皆空无所有。’显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yasmā titthāyatanaṃ akhettaṃ, sāsanaṃ khettaṃ, tasmā yathā surattahatthapādo sūrakesarako sīho migarājā na susāne vā saṅkārakūṭe vā paṭivasati, tiyojanasahassavitthataṃ pana himavantaṃ ajjhogāhetvā maṇiguhāyaṃyeva paṭivasati. Yathā ca chaddanto nāgarājā na gocariyahatthikulādīsu navasu nāgakulesu uppajjati, chaddantakuleyeva uppajjati. Yathā ca valāhako assarājā na gadrabhakule vā ghoṭakakule vā uppajjati, sindhuyā tīre pana sindhavakuleyeva uppajjati. Yathā ca sabbakāmadadaṃ manoharaṃ maṇiratanaṃ na saṅkārakūṭe vā paṃsupabbatādīsu vā uppajjati, vepullapabbatabbhantareyeva uppajjati. Yathā ca timirapiṅgalo maccharājā na khuddakapokkharaṇīsu uppajjati, caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīre mahāsamuddeyeva uppajjati. Yathā ca diyaḍḍhayojanasatiko supaṇṇarājā na gāmadvāre eraṇḍavanādīsu paṭivasati, mahāsamuddaṃ pana ajjhogāhetvā simbalidahavaneyeva paṭivasati. Yathā ca dhataraṭṭho suvaṇṇahaṃso na gāmadvāre āvāṭakādīsu paṭivasati, navutihaṃsasahassaparivāro hutvā cittakūṭapabbateyeva paṭivasati. Yathā ca catuddīpissaro cakkavattirājā na nīcakule uppajjati, asambhinnajātikhattiyakuleyeva pana uppajjati. Evameva imesu samaṇesu ekasamaṇopi na aññatitthāyatane uppajjati, ariyamaggaparikkhitte pana buddhasāsaneyeva uppajjati. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo…pe… suññā parappavādā samaṇehi samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti.
‘你们应当正确地发出狮子吼’一句中,‘正确地’是指有理由、依循正理、有根据。所谓‘狮子吼’,是指最殊胜的吼声、毫无怖畏的吼声、无人能反驳的吼声。正因为这四种沙门只存在于此处,这种宣称便是最殊胜的吼声,是至高无上的音声。当一个人说‘这些沙门只存在于这里’时,对来自其他方面的恐惧或疑虑皆已无有,因此称为毫无怖畏的吼声。又因为在富兰那等外道中,没有任何一人能站起来说‘我们的教法中也有这些沙门’,他们无此能力,因此这种宣称便是无人能反驳的吼声。所以说:‘所谓狮子吼,即是最殊胜的吼声、毫无怖畏的吼声、无人能反驳的吼声。’显示巴利原文
Sammā sīhanādaṃ nadathāti ettha sammāti hetunā nayena kāraṇena. Sīhanādanti seṭṭhanādaṃ abhītanādaṃ appaṭinādaṃ. Imesañhi catunnaṃ samaṇānaṃ idheva atthitāya ayaṃ nādo seṭṭhanādo nāma hoti uttamanādo. ‘‘Ime samaṇā idheva atthī’’ti vadantassa aññato bhayaṃ vā āsaṅkā vā natthīti abhītanādo nāma hoti. ‘‘Amhākampi sāsane ime samaṇā atthī’’ti pūraṇādīsu ekassāpi uṭṭhahitvā vattuṃ asamatthatāya ayaṃ nādo appaṭinādo nāma hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sīhanādanti seṭṭhanādaṃ abhītanādaṃ appaṭināda’’nti.
140 「这种情形确实存在」,意思是这个原因确实存在。「那些外道」,是指由某种原因而成为外道的人。于此,应当了知「渡处」,应当了知「造渡处者」,应当了知「外道」,应当了知「外道弟子」。所谓「渡处」,即六十二种邪见。因为有情在这些见中横渡、浮沉、载浮载沉,故称为「渡处」。这些邪见的制造者,称为「造渡处者」。接受这种见解而出家的人,称为「外道」。而供养他们生活所需的人,当知为「外道弟子」。「游行者」是指舍弃家庭束缚而进入出家生活的人。「依靠」是指依止、立足点、支撑。「力量」是指体力。「由彼」意为:你们正是依凭那种依靠或那种力量,才如此说的。显示巴利原文
140.Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjatīti idaṃ kho pana kāraṇaṃ vijjati. Yaṃ aññatitthiyāti yena kāraṇena aññatitthiyā. Ettha ca titthaṃ jānitabbaṃ, titthakaro jānitabbo titthiyā jānitabbā, titthiyasāvakā jānitabbā. Titthaṃnāma dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo. Ettha hi sattā taranti uppalavanti ummujjanimujjaṃ karonti, tasmā titthanti vuccanti. Tāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ uppādetā titthakaro nāma. Tassa laddhiṃ gahetvā pabbajitā titthiyā nāma. Tesaṃ paccayadāyakā titthiyasāvakāti veditabbā. Paribbājakāti gihibandhanaṃ pahāya pabbajjūpagatā. Assāsoti avassayo patiṭṭhā upatthambho. Balanti thāmo. Yena tumheti yena assāsena vā balena vā evaṃ vadetha.
「贤友,我们确实是由那位知者、见者、阿拉汉、正自觉者世尊……」——此处简略含义如下:彼世尊,圆满了三十种波罗蜜,摧破了一切烦恼,证悟了无上的正自觉。彼世尊,了知各类众生的习性及随眠,犹如观看置于掌中的庵摩罗果一般,洞见一切可知之法。再者,以宿住随念等了知,以天眼见。或者,以三明或以六通了知,以于一切处无碍的普眼见。以能了知一切法的智慧而了知,以极为清净的肉眼而见一切众生眼力所不及、或被墙壁等所遮障的色法。以成就自利、以定为近因的通达慧而了知,以成就利他、以悲为近因的说教慧而见。因已杀灭烦恼之敌,且值得接受资具等供养,故为阿拉汉;因自己完全正确地觉悟了诸谛,故为正自觉者。或者,了知障碍法,而见导出法。因已杀灭烦恼之敌,故为阿拉汉;因自己完全正确地觉悟了一切法,故为正自觉者。如此,以四种无所畏,以四种方式所赞颂的世尊,开示了这四种法。我们是因为于自身中见到了这些法,才如此说,而非依靠国王、大臣等的支持或体力。显示巴利原文
Atthikho no, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhenāti ettha ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – yo so bhagavā samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhañjitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, tena bhagavatā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ āsayānusayaṃ jānatā, hatthatale ṭhapitaṃ āmalakaṃ viya sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ passatā. Apica pubbenivāsādīhi jānatā, dibbena cakkhunā passatā. Tīhi vijjāhi chahi vā pana abhiññāhi jānatā, sabbattha appaṭihatena samantacakkhunā passatā. Sabbadhammajānanasamatthāya paññāya jānatā, sabbasattānaṃ cakkhuvisayātītāni tirokuṭṭādigatāni vāpi rūpāni ativisuddhena maṃsacakkhunā passatā. Attahitasādhikāya samādhipadaṭṭhānāya paṭivedhapaññāya jānatā, parahitasādhikāya karuṇāpadaṭṭhānāya desanāpaññāya passatā. Arīnaṃ hatattā paccayādīnaṃ arahattā ca arahatā, sammā sāmañca saccānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhena. Antarāyikadhamme vā jānatā, niyyānikadhamme passatā. Kilesārīnaṃ hatattā arahatā, sammā sāmaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhenāti, evaṃ catuvesārajjavasena catūhi ākārehi thomitena cattāro dhammā akkhātā, ye mayaṃ attani sampassamānā evaṃ vadema, na rājarājamahāmattādīnaṃ upatthambhaṃ kāyabalanti.
「于师的净信」,是指以「彼世尊乃是……」等方式随念佛功德而生起的净信。「于法的净信」,是指以「法是由世尊善说的……」等方式随念法功德而生起的净信。「于戒的圆满行」,是指在圣者所喜爱的戒方面的圆满实践。所谓圣者所喜爱的戒,即五戒。因为即使是转生到其他界的圣弟子,即使不知道自己已是圣弟子,也绝无可能违犯这些戒。即使有人对他说:「你接受这整个转轮王的王权,然后去杀死一只小苍蝇吧。」他也绝无可能照做。如此,圣者之戒为圣者们所喜爱、所钟情、所悦意。正是针对这些,才说「于戒的圆满行」。显示巴利原文
Sattharipasādoti ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinā nayena buddhaguṇe anussarantānaṃ uppannappasādo. Dhamme pasādoti ‘‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’’tiādinā nayena dhammaguṇe anussarantānaṃ uppannappasādo. Sīlesu paripūrakāritāti ariyakantesu sīlesu paripūrakāritā. Ariyakantasīlāni nāma pañcasīlāni. Tāni hi bhavantaragatopi ariyasāvako attano ariyasāvakabhāvaṃ ajānantopi na vītikkamati. Sacepi hi naṃ koci vadeyya – ‘‘imaṃ sakalaṃ cakkavattirajjaṃ sampaṭicchitvā khuddakamakkhikaṃ jīvitā voropehī’’ti, aṭṭhānametaṃ, yaṃ so tassa vacanaṃ kareyya. Evaṃ ariyānaṃ sīlāni kantāni piyāni manāpāni. Tāni sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘sīlesu paripūrakāritā’’ti.
所谓“同法者”,是指比丘、比丘尼、在学尼、沙弥、沙弥尼、优婆塞、优婆夷这七类同法行者。其中,比丘与比丘们同行于法,以其共守同一学处之故。同样地,比丘尼与比丘尼们……优婆夷与优婆夷们,入流者与入流者,一来者与……不来者们同行于法。因此,所有这些人都称为“同法者”。而在这里,特指圣弟子。纵使他们转生于他界,于所见之道亦无有分歧;以绝待的同法行故,他们乃是真正的同法者。以上,便是通过“世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者……”等方式,随念僧宝而生起净信的说明。至此,已解释了入流者的四个要素。显示巴利原文
Sahadhammikā kho panāti bhikkhu bhikkhunī sikkhamānā sāmaṇero sāmaṇerī upāsako upāsikāti ete satta sahadhammacārino. Etesu hi bhikkhu bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ sahadhammaṃ carati samānasikkhatāya. Tathā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi…pe… upāsikā upāsikāhi, sotāpanno sotāpannehi, sakadāgāmī…pe… anāgāmīhi sahadhammaṃ carati. Tasmā sabbepete sahadhammikāti vuccanti. Apicettha ariyasāvakāyeva adhippetā. Tesañhi bhavantarepi maggadassanamhi vivādo natthi, tasmā te accantaṃ ekadhammacāritāya sahadhammikā. Iminā, ‘‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’tiādinā nayena saṅghaṃ anussarantānaṃ uppannappasādo kathito. Ettāvatā cattāri sotāpannassa aṅgāni kathitāni honti.
“贤友,这些便是那四种法”——贤友,此四种法乃世尊所开示,作为我们的依怙与力量。我们因亲眼于自身中见到这些法,故能如是说。显示巴利原文
Ime kho no, āvusoti, āvuso, ime cattāro dhammā tena bhagavatā amhākaṃ assāso ceva balañcāti akkhātā, ye mayaṃ attani sampassamānā evaṃ vadema.
141 “我们的导师”——这句话暗指富兰那迦叶等六师外道。然而,如同现今教法中,有人对阿阇梨、和尚等生起“我的阿阇梨、我的和尚”这样的世俗情执,针对这类情执,他们称之为“于师的净信”。但大长老说:“导师并非属于某一个或两个众生,而是包括天神在内的全世间独一无二的导师。外道仅以‘我们的导师’一词,便将导师分隔为私有,只凭这句话便已自相违逆、落于败处了。”“于法的净信”——这也是如同现今教法中,有人执取“我的长部、我的中部”那样,针对各自所学的教法生起的世俗情执而说的。“于戒”——指羊戒、牛戒、鹿戒、犬戒等。“贤友,此中”——这里的“此中”是针对这些净信而言的。“有何差别乎?”意为有什么特别的目的。“也就是”——指你们所宣称的我们与你们之间的差异。那是什么呢?你们于四处有净信,我们也有。在这净信上,你们和我们,难道不是像被切开的金币一般,原就是同一回事吗?只要言辞变得温和一致,不就可以这样安立了吗?显示巴利原文
141.Yo amhākaṃ satthāti iminā pūraṇakassapādike cha satthāro apadissanti. Yathā pana idāni sāsane ācariyupajjhāyādīsu ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo, amhākaṃ upajjhāyo’’ti gehasitapemaṃ hoti. Evarūpaṃ pemaṃ sandhāya ‘‘satthari pasādo’’ti vadanti. Thero panāha – ‘‘yasmā satthā nāma na ekassa, na dvinnaṃ hoti, sadevakassa lokassa ekova satthā, tasmā titthiyā ‘amhākaṃ satthā’ ti ekapadeneva satthāraṃ visuṃ katvā imināva padena viruddhā parājitā’’ti. Dhamme pasādoti idaṃ pana yathā idāni sāsane ‘‘amhākaṃ dīghanikāyo amhākaṃ majjhimanikāyo’’ti mamāyanti, evaṃ attano attano pariyattidhamme gehasitapemaṃ sandhāya vadanti. Sīlesūti ajasīlagosīlameṇḍakasīlakukkurasīlādīsu. Idha no āvusoti ettha idhāti pasādaṃ sandhāya vadanti. Ko adhippayāsoti ko adhikappayogo. Yadidanti yamidaṃ tumhākañceva amhākañca nānākaraṇaṃ vadeyyātha. Taṃ kiṃ nāma? Tumhākampi hi catūsu ṭhānesu pasādo, amhākampi. Nanu etasmiṃ pasāde tumhe ca amhe ca dvedhā bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya ekasadisāti vācāya samadhurā hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu.
接着,为了打破他们之间这种貌合神离的和谐,世尊开始了“如此说者……”等语。其中,“一种究竟”是指:那种净信最终达成的究竟,它是一种,还是多种?世尊是在这样发问。然而,由于在每一个阶段,没有人不施设某种究竟。婆罗门以梵天界为究竟,大苦行者以光音天为究竟,游行者以遍净天为究竟,邪命外道则以自己构想出的“无想有”为究竟。而在此教法中,则以阿拉汉果为究竟。他们都声称自己的才是究竟。但依据各自的邪见,他们分别安立了梵天界等为究竟。因此,每个人都根据自己宗派的理论,只施设一种究竟。为了揭示这一点,世尊才说出“正确解答者……”等。显示巴利原文
Atha nesaṃ taṃ samadhurataṃ bhindanto bhagavā evaṃ vādinotiādimāha. Tattha ekā niṭṭhāti yā tassa pasādassa pariyosānabhūtā niṭṭhā, kiṃ sā ekā, udāhu puthūti evaṃ pucchathāti vadati. Yasmā pana tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye niṭṭhaṃ apaññapento nāma natthi, brāhmaṇānañhi brahmaloko niṭṭhā, mahātāpasānaṃ ābhassarā, paribbājakānaṃ subhakiṇhā, ājīvakānaṃ ‘‘anantamānaso’’ti evaṃ parikappito asaññībhavo . Imasmiṃ sāsane pana arahattaṃ niṭṭhā. Sabbeva cete arahattameva niṭṭhāti vadanti. Diṭṭhivasena pana brahmalokādīni paññapenti. Tasmā attano attano laddhivasena ekameva niṭṭhaṃ paññapenti, taṃ dassetuṃ bhagavā sammā byākaramānātiādimāha.
此时,当比丘们也执持一种究竟,外道们也执持一种究竟,双方如同两位制弓者一样僵持不下时,世尊为了展示审察辨别的步骤,便问道:“那么,贤友,这种究竟是属于有贪者的,还是属于离贪者的?”等等。在此,因为实际上被贪欲等染污的人,并没有所谓的究竟。如果他们有究竟,那么犬、豺狼等也会有究竟。外道们看出了这个逻辑上的过失,于是就这样回答道:“贤友,究竟属于离贪者。”显示巴利原文
Idāni bhikkhūnampi ekā niṭṭhā, titthiyānampi ekā niṭṭhāti dvīsu aṭṭakārakesu viya ṭhitesu bhagavā anuyogavattaṃ dassento sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā sarāgassa, udāhu vītarāgassātiādimāha. Tattha yasmā rāgarattādīnaṃ niṭṭhā nāma natthi. Yadi siyā, soṇasiṅgālādīnampi siyāti imaṃ dosaṃ passantānaṃ titthiyānaṃ ‘‘vītarāgassa āvuso sā niṭṭhā’’tiādinā nayena byākaraṇaṃ dassitaṃ.
在这里,“贤者”指的是智者。“随顺与违背者”:指因贪而随顺、因嗔而违背之人。“乐戏论者、喜戏论者”:此处,“乐”是指在其中感到愉悦;以戏论为乐,故称“乐戏论者”;于戏论感到欣喜,故称“喜戏论者”。而所谓“戏论”,是指那些以陶醉、放逸为形态而生起的渴爱、邪见、慢等的总称。不过,这里特指渴爱与邪见。在“有贪者”等五处,虽然出现的都是同一种烦恼,但应知其因表现形态的不同而有这些不同的称谓。因为在“有贪者”处,是依对五种欲乐的贪染而建立;在“有渴爱者”处,是依对存在的渴爱而建立;在“有取者”处,是依执取的意义而建立;在“随顺与违背者”处,是依成对的方式而建立;在“乐戏论者”处,是依显示戏论的生起而建立。或者也可以这样说:这里的“有贪者”是依不善根而建立的;“有渴爱者”,在此是从渴爱为缘而显示执取的意义;其余与前相似。上座则说:‘为何要作这样的分别呢?因为贪其实只是一个,从染著的角度称为“贪”;从造成渴爱的角度称为“渴爱”;从执取的意义称为“取”;从成对的角度称为“随顺与违背”;从显示戏论产生的角度称为“戏论”。显示巴利原文
Tattha viddasunoti paṇḍitassa. Anuruddhapaṭiviruddhassāti rāgena anuruddhassa kodhena paṭiviruddhassa. Papañcārāmassa papañcaratinoti ettha āramanti etthāti ārāmo. Papañco ārāmo assāti papañcārāmo. Papañce rati assāti papañcarati. Papañcoti ca mattapamattākārabhāvena pavattānaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhimānānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana taṇhādiṭṭhiyova adhippetā. Sarāgassātiādīsu pañcasu ṭhānesu ekova kileso āgato. Tassa ākārato nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sarāgassāti hi vuttaṭṭhāne pañcakāmaguṇikarāgavasena gahito. Sataṇhassāti bhavataṇhāvasena. Saupādānassāti gahaṇavasena. Anuruddhapaṭiviruddhassāti yugaḷavasena. Papañcārāmassāti papañcuppattidassanavasena. Sarāgassāti vā ettha akusalamūlavasena gahito. Sataṇhassāti ettha taṇhāpaccayā upādānadassanavasena. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva. Thero panāha ‘‘kasmā evaṃ viddhaṃsetha? Ekoyeva hi ayaṃ lobho rajjanavasena rāgoti vutto. Taṇhākaraṇavasena taṇhā. Gahaṇaṭṭhena upādānaṃ. Yugaḷavasena anurodhapaṭivirodho. Papañcuppattidassanaṭṭhena papañco’’ti.
142 现在,为开示这些烦恼的根本——邪见之论,世尊说:“诸比丘,有两种见……”等等。显示巴利原文
142. Idāni imesaṃ kilesānaṃ mūlabhūtaṃ diṭṭhivādaṃ dassento dvemā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyotiādimāha.
其中,“有见”即常见;“非有见”即断见。他们对于有见“执取”,即依渴爱与邪见之力而执取常见;对于有见“亲近”,即依渴爱与邪见之力而亲近;对于有见“固守”,即依渴爱与邪见之力而深入。对于非有见,他们则与之“相违”:他们与一切断见论者敌对,说道:“你们这些愚痴无智的人,不知世界是常、世界不会断灭!”他们常常陷于争吵与争论。后文对非有见的说明,也依此类推。显示巴利原文
Tattha bhavadiṭṭhīti sassatadiṭṭhi. Vibhavadiṭṭhīti ucchedadiṭṭhi. Bhavadiṭṭhiṃ allīnāti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena sassatadiṭṭhiṃ allīnā. Upagatāti taṇhādiṭṭhivaseneva upagatā. Ajjhositāti taṇhādiṭṭhivaseneva anupaviṭṭhā. Vibhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhāti te sabbe ucchedavādīhi saddhiṃ – ‘‘tumhe andhabālā na jānātha, sassato ayaṃ loko, nāyaṃ loko ucchijjatī’’ti paṭiviruddhā niccaṃ kalahabhaṇḍanapasutā viharanti. Dutiyavārepi eseva nayo.
关于“集”等:此二见的“集”有二种——刹那集与缘集。刹那集即是见本身的生起。缘集则有八种依处,即:蕴为见处,无明为见处,触为见处,想为见处,思为见处,不如理作意为见处,恶友为见处,从他闻声亦为见处。如经云:“蕴是因,蕴是缘,诸见依蕴而生起,故蕴为见处。无明是因……触……想……思……不如理作意……恶友……从他闻声是因,从他闻声是缘,诸见依从他闻声而生起,故从他闻声为见处。”(《无碍解道》1.124)“灭”亦有二种:刹那灭与缘灭。其中,刹那灭是指穷尽、衰坏、破裂、变灭、无常、消失。缘灭则是指入流道,因为入流道被称为“断除见处”。显示巴利原文
Samudayañcātiādīsu dve diṭṭhīnaṃ samudayā khaṇikasamudayo paccayasamudayo ca. Khaṇikasamudayo diṭṭhīnaṃ nibbatti. Paccayasamudayo aṭṭha ṭhānāni. Seyyathidaṃ, khandhāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, avijjāpi, phassopi, saññāpi, vitakkopi, ayonisomanasikāropi, pāpamittopi, paratoghosopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Khandhā hetu khandhā paccayo diṭṭhīnaṃ upādāya samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena. Evaṃ khandhāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ. Avijjā… phasso… saññā… vitakko… ayonisomanasikāro… pāpamitto… paratoghoso hetu, paratoghoso paccayo diṭṭhīnaṃ upādāya samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena. Evaṃ paratoghosopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ’’ (paṭi. ma. 1.124). Atthaṅgamāpi dveyeva khaṇikatthaṅgamo paccayatthaṅgamo ca. Khaṇikatthaṅgamo nāma khayo vayo bhedo paribhedo aniccatā antaradhānaṃ. Paccayatthaṅgamo nāma sotāpattimaggo. Sotāpattimaggo hi diṭṭhiṭṭhānasamugghātoti vutto.
「味著」:指以见为根的利益。就此而有这样的言说:‘持有某种见的老师,弟子们也持有那种见;持有那种见的弟子们恭敬、尊重、敬仰、供养老师,由此因缘而获得衣服、饮食、卧具、病缘药及生活资具。比丘们,这就是关于见的现法利益。’「过患」:指以执持见为根的祸患,也就是那些蝙蝠行、蹲踞精进、卧荆棘床、炽热五火、跳崖、拔除须发、极少禅那等种种苦行。「出离」:诸见的出离就是涅槃。「不如实了知」:指不如实了知这一切的实际情形。「不脱离苦」:即不能从整个轮回之苦中脱离,由此显示这些人没有究竟。「脱离苦」:即从整个轮回之苦中脱离,由此显示(佛法)有究竟,就像砍断两个造弩者的弩一样,在这教法中确立了究竟之有。显示巴利原文
Assādanti diṭṭhimūlakaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘yaṃdiṭṭhiko satthā hoti, taṃdiṭṭhikā sāvakā honti. Yaṃdiṭṭhikā satthāraṃ sāvakā sakkaronti, garuṃ karonti, mānenti, pūjenti, labhanti tatonidānaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso’’ti. Ādīnavanti diṭṭhiggahaṇamūlakaṃ upaddavaṃ. So vaggulivataṃ ukkuṭikappadhānaṃ kaṇṭakāpassayatā pañcātapatappanaṃ sānupapātapatanaṃ kesamassuluñcanaṃ appoṇakaṃ jhānantiādīnaṃ vasenaṃ veditabbo. Nissaraṇanti diṭṭhīnaṃ nissaraṇaṃ nāma nibbānaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃnappajānantīti ye etaṃ sabbaṃ yathāsabhāvaṃ na jānanti. Na parimuccanti dukkhasmāti sakalavaṭṭadukkhato na parimuccanti. Iminā etesaṃ niṭṭhā nāma natthīti dasseti. Parimuccanti dukkhasmāti sakalavaṭṭadukkhato parimuccanti. Iminā etesaṃ niṭṭhā nāma atthīti dvinnaṃ aṭṭakārakānaṃ aṭṭaṃ chindanto viya sāsanasmiṃyeva niṭṭhāya atthitaṃ patiṭṭhapeti.
143 143. 现在为了显示破除邪见,世尊说:‘比丘们,有这四种取……’等等。这些的详细解说在《清净之道》中已经说过了。显示巴利原文
143. Idāni diṭṭhicchedanaṃ dassento cattārimāni, bhikkhave, upādānānītiādimāha. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttāyeva.
「自称说一切取遍知者」:他们这样声称:‘我们教导一切取的遍知与超越。’「不如实地说一切取遍知」:对于一切取的超越,他们不能正确地施设。有些人只施设欲取的遍知,有些人只施设见取的遍知,有些人也施设戒禁取的遍知,然而没有人施设我语取的遍知。为了显示他们的区别,所以说了‘施设欲取的遍知’等。这里,其实所有人都施设了欲取的遍知,因为九十六种外道也说‘出家人不应受用诸欲’,他们并不施设‘以所缘为事是可行的’,而是都将其视为不允许。如果从事了,就是以偷盗的方式在从事。因此说‘施设欲取的遍知’。显示巴利原文
Sabbupādānapariññāvādā paṭijānamānāti mayaṃ sabbesaṃ upādānānaṃ pariññaṃ samatikkamaṃ vadāmāti evaṃ paṭijānamānā. Na sammā sabbupādānapariññanti sabbesaṃ upādānānaṃ samatikkamaṃ sammā na paññapenti. Keci kāmupādānamattassa pariññaṃ paññapenti. Keci diṭṭhupādānamattassa paññapenti, keci sīlabbatupādānassāpi. Attavādupādānassa pana pariññaṃ paññapento nāma natthi. Tesaṃ pana bhedaṃ dassento kāmupādānassa pariññaṃ paññapentītiādimāha. Tattha sabbepi kāmupādānassa pariññaṃ paññapentiyeva, channavuti pāsaṇḍāpi hi ‘‘kāmā kho pabbajitena na sevitabbā’’ti vatthupaṭisevanaṃ kāmaṃ kappatīti na paññapenti, akappiyameva katvā paññapenti. Ye pana sevanti, te theyyena sevanti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kāmupādānassa pariññaṃ paññapentī’’ti.
因为他们执持着“没有布施”等见解而行,执取“依戒清净、依誓愿清净、依修习清净”的见解,不舍弃自己所执取的我见,所以他们不施设对见取的遍知,不施设对戒禁取的遍知,也不施设对我语取的遍知。“这是什么原因呢?”他们为何不施设?意为那些尊者对这三种原因未能如实了知。然而,对于那些如实了知“这是应当断除的”之后,而施设了那两种遍知——即知见与戒禁——的人,之后关于他们谈及了两次。其中,执取“有布施”等见解的人,施设了对见取的遍知;执取“不依戒清净,不依誓愿清净,不依修习清净”的人,施设了对戒禁取的遍知。然而,没有一个人能施设对我语取的遍知。因为,即使是证得八等至的人,即使是有能以手抚摸日月天子而行的外道,也仅仅是施设了三种遍知,却不能舍去我语。所以他们一次又一次地坠落在轮回之中,犹如那只厌弃大地的兔子。显示巴利原文
Yasmā ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādīni gahetvā caranti. ‘‘Sīlena suddhi vatena suddhi, bhāvanāya suddhī’’ti gaṇhanti, attupaladdhiṃ na pajahanti, tasmā na diṭṭhupādānassa, na sīlabbatupādānassa , na attavādupādānassa pariññaṃ paññapenti. Taṃ kissa hetūti taṃ apaññāpanaṃ etesaṃ kissa hetu, kiṃ kāraṇā? Imāni hi te bhontoti yasmā te bhonto imāni tīṇi kāraṇāni yathāsabhāvato na jānantīti attho. Ye panettha dvinnaṃ pariññānaṃ paññāpanakāraṇaṃ diṭṭhiñceva sīlabbatañca ‘‘etaṃ pahātabba’’nti yathāsabhāvato jānanti. Te sandhāya parato dve vārā vuttā. Tattha ye ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādīni gaṇhanti, te diṭṭhupādānassa pariññaṃ paññapenti. Ye pana ‘‘na sīlena suddhi, na vatena suddhi, na bhāvanāya suddhī’’ti gaṇhanti, te sīlabbatupādānassa pariññaṃ paññapenti. Attavādupādānassa pariññaṃ pana ekopi paññapetuṃ na sakkoti. Aṭṭhasamāpattilābhinopi hi candimasūriye pāṇinā parimajjitvā caramānāpi ca titthiyā tisso pariññā paññapenti. Attavādaṃ muñcituṃ na sakkonti. Tasmā punappunaṃ vaṭṭasmiṃyeva patanti. Pathavijigucchanasasako viya hi ete.
此处有一则阐明此义的比喻:据说,大地对一只兔子说:“喂,兔子!”兔子问:“你是谁?”大地说:“你总是在我上方做各种威仪,大小便利,为何却不认识我?”兔子回答:“不错,我是看见了你。我踩过的地方,不过是指爪尖触碰的那一点;撒的尿也只有少许;拉的粪也就如迦塔卡果般大小。可是象、马那些大家伙踩踏的地方却很大,它们的尿有整罐之多,粪足有半车之量。我实在受够你了!”说完,兔子便跳起来落到了另一个地方。大地便对它说:“喂,就算你跳得再远,还不是落在我上面吗!”兔子又厌弃地跳起,落到别处。如此,即便它连续跳上一千年,也终究脱离不了大地。同样的道理,那些外道虽然施设了“对一切取的遍知”,实则只是施设了对欲取等三种取的超越,却无法舍弃关于我的主张。不能舍弃,就只能一次又一次地坠落在轮回之中。显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ atthasallāpikā upamā – pathavī kira sasakaṃ āha – ‘‘bho sasakā’’ti. Sasako āha – ‘‘ko eso’’ti. ‘‘Kasmā mameva upari sabbairiyāpathe kappento uccārapassāvaṃ karonto maṃ na jānāsī’’ti. ‘‘Suṭṭhu tayā ahaṃ diṭṭho, mayā akkantaṭṭhānampi aṅgulaggehi phuṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ viya hoti, vissaṭṭhaudakaṃ appamattakaṃ, karīsaṃ katakaphalamattaṃ. Hatthiassādīhi pana akkantaṭṭhānampi mahantaṃ, passāvopi nesaṃ ghaṭamatto hoti, uccāropi pacchimatto hoti, alaṃ mayhaṃ tayā’’ti uppatitvā aññasmiṃ ṭhāne patito. Tato naṃ pathavī āha – ‘‘are dūraṃ gatopi nanu mayhaṃ upariyeva patitosī’’ti. So puna taṃ jigucchanto uppatitvā aññattha patito, evaṃ vassasahassampi uppatitvā patamāno sasako pathaviṃ muñcituṃ na sakkoti. Evamevaṃ titthiyā sabbūpādānapariññaṃ paññapentopi kāmupādānādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃyeva samatikkamaṃ paññapenti. Attavādaṃ pana muñcituṃ na sakkonti, asakkontā punappunaṃ vaṭṭasmiṃyeva patantīti.
如此,基于外道所不能超越的道理,宣说了“破邪见之论”之后,现在为了展示“破信心之论”,世尊说道:“比丘们,在如此的法与律中……”等语。此处,“法与律”即指法和律,两者都显示为一种不能导向出离的教法。在不能导向出离的教法中,大师死后或许转生为狮子、老虎、豹、熊、狼,而他昔日的弟子们则转生为鹿、猪等畜生。他不会对它们生起“他们曾是我的侍者、供养者”这样的念想,因而忍耐、慈爱或悲悯,反而会扑到它们身上饮血、吞食粗肉。又或者,大师转生为猫,弟子们转生为鸡或鼠,按前面同样的道理,也是不加悲悯地将它们吃掉。又或者,大师转生为地狱狱卒,弟子们转生为地狱众生。狱卒不会因为“他们曾是我的侍者、供养者”而生起悲悯,反而会对他们施加种种刑罚:将他们套上火轮车,驱赶上炭火遍满的山,丢进铜锅里,施以种种痛苦的折磨。又或者,弟子们死后转生为狮子等众生,大师则转生为鹿等众生中的一种,他们同样不会对这位往昔的大师生起忍耐等善心,而是如前所说,让他遭遇灾祸与损失。如此一来,在不能导向出离的教法中,对导师怀有的信心,并非善逝;纵然能暂时维持一时,终究也显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yaṃ titthiyā samatikkamituṃ na sakkonti, tassa vasena diṭṭhicchedavādaṃ vatvā idāni pasādapacchedavādaṃ dassento evarūpe kho, bhikkhave, dhammavinayetiādimāha. Tattha dhammavinayeti dhamme ceva vinaye ca, ubhayenapi aniyyānikasāsanaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Yo satthari pasādo so na sammaggato’’ti aniyyānikasāsanamhi hi satthā kālaṃ katvā sīhopi hoti, byagghopi hoti, dīpipi acchopi taracchopi. Sāvakā panassa migāpi sūkarāpi pasadāpi honti, so ‘‘ime mayhaṃ pubbe upaṭṭhākā paccayadāyakā’’ti khantiṃ vā mettaṃ vā anuddayaṃ vā akatvā tesaṃ upari patitvā lohitaṃ pivati, thūlathūlamaṃsānipi khādati. Satthā vā pana biḷāro hoti, sāvakā kukkuṭā vā mūsikā vā. Atha ne vuttanayeneva anukampaṃ akatvā khādati. Atha vā satthā nirayapālo hoti, sāvakā nerayikasattā. So ‘‘ime mayhaṃ pubbe upaṭṭhākā paccayadāyakā’’ti anukampaṃ akatvā vividhā kammakāraṇā karoti, ādittepi rathe yojeti, aṅgārapabbatampi āropeti, lohakumbhiyampi khipati , anekehipi dukkhadhammehi sampayojeti. Sāvakā vā pana kālaṃ katvā sīhādayo honti, satthā migādīsu aññataro. Te ‘‘imaṃ mayaṃ pubbe catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahimhā, satthā no aya’’nti tasmiṃ khantiṃ vā mettaṃ vā anuddayaṃ vā akatvā vuttanayeneva anayabyasanaṃ pāpenti. Evaṃ aniyyānikasāsane yo satthari pasādo, so na sammaggato hoti, kañci kālaṃ gantvāpi pacchā vinassatiyeva.
“对法的信心”:在非导向解脱的教法中,所谓对法的信心,其实只是对所学、所持诵、所记忆的经教文句的信心,其中并没有从轮回解脱的可能。因此,对这种教法所起的信心,只会令轮回一层深过一层,所以在这样的教法中,它被说成是“非善逝”、“非真实性”。显示巴利原文
Yo dhamme pasādoti aniyyānikasāsanasmiñhi dhamme pasādo nāma, uggahitapariyāpuṭa – dhāritavācittamattake tantidhamme pasādo hoti, vaṭṭamokkho panettha natthi. Tasmā yo ettha pasādo, so punappunaṃ vaṭṭameva gambhīraṃ karotīti sāsanasmiṃ asammaggato asabhāvato akkhāyati.
“于戒上的圆满行持”:在非导向解脱的教法中,依山羊戒等行持而成就的戒行圆满,由于它不能令人达到出离轮回、出离有,当它趋向成就时,反而招致畜生之生;当它感果成熟时,则引入地狱,因此这种戒行圆满不被说为“善逝”。“对同法者”:在非导向解脱的教法中,有些同法者死后转为狮子等,另一些则转为鹿等。在那里,那些转为狮子等的,心想“这些曾是我们的同法者”,对于转为鹿等的同法者,却不修忍辱等善法,如同前面所说的那样,给他们带来极大的痛苦。因此,在这种教法中,对同法者的爱念与悦意,同样不被说为“善逝”。显示巴利原文
Yā sīlesu paripūrakāritāti yāpi ca aniyyānikasāsane ajasīlādīnaṃ vasena paripūrakāritā, sāpi yasmā vaṭṭamokkhaṃ bhavanissaraṇaṃ na sampāpeti, sampajjamānā pana tiracchānayoniṃ āvahati, vipaccamānā nirayaṃ, tasmā sā na sammaggatā akkhāyati. Yā sahadhammikesūti aniyyānikasāsanasmiñhi ye sahadhammikā, tesu yasmā ekacce kālaṃ katvā sīhādayopi honti, ekacce migādayo, tattha sīhādibhūtā ‘‘ime amhākaṃ sahadhammikā ahesu’’nti migādibhūtesu khantiādīni akatvā pubbe vuttanayeneva nesaṃ mahādukkhaṃ uppādenti. Tasmā ettha sahadhammikesu piyamanāpatāpi asammaggatā akkhāyati.
然而,世尊将所有这些不同层面的原因总摄起来而开示说:“此为何因?比丘们,此事确实如此……”等。这段的略义是:比丘们,确实如此,即我所说“对大师的信心不被说为善逝……”等,情形正是这样。为什么呢?因为这些信心等,是依于恶说的法与律……而非由正自觉者所宣说的。这里,“恶说”指不善说,由于被不善地宣说,故是不善宣说。而这个教法,由于并不导向道与果,故是“非导向解脱”;由于不令贪等烦恼止息,故是“不趋向止息”;由于不是正自觉者、一切知者所宣说,故是“非正自觉者所宣说”。在那样的“非导向解脱”、“不趋向止息”、“非正自觉者所宣说”的教法中。世尊以此阐明:对外道所起的信心,就像对醉酒的豺狼生起信心一样,毫无意义。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ pana sabbampi kāraṇabhedaṃ ekato katvā dassento bhagavā taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hotītiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ saṃkhepattho – evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti, yaṃ mayā vuttaṃ ‘‘yo satthari pasādo so na sammaggato akkhāyatī’’tiādi, taṃ evameva hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā te pasādādayo durakkhāte dhammavinaye …pe… asammāsambuddhappavediteti, ettha hi yathā tanti kāraṇatthe nipāto. Tattha durakkhāteti dukkathite, dukkhathitattāyeva duppavedite. So panesa yasmā maggaphalatthāya na niyyāti, tasmā aniyyāniko. Rāgādīnaṃ upasamāya asaṃvattanato anupasamasaṃvattaniko. Na sammāsambuddhena sabbaññunā paveditoti asammāsambuddhappavedito. Tasmiṃ aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite. Ettāvatā bhagavā titthiyesu pasādo surāpītasiṅgāle pasādo viya niratthakoti dasseti.
据说,有一只黑豺狼夜间潜入城中,食了酒糟,便躺卧在红厚壳树林中入睡。日出醒来,暗自思忖:“此时不宜走动,仇敌众多,当诳惑一人方可。”恰好看见一位婆罗门行来,便想欺诳他,于是唤道:“尊贵的婆罗门!”“谁在称唤婆罗门?”“是我,主人,请过来一下。”“何事?”“请你把我带出村外,我将给你两百迦沙婆那。”婆罗门听了,便欲携之而行,伸手去捉它的脚。黑豺狼喝道:“咄!愚痴婆罗门,莫将我当作弃置的迦沙婆那!迦沙婆那岂可易得?须好好抓住我!”婆罗门问:“那么,应如何抓取呢?”豺狼说:“用你的上衣打个结,挂在肩上,便能抓住了。”婆罗门依言而行,将它提起,行至南门附近时,问道:“可在此处放下吗?”豺狼反问:“这是什么地方?”婆罗门说:“这是大门。”豺狼呵斥:“咄!愚痴婆罗门!岂有亲戚将迦沙婆那安放在中门的?再把我送远些!”如此,婆罗门每走一小段就问“此处可放下吗”,屡遭豺狼呵斥。最后,到了一处安稳之地,听闻“就在此处放下吧”,便将它放下。显示巴利原文
Eko kira kāḷasiṅgālo rattiṃ nagaraṃ paviṭṭho surājallikaṃ khāditvā punnāgavane nipajjitvā niddāyanto sūriyuggamane pabujjhitvā cintesi ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle na sakkā gantuṃ, bahū amhākaṃ verino, ekaṃ vañcetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So ekaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā imaṃ vañcessāmīti ‘‘ayya brāhmaṇā’’ti āha. Ko eso brāhmaṇaṃ pakkosatīti. ‘‘Ahaṃ, sāmī, ito tāva ehīti. Kiṃ bhoti? Maṃ bahigāmaṃ nehi, ahaṃ te dve kahāpaṇasatāni dassāmīti. Sopi nayissāmīti taṃ pādesu gaṇhi. Are bāla brāhmaṇa, na mayhaṃ kahāpaṇā chaḍḍitakā atthi, dullabhā kahāpaṇā, sādhukaṃ maṃ gaṇhāhīti. Kathaṃ bho gaṇhāmīti? Uttarāsaṅgena gaṇṭhikaṃ katvā aṃse laggetvā gaṇhāhīti. Brāhmaṇo taṃ tathā gahetvā dakkhiṇadvārasamīpaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā ettha otāremīti pucchi. Kataraṭṭhānaṃ nāma etanti? Mahādvāraṃ etanti. Are bāla, brāhmaṇa, kiṃ tava ñātakā antaradvāre kahāpaṇaṃ ṭhapenti, parato maṃ harā’’ti. So punappunaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ gantvā ‘‘ettha otāremi ettha otāremī’’ti pucchitvā tena tajjito khemaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā tattha otārehīti vutto otāretvā sāṭakaṃ gaṇhi. Kāḷasiṅgālo āha ‘‘ahaṃ te dve kahāpaṇasatāni dassāmīti avocaṃ. Mayhaṃ pana kahāpaṇā bahū, na dve kahāpaṇasatāneva, yāva ahaṃ kahāpaṇe āharāmi, tāva tvaṃ sūriyaṃ olokento tiṭṭhā’’ti vatvā thokaṃ gantvā nivattetvā puna brāhmaṇaṃ āha ‘‘ayya brāhmaṇa mā ito olokehi, sūriyameva olokento tiṭṭhā’’ti. Evañca pana vatvā ketakavanaṃ pavisitvā yathāruciṃ pakkanto. Brāhmaṇassapi sūriyaṃ olokentasseva nalāṭato ceva kacchehi ca sedā mucciṃsu. Atha naṃ rukkhadevatā āha –
婆罗门,你竟相信了那饮酒豺狼的话——
它连百枚贝壳都没有,哪来两百个铜钱?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddahāsi siṅgālassa, surāpītassa brāhmaṇa; Sippikānaṃ sataṃ natthi, kuto kaṃsasatā duve’’ti. (jā. 1.1.113);
正如对黑豺的净信毫无实益,对外道们的净信亦复如是。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yathā kāḷasiṅgāle pasādo niratthako, evaṃ titthiyesupīti.
144 先说明在不导向解脱的教法中,净信毫无实益;为显示在能导向解脱的教法中净信确有实益,世尊才说出“如来确实,诸比丘……”等语。其中,“他宣说了对欲取的遍知”,意即:他以阿拉汉道宣说了对欲取的断除遍知,亦即超越;对于其余三种取,则以入流道宣说了遍知。“诸比丘,在这样的法与律中”,即是指在此类法与律中。这两者都是在说明能导向解脱的教法。“对导师的净信”:在这类教法中,凡是对导师的净信,便称为“走上正道”,它能导向出离“有”的苦迫。显示巴利原文
144. Aniyyānikasāsane pasādassa niratthakabhāvaṃ dassetvā niyyānikasāsane tassa sātthakataṃ dassetuṃ tathāgato ca kho, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha kāmupādānassa pariññaṃ paññapetīti arahattamaggena kāmupādānassa pahānapariññaṃ samatikkamaṃ paññapeti, itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ upādānānaṃ sotāpattimaggena pariññaṃ paññapeti. Evarūpe kho, bhikkhave, dhammavinayeti, bhikkhave, evarūpe dhamme ca vinaye ca. Ubhayenapi niyyānikasāsanaṃ dasseti. Satthari pasādoti evarūpe sāsane yo satthari pasādo, so sammaggato akkhāyati, bhavadukkhanissaraṇāya saṃvattati.
关于这事,有这些典故:据说世尊住在韦地亚咖山的因陀娑罗窟时,有一只枭鸟。每当世尊进入村庄托钵,它便跟着飞半程;世尊出来时,它也迎出来飞半程。有一天傍晚,它见正自觉者被比丘僧团围绕而坐,就从山上下来,顶礼后,展开双翅,合爪高举,低下头,向十力者礼敬而立。世尊看见后,露出了微笑。阿难尊者问道:“尊者!是什么因缘,让您显现微笑呢?”世尊说:“阿难,你看这只枭鸟,它对我以及比丘僧团生起了净信心,将会在十万劫中轮转于天界和人界,之后成为一位名为‘喜悦’的独觉佛。”显示巴利原文
Tatrimāni vatthūni – bhagavā kira vediyakapabbate indasālaguhāyaṃ paṭivasati. Atheko ulūkasakuṇo bhagavati gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisante upaḍḍhamaggaṃ anugacchati, nikkhamante upaḍḍhamaggaṃ paccuggamanaṃ karoti. So ekadivasaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ sāyanhasamaye bhikkhusaṅghaparivutaṃ nisinnaṃ pabbatā oruyha vanditvā pakkhe paṇāmetvā añjaliṃ paggayha sīsaṃ heṭṭhā katvā dasabalaṃ namassamāno aṭṭhāsi. Bhagavā taṃ oloketvā sitaṃ pātvākāsi. Ānandatthero ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Passānanda, imaṃ ulūkasakuṇaṃ, ayaṃ mayi ca bhikkhusaṅghe ca cittaṃ pasādetvā satasahassakappe devesu ca manussesu ca saṃsaritvā somanasso nāma paccekabuddho bhavissatī’’ti āha –
对我及无上的比丘僧团生起净信心之后,
纵经十万劫,彼亦不堕恶趣。
由善根所策励,从天界命终之后,
彼将成就无边的智慧,以‘喜悦’之名著称。
显示巴利原文 Ulūkamaṇḍalakkhika, vediyake ciradīghavāsika; Sukhitosi tvaṃ ayya kosiya, kāluṭṭhitaṃ passasi buddhavaraṃ. Mayi cittaṃ pasādetvā, bhikkhusaṅghe anuttare; Kappānaṃ satasahassāni, duggateso na gacchati. Devalokā cavitvāna, kusalamūlena codito; Bhavissati anantañāṇo, somanassoti vissutoti.
此外,还应详述诸如此类的故事,如王舍城善意花鬘师的故事、大鼓师的故事、莫罗吉鼓师的故事、维那琴师的故事、吹螺者的故事等。如此,于引导解脱的教法中,对导师生起净信,即是入于正道。显示巴利原文
Aññānipi cettha rājagahanagare sumanamālākāravatthu mahābherivādakavatthu morajikavatthu vīṇāvādakavatthu saṅkhadhamakavatthūti evamādīni vatthūni vitthāretabbāni. Evaṃ niyyānikasāsane satthari pasādo sammaggato hoti.
“对法净信”:于引导解脱的教法中,对法生起净信,即是入于正道。仅凭忆念取相而听闻,即便是畜生道众生,亦能因此获得成就,更何况殊胜的有情呢?这一义理应通过青蛙天子等的故事来理解。显示巴利原文
Dhamme pasādoti niyyānikasāsanamhi dhamme pasādo sammaggato hoti. Saramatte nimittaṃ gahetvā suṇantānaṃ tiracchānagatānampi sampattidāyako hoti, paramatthe kiṃ pana vattabbaṃ. Ayamattho maṇḍūkadevaputtādīnaṃ vatthuvasena veditabbo.
“圆满持戒”:于引导解脱的教法中,圆满护持诸戒,亦是入于正道,能带来生天与解脱的成就。对此,应通过伞盖少年的故事、沙弥的故事等加以阐明。显示巴利原文
Sīlesu paripūrakāritāti niyyānikasāsanamhi sīlesu paripūrakāritāpi sammaggatā hoti, saggamokkhasampattiṃ āvahati. Tattha chattamāṇavakavatthusāmaṇeravatthuādīni dīpetabbāni.
“对同梵行者”:在能导向解脱的教法中,对同梵行者怀有慈爱与悦意,同样也是行于正道,并能感召广大的成就。此义理应当借由《天宫事》与《饿鬼事》来阐明。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Sahadhammikesūti niyyānikasāsane sahadhammikesu piyamanāpatāpi sammaggatā hoti, mahāsampattiṃ āvahati. Ayamattho vimānapetavatthūhi dīpetabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“我曾以牛乳粥供养,一位为乞食而游行的比丘……(中略)显示巴利原文
‘‘Khīrodanamahamadāsiṃ, bhikkhuno piṇḍāya carantassa…pe…
糖浆……(中略)……甘蔗段……廷婆楼果……黄瓜……显示巴利原文
Phāṇitaṃ…pe… ucchukhaṇḍikaṃ… timbarusakaṃ… kakkārikaṃ…
甜瓜……藤果……法鲁萨果……手旗(布施品)……显示巴利原文
Eḷālukaṃ… vallipakkaṃ… phārusakaṃ… hatthapatākaṃ…
一把蔬菜……一把花……萝卜……一把苦楝叶……显示巴利原文
Sākamuṭṭhiṃ … pupphakamuṭṭhiṃ… mūlakaṃ… nimbamuṭṭhiṃ…
芒果嫩梢……礼盒涂膏……束身带……显示巴利原文
Ambikañjikaṃ… doṇinimmajjaniṃ… kāyabandhanaṃ…
肩带……系带……扇……棕榈叶扇……显示巴利原文
Aṃsabaddhakaṃ… āyogapaṭṭaṃ… vidhūpanaṃ… tālavaṇṭaṃ…
孔雀羽扇……伞……凉鞋……糕点、甜食……显示巴利原文
Morahatthaṃ… chattaṃ… upāhanaṃ… pūvaṃ modakaṃ…
我向一位为乞食而游方的比丘,布施了饰环……(节)显示巴利原文
Sakkhalikaṃ ahamadāsiṃ, bhikkhuno piṇḍāya carantassa…pe…
你看我的天宫!我即是具足欲乐美貌的天女。显示巴利原文
Tassā me passa vimānaṃ, accharā kāmavaṇṇinīhamasmī’’ti (vi. va. 406).
“此为何因”等,应依前文所述之理,融会贯通而解。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kissa hetūtiādi vuttanayānusāreneva yojetvā veditabbaṃ.
145 如今,为了开示那些外道并未遍知而如来已遍知的诸取之缘,世尊说:“诸比丘,这些……”等。在此,“以何为因”等词语中的“因”等,都是原因的同义词。因为原因能使果安立,犹如呼唤:“来,抓住它!”一般,所以称为“因”。因为果从它而生起、聚集、生发,所以称其为“集”、“生”、“发生”。此处逐词解释为:这些取的“因”是什么,故说“以何为因”;这些取的“集”是什么,故说“以何为集”;这些取的“生”是什么,故说“以何为生”;这些取的“发生”是什么,故说“以何为发生”。然而,就这些取而言,依先前所说之理,渴爱即是它们的因、集、生、发生,因此接着宣说“以渴爱为因”等。一切处皆应如此通达义理。再者,世尊不仅了知诸取之缘,亦了知作为取缘的渴爱,更了知作为渴爱等之缘的受等,所以世尊说:“诸比丘,这渴爱……”等。显示巴利原文
145. Idāni yesaṃ upādānānaṃ titthiyā na sammā pariññaṃ paññapenti, tathāgato paññapeti, tesaṃ paccayaṃ dassetuṃ ime ca, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha kiṃnidānātiādīsu nidānādīni sabbāneva kāraṇavevacanāni. Kāraṇañhi yasmā phalaṃ nideti handa, naṃ gaṇhathāti appeti viya, tasmā nidānanti vuccati. Yasmā taṃ tato jāyati samudeti pabhavati, tasmā samudayo, jāti, pabhavoti vuccati. Ayaṃ panettha padattho – kiṃ nidānaṃ etesanti kiṃnidānā. Ko samudayo etesanti kiṃsamudayā. Kā jāti etesanti kiṃjātikā. Ko pabhavo etesanti kiṃpabhavā. Yasmā pana tesaṃ taṇhā yathāvuttena atthena nidānañceva samudayo ca jāti ca pabhavo ca, tasmā ‘‘taṇhānidānā’’tiādimāha. Evaṃ sabbapadesu attho veditabbo. Yasmā pana bhagavā na kevalaṃ upādānasseva paccayaṃ jānāti, upādānassa paccayabhūtāya taṇhāyapi, taṇhādipaccayānaṃ vedanādīnampi paccayaṃ jānātiyeva, tasmā taṇhā cāyaṃ, bhikkhavetiādimāha.
“若在何时”意为:在某一时刻。“无明断尽”是指那轮回根本的无明,以不再生起的方式灭尽无余。“明生起”则指阿拉汉道之明生起。这正是:由无明离染而生起明。那位比丘因无明已断、明已生,所以“不取欲取”——不执取欲取、不趋近,也不执取其余诸取。他“不取而无所战栗”:如此不取任何取,便不因渴爱而战栗。“不战栗”即不再战栗,令渴爱不生。“自般涅槃”即通过烦恼的般涅槃而自证般涅槃。如此开示他的漏尽之后,接下来为显示诸漏尽比丘的自我审察,而宣说“生已尽”等语。这些话的意思,如同前面所解说。显示巴利原文
Yatoca khoti yasmiṃ kāle. Avijjā pahīnā hotīti vaṭṭamūlikā avijjā anuppādanirodhena pahīnā hoti. Vijjā uppannāti arahattamaggavijjā uppannā. So avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādāti. So bhikkhu avijjāya ca pahīnattā vijjāya ca uppannattā. Neva kāmupādānaṃ upādiyatīti neva kāmupādānaṃ gaṇhāti na upeti, na sesāni upādānāni. Anupādiyaṃ na paritassatīti evaṃ kiñci upādānaṃ aggaṇhanto taṇhāparitassanāya na paritassati. Aparitassanti aparitassanto taṇhaṃ anuppādento. Paccattaṃyeva parinibbāyatīti sayameva kilesaparinibbānena parinibbāyati. Evamassa āsavakkhayaṃ dassetvā idāni khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇaṃ dassento khīṇā jātītiādimāha. Taṃ vuttatthamevāti.
2. 《大狮子吼经》的解释显示巴利原文
2. Mahāsīhanādasuttavaṇṇanā
对毗舍离城的解释显示巴利原文
Vesālinagaravaṇṇanā
146 如是我闻等,为《大狮子吼经》。其中,“在毗舍离”是指名为毗舍离的城市。据说,此城因屡次扩展而变得极为宽广,故得名“毗舍离”。关于此事,有这样一个次第流传的故事:据说,波罗奈国王的正宫王后怀有身孕。她知晓后,便禀告国王。国王为她安排了安胎的守护。她得到妥善守护,怀胎足月,进了产房。有福德者通常于破晓时分生产,她也是如此,故在破晓时分,产下一片肉团,颜色如同涂了虫漆的木板或红合欢花。于是,她想:‘其他妃子都生下犹如金像般的儿子,我身为正宫王后,却生下一片肉团,这样必定在国王面前失宠。’因为畏惧失宠,她便将那片肉团放入容器,盖好盖子,用国王的封印封住,然后令人投入恒河水流中。人们刚将它丢弃,诸天神便施设了守护。而且,天神们还在金板上以天然朱砂写上‘波罗奈国王正宫王后之子’,并把金板系在容器上。随后,那容器未遭遇波浪等任何灾患,顺着恒河水流漂走了。显示巴利原文
146.Evaṃme sutanti mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ. Tattha vesāliyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Taṃ kira aparāparaṃ visālībhūtatāya ‘‘vesālī’’ti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ anupubbakathā – bārāṇasirañño kira aggamahesiyā kucchimhi gabbho saṇṭhāsi. Sā ñatvā rañño nivedesi. Rājā gabbhaparihāraṃ adāsi. Sā sammā pariharīyamānā gabbhaparipākakāle vijāyanagharaṃ pāvisi. Puññavantīnaṃ paccūsasamaye gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, sā ca tāsaṃ aññatarā, tena paccūsasamaye alattakapaṭalabandhujīvakapupphasadisaṃ maṃsapesiṃ vijāyi. Tato ‘‘aññā deviyo suvaṇṇabimbasadise putte vijāyanti, aggamahesī maṃsapesinti rañño purato mama avaṇṇo uppajjeyyā’’ti cintetvā tena avaṇṇabhayena taṃ maṃsapesiṃ ekasmiṃ bhājane pakkhipitvā paṭikujjitvā rājamuddikāya lañchetvā gaṅgāya sote pakkhipāpesi. Manussehi chaḍḍitamatte devatā ārakkhaṃ saṃvidahiṃsu. Suvaṇṇapaṭṭakañcettha jātihiṅgulakena ‘‘bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā pajā’’ti likhitvā bandhiṃsu. Tato taṃ bhājanaṃ ūmibhayādīhi anupaddutaṃ gaṅgāsotena pāyāsi.
那时,有一位苦行者,依止一个牧牛人家庭,住在恒河岸边。清晨,他下到恒河,见那容器漂来,便作粪扫衣想而捡取。就在那里,他看到了那块写着字的小金板以及国王的封印。解开绳子后,见到了那片肉团。看见之后,他心想:‘这应是一个胎儿,因为并没有恶臭腐败的样子。’于是,他将其带回草庐,放在一处干净的地方。经过半个月,肉团变成了两片。苦行者见到后,便更加精心地安放它们。又过了半个月,每一片肉团上各自隆起五个肉疱,这些肉疱分别位于日后形成手、脚、头等的位置。再经过半个月,其中一片肉团变成一位犹如金像般的男孩,另一片则变成一位女孩。显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena aññataro tāpaso gopālakakulaṃ nissāya gaṅgātīre viharati. So pātova gaṅgaṃ otiṇṇo taṃ bhājanaṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā paṃsukūlasaññāya aggahesi. Athettha taṃ akkharapaṭṭikaṃ rājamuddikālañchanaṃ ca disvā muñcitvā taṃ maṃsapesiṃ addasa, disvānassa etadahosi ‘‘siyā gabbho, tathā hissa duggandhapūtikabhāvo natthī’’ti. Assamaṃ netvā suddhe okāse ṭhapesi. Atha aḍḍhamāsaccayena dve maṃsapesiyo ahesuṃ. Tāpaso disvā sādhutaraṃ ṭhapesi. Tato puna aḍḍhamāsaccayena ekamekissā maṃsapesiyā hatthapādasīsānamatthāya pañca pañca piḷakā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Atha tato aḍḍhamāsaccayena ekā maṃsapesi suvaṇṇabimbasadiso dārako, ekā dārikā ahosi.
苦行者对这两个孩子生起了如同己出的慈爱,拇指流出乳汁。从那时起,他便以乳粥为食,食后将乳汁注入孩子们口中。无论什么食物进入他们的腹中,都如同盛在宝珠制成的容器中一般清晰可见,他们的身体因此没有皮肤。另有人说:“他们的皮肤彼此粘连,如同被缝合在一起。”正因他们无皮,或皮肤粘连,故被称为“离车族”。显示巴利原文
Tesu tāpasassa puttasineho uppajji, aṅguṭṭhakato cassa khīraṃ nibbatti. Tato pabhuti ca khīrabhattaṃ alabhittha, so bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā khīraṃ dārakānaṃ mukhe āsiñcati. Tesaṃ udaraṃ yaṃ yaṃ pavisati, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ maṇibhājanagataṃ viya dissati, evaṃ nicchavī ahesuṃ. Apare āhu ‘‘sibbetvā ṭhapitā viya nesaṃ aññamaññaṃ līnā chavi ahosī’’ti. Evaṃ te nicchavitāya vā līnacchavitāya vā licchavīti paññāyiṃsu.
苦行者在抚养孩子期间,每日日出后入村乞食,过正午才返回草庐。牧牛人得知他这般辛劳后,便说:“尊者,养育孩子对出家者而言是障碍。请把孩子交给我们,我们来抚养,您可专务己业。”苦行者应允:“善。”次日,牧牛人将道路修治平坦,撒上鲜花,竖起幢幡,鼓乐齐鸣,来到草庐。苦行者嘱咐道:“这两个孩子有大福报,你们当不放逸地抚育。待他们长大,令其彼此通婚。再以五牛味(乳、酪、生酥、熟酥、醍醐等五种品)取悦国王,求得土地,在那里建立城市,然后为王子灌顶。”说完便将孩子交付。他们应诺“善”,携子归去,养育成人。显示巴利原文
Tāpaso dārake posento ussūre gāmaṃ sikkhāya pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. Tassa taṃ byāpāraṃ ñatvā gopālakā āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, pabbajitānaṃ dārakaposanaṃ palibodho, amhākaṃ dārake detha, mayaṃ posessāma, tumhe attano kammaṃ karothā’’ti. Tāpaso sādhūti paṭissuṇi. Gopālakā dutiyadivase maggaṃ samaṃ katvā pupphehi okiritvā dhajapaṭākā ussāpetvā tūriyehi vajjamānehi assamaṃ āgatā. Tāpaso – ‘‘mahāpuññā dārakā appamādena vaḍḍhetha, vaḍḍhetvā ca aññamaññaṃ āvāhavivāhaṃ karotha, pañcagorasena rājānaṃ tosetvā bhūmibhāgaṃ gahetvā nagaraṃ māpetha, tattha kumāraṃ abhisiñcathā’’ti vatvā dārake adāsi. Te sādhūti paṭissuṇitvā dārake netvā posesuṃ.
两个孩子逐渐长大。玩耍中每当发生争执,他们便对牧牛人的其他孩子拳打脚踢。那些孩子哭着回家,父母问:“为什么哭?”他们答:“那两个没爹没娘、由苦行者养大的,打我们打得特别狠。”于是那些父母说:“这两个孩子会伤害折磨别的孩子,不该继续收留,必须避开他们。”据说从那时起,那一带方圆百由旬之地便被称为“跋耆”。后来,牧牛人取悦国王,获得那块土地。他们在那里建造城市,为大约十六岁的王子灌顶,立他为王。人们又让王子与那女孩成婚,并立下规约:“不得迎娶外地女子,本地女子亦不得外嫁。”他们初次和合即生下一男一女,如此共十六次,每次都是一男一女。此后随着子孙繁衍,园林、苑林、住所、随从等规模日增,旧城区无法容纳,便先后三次向外扩展,每次扩展一牛鸣之地。由于它一再变得宽广开阔,便得名“毗舍离”。因此经文说“在如是名称的毗舍离城”。显示巴利原文
Dārakā vuddhimanvāya kīḷantā vivādaṭṭhānesu aññe gopālakadārake hatthenapi pādenapi paharanti. Te rodanti. ‘‘Kissa rodathā’’ti ca mātāpitūhi vuttā ‘‘ime nimmātāpitikā tāpasapositā amhe atipaharantī’’ti vadanti. Tato tesaṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘ime dārakā aññe dārake vināsenti dukkhāpenti, na ime saṅgahetabbā, vajjetabbā ime’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato pabhuti kira so padeso vajjīti vuccati yojanasatiko parimāṇena. Atha taṃ padesaṃ gopālakā rājānaṃ tosetvā aggahesuṃ. Tattha ca nagaraṃ māpetvā soḷasavassuddesikaṃ kumāraṃ abhisiñcitvā rājānaṃ akaṃsu. Tāya cassa dārikāya saddhiṃ vivāhaṃ katvā katikaṃ akaṃsu ‘‘bāhirakadārikā na ānetabbā, ito dārikā na kassaci dātabbā’’ti. Tesaṃ paṭhamasaṃvāsena dve dārakā jātā dhītā ca putto ca. Evaṃ soḷasakkhattuṃ dve dve jātā. Tato tesaṃ dārakānaṃ yathākkamaṃ vaḍḍhantānaṃ ārāmuyyānanivāsaṭṭhānaparivārasampattiṃ gahetuṃ appahontā nagaraṃ tikkhattuṃ gāvutantarena gāvutantarena parikkhipiṃsu . Tassa punappunaṃ visālīkatattā vesālītveva nāmaṃ jātaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘vesāliyanti evaṃ nāmake nagare’’ti.
01 「在城外」:指位于城市之外,不像庵婆婆利林那样坐落在城内。而这片林苑,如同耆婆芒果园一般,是位于城外的树林,因此称作「在城外」。
「城西」:指在城的后方,即西方方位。
「林苑」:据传,那片林苑坐落于毗舍离城西约一牛鸣的距离处。在那里,人们为世尊建造了香室,并以此为中心,为比丘们建造了夜居处、日居处、经行道、石窟、小屋、殿堂等,世尊便安住其间。因此经文说「在城西的林苑」。
「善星」:是他的名字。又因他是离车族之子,故称「离车族之子」。
「刚离去不久」:指他还俗转为在家人,是最近才离去的人。
「在大众中」:指在集会的人群之间。
「上人法」:在此,所谓「人法」即十善业道。他并不能遮止这些法。何以故?因畏惧被大众质难。须知,在毗舍离城,众多人信仰三宝,是敬信佛、敬信法、敬信僧者。若他说「沙门乔达摩连十善业道亦无」,众人便会诘问:「你何时见过世尊杀生?何时见过他偷盗……」继而说道:「你不知自己几斤几两吗?你以为『我有牙齿』便能去吃——」显示巴利原文
01Bahinagareti nagarassa bahi, na ambapālivanaṃ viya antonagarasmiṃ. Ayaṃ pana jīvakambavanaṃ viya nagarassa bahiddhā vanasaṇḍo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘bahinagare’’ti. Aparapureti purassa apare, pacchimadisāyanti attho. Vanasaṇḍeti so kira vanasaṇḍo nagarassa pacchimadisāyaṃ gāvutamatte ṭhāne. Tattha manussā bhagavato gandhakuṭiṃ katvā taṃ parivāretvā bhikkhūnaṃ rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānacaṅkamaleṇakuṭimaṇḍapādīni patiṭṭhapesuṃ, bhagavā tattha viharati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘aparapure vanasaṇḍe’’ti. Sunakkhattoti tassa nāmaṃ. Licchavīnaṃ pana puttattā licchaviputtoti vutto. Acirapakkantoti vibbhamitvā gihibhāvūpagamanena adhunāpakkanto. Parisatīti parisamajjhe. Uttarimanussadhammāti ettha manussadhammā nāma dasakusalakammapathā. Te paṭisedhetuṃ na sakkoti. Kasmā? Upārambhabhayā. Vesāliyañhi bahū manussā ratanattaye pasannā buddhamāmakā dhammamāmakā saṅghamāmakā. Te dasakusalakammapathamattampi natthi samaṇassa gotamassāti vutte tvaṃ kattha bhagavantaṃ pāṇaṃ hanantaṃ addasa, kattha adinnaṃ ādiyantantiādīni vatvā attano pamāṇaṃ na jānāsi? Kiṃ dantā me atthīti pāsāṇasakkharā khādasi, ahinaṅguṭṭhe gaṇhituṃ vāyamasi, kakacadantesu pupphāvaḷikaṃ kīḷituṃ icchasi? Mukhato te dante pātessāmāti vadeyyuṃ. So tesaṃ upārambhabhayā evaṃ vattuṃ na sakkoti.
上人法等的解释显示巴利原文
Uttarimanussadhammādivaṇṇanā
然而,当他进一步否定更殊胜的证悟时,便说:「上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见」 。显示巴利原文
Tato uttariṃ pana visesādhigamaṃ paṭisedhento uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesoti āha.
在此,「足以成为圣者」意为具有足够的能力以成就圣者之状态,这便是训释的说法。而「殊胜智见」,即智见本身。它既是足以成为圣者的,又是殊胜的智见,因此合称为「足以成为圣者的殊胜智见」。
所谓「智见」,可指天眼、亦可指观、可指道、可指果、可指省察智,乃至可指一切知智。譬如,《中部》中「不放逸者成就智见」一句,是指天眼;《长部》中「他将心导向、引向智见」一句,是指观智;《增支部》中「他们无有能力为无上正觉而获得智见」一句,是指道;《中部》中「这位比丘证得了其他超越人法的、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见,是安乐的住处」一句,是指果;《大品》中「而我生起了智与见,我的『心解脱』是不动摇的,这是最后一生,现在不再有后有」一句,是指省察智;《中部》中「显示巴利原文
Tattha alamariyaṃ ñātunti alamariyo, ariyabhāvāya samatthoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ñāṇadassanameva ñāṇadassanaviseso. Alamariyo ca so ñāṇadassanaviseso cāti alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso. Ñāṇadassananti dibbacakkhupi vipassanāpi maggopi phalampi paccavekkhaṇañāṇampi sabbaññutaññāṇampi vuccati. ‘‘Appamatto samāno ñāṇadassanaṃ ārādhetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.311) hi ettha dibbacakkhu ñāṇadassanaṃ nāma. ‘‘Ñāṇadassanāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmetī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.235) ettha vipassanāñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Abhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāyā’’ti (a. ni. 4.196) ettha maggo. ‘‘Ayamañño uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsu vihāro’’ti (ma. ni. 1.328) ettha phalaṃ. ‘‘Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi, akuppā me cetovimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti (mahāva. 16) ettha paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ. ‘‘Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kāḷāmo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.340) ettha sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Idha pana lokuttaramaggo adhippeto. Tañhi so bhagavato paṭisedheti.
「以推论所得」:他以这句话来否定世尊。据说他心里这样想:「沙门乔达摩亲近老师之后,并没有掌握任何微细的法要,只是凭着推论,以『大概是这样,大概会是那样』进行推测,然后宣说他那由推论所得的法罢了。」
「以思察所随行」:他以这句话来承认世尊具有世间智慧。意思是:沙门乔达摩是有智慧的,他运用那称为智慧、如因陀罗金刚杵般的思察,揣度着「这件事大概会这样运作,那件事大概会那样运作」,使之于一切处周遍观察,然后宣说那由思察所随行的法。
「自生辩才」:他以这句话来否定世尊对诸法的现证。他的想法是这样:「沙门乔达摩那里并没有什么微细的法要,既没有真实的观,也没有道,也没有果,也没有省察智。只是他得到了广大的徒众,四大种姓的人就像围绕着转轮王一样围绕着他。而且他恰好拥有一口排列整齐的牙齿、柔软的舌头、甜美的音声和流利无碍的言词。他不过是把自己脑海里浮现出来的随便什么,拿过来就用自生的辩才宣讲一番,令大众欢喜罢了。」显示巴利原文
Takkapariyāhatanti iminā ācariyaṃ paṭibāhati. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – samaṇena gotamena ācariye upasaṅkamitvā sukhumaṃ dhammantaraṃ gahitaṃ nāma natthi, takkapariyāhataṃ pana takketvā evaṃ bhavissati evaṃ bhavissatīti takkapariyāhataṃ dhammaṃ desetīti. Vīmaṃsānucaritanti iminā cassa lokiyapaññaṃ anujānāti. Samaṇo gotamo paññavā, so taṃ paññāsaṅkhātaṃ indavajirūpamaṃ vīmaṃsaṃ evaṃ vaṭṭissati, evaṃ vaṭṭissatīti ito cito ca anucarāpetvā vīmaṃsāya anucaritaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. Sayaṃpaṭibhānanti imināssa dhammesu paccakkhabhāvaṃ paṭibāhati. Evaṃ hissa ahosi – samaṇassa gotamassa sukhumaṃ dhammantaraṃ vipassanā vā maggo vā phalaṃ vā paccavekkhaṇā vā natthi, ayaṃ pana laddhapariso, rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ viya naṃ cattāro vaṇṇā parivārenti, suphusitaṃ panassa dantāvaraṇaṃ, mudukā jivhā, madhuro saro, anelagaḷā vācā, so yaṃ yadevassa upaṭṭhāti, taṃ taṃ gahetvā sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ kathento mahājanaṃ rañjetīti.
「为了他的利益而宣说法」这句话的意思是:确实是为了那个人的利益,法才被宣说。具体而言:为对治贪欲,有不净业处;为对治嗔恚,有慈心修习;为对治愚痴,有五种法;为断除寻思,有出入息念。显示巴利原文
Yassa ca khvāssa atthāya dhammo desitoti yassa ca kho atthāya assa dhammo desito. Seyyathidaṃ, rāgapaṭighātatthāya asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ, dosappaṭighātatthāya mettābhāvanā, mohapaṭighātatthāya pañca dhammā, vitakkūpacchedāya ānāpānassati.
「那个法,对于那些照着做的人,能正确地导向苦的灭尽」意思是:那个法,对于依照所教导的方式去实践的人——即那些「照着做的人」——便通过正确的因、正确的理、正确的缘由,导向轮回之苦的彻底灭尽,成就其义。善星这样来表明。然而,他说这话并非出于本意。因为诸佛的法不可能不导向出离,他即使想这样说,也说不出口。为什么呢?因为害怕受到谴责。原来在毗舍离城中,有许多证得入流果、一来果、不来果的在家居士。他们若听到,便会这样谴责:「善星,你说世尊所教导的法不能导向出离。如果这个法真的不能导向出离,那在这城中,为何会有这么多的入流者、这么多的一来者、这么多的不来者出现呢?」他们会依前面说过的方式来责备他。他正是因为害怕这种谴责,才没敢说出「不能导向出离」,而是像射出一支歪箭那样说道:「这些法确实是能导向出离的,只是内里空无所有。」显示巴利原文
So niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti so dhammo yo taṃ yathādesitaṃ karoti, tassa takkarassa sammā hetunā nayena kāraṇena vaṭṭadukkhakkhayāya niyyāti gacchati tamatthaṃ sādhetīti dīpeti . Idaṃ panesa na attano ajjhāsayena vadati. Buddhānañhi dhammo aniyyānikoti evamevaṃ pavedeyya, na pana sakkoti vattuṃ. Kasmā? Upārambhabhayā. Vesāliyañhi bahū sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmiupāsakā. Te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘‘sunakkhatta tvaṃ bhagavatā desitadhammo aniyyānikoti vadasi, yadi ayaṃ dhammo aniyyāniko, imasmiṃ nagare ime kasmā ettakā sotāpannā jātā, ettakā sakadāgāmī, ettakā anāgāmīti pubbe vuttanayena upārambhaṃ kareyyu’’nti. So iminā upārambhabhayena aniyyānikoti vattuṃ asakkonto ajjunena vissaṭṭhakaṇḍaṃ viya assa dhammo amogho niyyāti, abbhantare panassa kiñci natthīti vadati.
“他确实听到了”是指:当善星在毘舍离城的婆罗门家族、商主家族等各处,于大众集会中如此宣扬时,世尊听闻了这些言辞,但并未去制止他。何以故?出于悲悯故。据说,世尊当时如是思惟:“此人因忿怒而焦躁不安,恰如燃烧的竹林,又如投入了盐的炽热炉灶,正因嗔恨之故发出爆裂之声。我若去制止他,他必对我心生怨恨;如此,他心中对如来与对我两个人的嗔恨,便会变得极其沉重。”因此,出于悲悯,世尊未曾制止。再者,世尊还这样思惟:“对诸佛的诽谤之言,犹如强行指摘圆满月轮的过失,有谁会相信他的话呢?最终,他会像痰盂破裂、唾液干涸、口干舌燥那样,自行停息。”由这个原因,世尊也没有制止。“从乞食返回后”的意思是:从寻求食物的村落返回之后。显示巴利原文
Assosi khoti vesāliyaṃ brāhmaṇakulaseṭṭhikulādīsu tattha tattha parisamajjhe evaṃ bhāsamānassa taṃ vacanaṃ suṇi, na pana paṭisedhesi. Kasmā? Kāruññatāya. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi ayaṃ kuddho jhāyamānaṃ veḷuvanaṃ viya pakkhittaloṇaṃ uddhanaṃ viya ca kodhavasena paṭapaṭāyati, mayā paṭibāhito pana mayipi āghātaṃ bandhissati, evamassa tathāgate ca mayi cāti dvīsu janesu āghāto atibhāriyo bhavissatīti kāruññatāya na paṭisedhesi. Api cassa evaṃ ahosi, buddhānaṃ avaṇṇakathanaṃ nāma puṇṇacande dosāropanasadisaṃ, ko imassa kathaṃ gaṇhissati? Sayameva kheḷe pacchinne mukhe sukkhe oramissatīti iminā kāraṇena na paṭisedhesi. Piṇḍapātapaṭikkantoti piṇḍapātapariyesanato apagato.
147 “易怒者”意指凶暴、粗鲁之人。“愚人”意指空虚无用之人。若有人在此一期生命中,不具备证得道果的资粮因缘,诸佛便称其为“愚人”。即使有此资粮因缘,若于当时尚未证得道或果,诸佛也同样称其为“愚人”。然而,对于善星此人,他在此一期生命中,证得道果的资粮因缘已被彻底切断,故世尊称其为“愚人”。“而且他的这番话是因忿怒而说出的”是指:他的这些言语,全然是由忿怒所驱使而发。显示巴利原文
147.Kodhanoti caṇḍo pharuso. Moghapurisoti tucchapuriso. Yassa hi tasmiṃ attabhāve maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo natthi, taṃ buddhā ‘‘moghapuriso’’ti vadanti. Upanissaye satipi tasmiṃ khaṇe magge vā phale vā asati ‘‘moghapuriso’’ti vadantiyeva. Imassa pana tasmiṃ attabhāve maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo samucchinnoyeva, tena taṃ ‘‘moghapuriso’’ti āha. Kodhā ca panassa esā vācā bhāsitāti esā ca panassa vācā kodhena bhāsitā.
那么,此人为何对世尊心生忿怒呢?原来,他先前曾亲近世尊,请教修习天眼的预备方法。于是世尊给他讲说。他修成天眼后,扩大光明,照见天界,目睹众多天子、天女在欢喜园、珊瑚藤园、粗涩园、杂林园中享受着天界的殊胜妙果。见已,他心中思惟:“拥有如此庄严妙身的他们,其声音该是何等甜美!”他渴望听闻其声,便又来亲近具足十力的世尊,请教修习天耳界的预备方法。然而,世尊知道他不具备修习天耳界的资粮因缘,便未为他讲说预备方法。因为诸佛从不给缺乏资粮因缘的人讲说预备方法。于是,他便对世尊生起嗔恨,心想:“我最先向沙门乔达摩请教天眼预备方法时,他看上去满不在乎地讲给我听,仿佛在说‘成与不成,随你’。待我凭着自己的精进力修成天眼之后,再去请教天耳界的预备方法,他却不给我讲了。他定是这般思量:‘这个王族出家人已经修成了天眼智,如果再让他修成天耳界智,乃至他心智、漏尽智,那他岂不是要与我平起平坐了?’他就是出于这种嫉妒和悭吝,才不肯教我。”他由此生起愈加猛烈的嗔恨,最终还俗舍弃了袈裟。显示巴利原文
Kasmā panesa bhagavato kuddhoti? Ayañhi pubbe bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dibbacakkhuparikammaṃ pucchi. Athassa bhagavā kathesi. So dibbacakkhuṃ nibbattetvā ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā devaloke olokento nandanavanacittalatāvanaphārusakavanamissakavanesu dibbasampattiṃ anubhavamāne devaputte ca devadhītaro ca disvā etesaṃ evarūpāya attabhāvasampattiyā ṭhitānaṃ kīvamadhuro nu kho saddo bhavissatīti saddaṃ sotukāmo hutvā dasabalaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dibbasotadhātuparikammaṃ pucchi. Bhagavā panassa dibbasotadhātuyā upanissayo natthīti ñatvā parikammaṃ na kathesi. Na hi buddhā upanissayavirahita tassa parikammaṃ kathenti. So bhagavati āghātaṃ bandhitvā cintesi ‘‘ahaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ paṭhamaṃ dibbacakkhuparikammaṃ pucchiṃ, so ‘mayhaṃ taṃ sampajjatu vā mā vā sampajjatū’ti kathesi. Ahaṃ pana paccattapurisakārena taṃ nibbattetvā dibbasotadhātuparikammaṃ pucchiṃ, taṃ me na kathesi. Addhāssa evaṃ hoti ‘ayaṃ rājapabbajito dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ nibbattetvā dibbasotadhātuñāṇaṃ nibbattetvā cetopariyañāṇaṃ nibbattetvā āsavānaṃ khayañāṇaṃ nibbattetvā mayā samasamo bhavissatī’ti issāmacchariyavasena mayhaṃ na kathetī’’ti. Bhiyyoso āghātaṃ bandhitvā kāsāyāni chaḍḍetvā gihibhāvaṃ patvāpi na tuṇhībhūto vicarati. Dasabalaṃ pana asatā tucchena abbhācikkhanto vicarati. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kodhā ca panassa esā vācā bhāsitā’’ti.
“舍利弗,这确实是一种称赞”(Vaṇṇo heso, sāriputtāti)的意思是:舍利弗,如来正是为了“我所宣说的法能导向出离”这一目的,才在十万大劫又四个不可计数劫中,圆满了诸波罗蜜,作出精进努力。因此,凡是如此说者,他其实正是在称扬如来的功德。这句话说明这确实是如来的功德、如来的优点,而非过失。显示巴利原文
Vaṇṇo heso, sāriputtāti, sāriputta, tathāgatena satasahassakappādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni pāramiyo pūrentena etadatthameva vāyāmo kato ‘‘desanādhammo me niyyāniko bhavissatī’’ti. Tasmā yo evaṃ vadeyya, so vaṇṇaṃyeva tathāgatassa bhāsati. Vaṇṇo heso, sāriputta, tathāgatassa guṇo eso tathāgatassa, na aguṇoti dasseti.
那么,世尊以“舍利弗,即使这样的事……”(Ayampihi nāma sāriputtā)等开头,是要说明什么呢?是为了说明被善星所否定的“超人法”,在世尊自身是确实存在的。据说,世尊的意思是:“舍利弗,这个愚人善星说‘如来没有超人法’。然而,我确实拥有一切知智,拥有神变智,拥有天耳界智,拥有他心智,拥有十力智,拥有四无畏智,拥有于八种集会中不动摇的智,拥有能辨别四种生命出生方式的智,拥有能辨别五种生命趣向的智——所有这些正是超人法。而在这些超人法中,哪怕只是一种能了知、仅仅随顺法理的小小智慧,这个愚人也不会有的。”为了说明这个义理,世尊便以“舍利弗,即使这样的事……”这一理路,开示了这次的教导。在这里,“anveti”(跟随)就是“anvayo”(随顺),意思是了知、觉悟。“法的随顺”也就是“dhammanvayo”,这是对能够了知彼一切知智等诸法的智慧的通称。世尊表明:哪怕是像通过“彼世尊是……”等经文,来知道自己“确实具备名为一切知智的超人法,它是真实存在的”这样的一种……。显示巴利原文
Ayampihi nāma sāriputtātiādinā kiṃ dasseti? Sunakkhattena paṭisiddhassa uttarimanussadhammassa attani atthitaṃ dasseti. Bhagavā kira ayaṃ, sāriputta, sunakkhatto moghapuriso natthi tathāgatassa uttarimanussadhammoti vadati. Mayhañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ nāma atthi, iddhividhañāṇaṃ nāma atthi, dibbasotadhātuñāṇaṃ nāma atthi, cetopariyañāṇaṃ nāma atthi, dasabalañāṇaṃ nāma atthi, catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ nāma atthi, aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ nāma atthi, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ nāma atthi, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ nāma atthi, sabbepi cete uttarimanussadhammāyeva. Evarūpesu uttarimanussadhammesu ekassāpi vijānanasamatthaṃ dhammanvayamattampi nāma etassa moghapurisassa na bhavissatīti etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ayampi hi nāma sāriputtātiādinā nayena imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha anvetīti anvayo, jānāti , anubujjhatīti attho. Dhammassa anvayo dhammanvayo, taṃ taṃ sabbaññutaññāṇādidhammaṃ jānanapaññāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘‘Itipi so bhagavā’’tiādīhi evarūpampi nāma mayhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇasaṅkhātaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ vijjamānameva atthīti jānituṃ tassa moghapurisassa dhammanvayopi na bhavissatīti dasseti. Iddhividhañāṇādīsupi evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
十力智等释义显示巴利原文
Dasabalañāṇādivaṇṇanā
148 此处,虽然在他心智之后按理应讲三明,但若讲了三明,随后十力智便不完整,因此不说三明。为显示如来十力的圆满,便说:“然而,舍利弗!有此十种……”等等。其中,“如来十力”(tathāgatabalāni)是指与其他不共的、唯如来所拥有的力。或者,也可以解释为:如同过去诸佛的力是由福德资粮成就而来的那样,这样而来的力就是如来十力。这里,如来十力有两种:身力与智力。其中,身力可依象族而了知。古时曾这样说:显示巴利原文
148. Ettha ca kiñcāpi cetopariyañāṇānantaraṃ tisso vijjā vattabbā siyuṃ, yasmā pana tāsu vuttāsu upari dasabalañāṇaṃ na paripūrati, tasmā tā avatvā tathāgatassa dasabalañāṇaṃ paripūraṃ katvā dassento dasa kho panimāni sāriputtātiādimāha. Tattha tathāgatabalānīti aññehi asādhāraṇāni tathāgatasseva balāni. Yathā vā pubbabuddhānaṃ balāni puññussayasampattiyā āgatāni, tathā āgatabalānītipi attho. Tattha duvidhaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ kāyabalañca ñāṇabalañca. Tesu kāyabalaṃ hatthikulānusārena veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
「Kālāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ; Gandhamaṅgalahemañca, uposathachaddantime dasā.」(迦罗婆迦象、恒河象、白象、铜色象、黄色象、香象、吉祥象、金象、布萨象、六牙象,这十种。)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kālāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ; Gandhamaṅgalahemañca, uposathachaddantime dasā’’ti.
这即是十种象族。其中,迦罗婆迦象应视为普通的象族。十人之力,等于一迦罗婆迦象之力;十迦罗婆迦象之力,等于一恒河象之力;十恒河象之力,等于一白象之力;十白象之力,等于一铜色象之力;十铜色象之力,等于一黄象之力;十黄象之力,等于一香象之力;十香象之力,等于一吉祥象之力;十吉祥象之力,等于一金象之力;十金象之力,等于一布萨象之力;十布萨象之力,等于一六牙象之力。十头六牙象之力,等于一位如来之力,此力亦名那罗延坚固力。若以普通象计量,则为千亿头象之力;若以人类计量,则为十万亿人之力。这便是如来的身力。显示巴利原文
Imāni hi dasa hatthikulāni. Tattha kālāvakanti pakatihatthikulaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ kāyabalaṃ, taṃ ekassa kālāvakahatthino. Yaṃ dasannaṃ kālāvakānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa gaṅgeyyassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ gaṅgeyyānaṃ, taṃ ekassa paṇḍarassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ paṇḍarānaṃ, taṃ ekassa tambassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ tambānaṃ, taṃ ekassa piṅgalassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ piṅgalānaṃ, taṃ ekassa gandhahatthino. Yaṃ dasannaṃ gandhahatthīnaṃ, taṃ ekassa maṅgalassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ maṅgalānaṃ, taṃ ekassa hemavatassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ hemavatānaṃ, taṃ ekassa uposathassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ uposathānaṃ, taṃ ekassa chaddantassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ chaddantānaṃ taṃ ekassa tathāgatassa. Nārāyanasaṅghātabalantipi idameva vuccati . Tadetaṃ pakatihatthigaṇanāya hatthīnaṃ koṭisahassānaṃ purisagaṇanāya dasannaṃ purisakoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāva tathāgatassa kāyabalaṃ.
智力方面,在经文中已有提及:十力智、四无畏智、于八众中不动摇之智、辨别四生之智、辨别五趣之智。在《相应部》中提到的七十三智、七十七智等,还有其他无数千种智,这些都名为智力。此处所说的,也是指智力。因为智既不被折服,又具足支撑之义,故称为“力”。显示巴利原文
Ñāṇabalaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ tāva āgatameva. Dasabalañāṇaṃ, catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ, aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ. Saṃyuttake (saṃ. ni. 2.34) āgatāni tesattati ñāṇāni sattasattati ñāṇānīti evaṃ aññānipi anekāni ñāṇasahassāni, etaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ nāma. Idhāpi ñāṇabalameva adhippetaṃ. Ñāṇañhi akampiyaṭṭhena upatthambhanaṭṭhena ca balanti vuttaṃ.
“具足这些力”:是指具备、完全具备这十种智力。“牛王位”:指最殊胜的地位、最高的地位。或者说,过去诸佛即是牛王,这是指他们的地位。再者,百牛之首领称为usabha(牛王),千牛之首领称为vasabha(牛王)。或说,百牛群之首领为usabha,千牛群之首领为vasabha。一切牛中最殊胜者,能忍受一切压迫,身色纯白,诸根美好,能担荷重担,虽闻百雷而不可动摇,这样的牛称为nisabha(牛王)。这里用usabha(牛王)来指代它,也是其同义词。属于牛王的,即牛王位。“位”:指以四足踏住大地,安稳而不可动摇的站立姿势。如来如此而行,如同牛王位一般,故称为牛王位。正如名为牛王的那头牛,具足牛王之力,以四足踏住大地,以不可动摇的姿势站立;同样,如来具足十种如来力,以四无畏为足,踏住八众之大地,在天神等世间中,不为任何对手与敌人所动摇,以不可动摇的姿势站立。显示巴利原文
Yehi balehi samannāgatoti yehi dasahi ñāṇabalehi upeto samupeto. Āsabhaṃ ṭhānanti seṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ uttamaṭṭhānaṃ. Āsabhā vā pubbabuddhā, tesaṃ ṭhānanti attho. Apica gavasatajeṭṭhako usabho, gavasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho. Vajasatajeṭṭhako vā usabho, vajasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho. Sabbagavaseṭṭho sabbaparissayasaho seto pāsādiko mahābhāravaho asanisatasaddehipi akampaniyo nisabho, so idha usabhoti adhippeto. Idampi hi tassa pariyāyavacanaṃ. Usabhassa idanti āsabhaṃ. Ṭhānanti catūhi pādehi pathaviṃ uppīḷetvā acalaṭṭhānaṃ. Idaṃ pana āsabhaṃ viyāti āsabhaṃ. Yatheva hi nisabhasaṅkhāto usabho usabhabalena samannāgato catūhi pādehi pathaviṃ uppīḷetvā acalaṭṭhānena tiṭṭhati, evaṃ tathāgatopi dasahi tathāgatabalehi samannāgato catūhi vesārajjapādehi aṭṭhaparisapathaviṃ uppīḷetvā sadevake loke kenaci paccatthikena paccāmittena akampiyo acalaṭṭhānena tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ tiṭṭhamānova taṃ āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, upagacchati na paccakkhāti attani āropeti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānātī’’ti.
“于众中”:指在八种众中。“作狮子吼”:即发出最胜之吼、无畏之吼,或发出如狮子吼般的吼声。此义应依《狮子吼经》来阐明。又,如同狮子因能忍耐、能摧破而名为“狮子”,同样,如来因能忍耐世间法、摧破外道之说而名为“狮子”。如此所说之狮所发之吼,即为狮子吼。其中,如同兽王狮子具足狮子之力,于一切处无所畏惧、无有惊怖而作狮子吼;同样,如来狮亦具足如来力,于八种众中无所畏惧、无有惊怖,以“此是色……”等方式,具足种种说法之庄严而作狮子吼。因此说“于众中作狮子吼”。“转梵轮”:此处,“梵”指最胜、最高、最上。而“轮”这个词——显示巴利原文
Parisāsūti aṭṭhasu parisāsu. Sīhanādaṃ nadatīti seṭṭhanādaṃ abhītanādaṃ nadati, sīhanādasadisaṃ vā nādaṃ nadati. Ayamattho sīhanādasuttena dīpetabbo. Yathā vā sīho sahanato hananato ca sīhoti vuccati, evaṃ tathāgato lokadhammānaṃ sahanato parappavādānañca hananato sīhoti vuccati. Evaṃ vuttassa sīhassa nādaṃ sīhanādaṃ. Tattha yathā sīho sīhabalena samannāgato sabbattha visārado vigatalomahaṃso sīhanādaṃ nadati, evaṃ tathāgatasīhopi tathāgatabalehi samannāgato aṭṭhasu parisāsu visārado vigatalomahaṃso iti rūpantiādinā nayena nānāvidhadesanāvilāsasampannaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadatī’’ti. Brahmacakkaṃ pavattetīti ettha brahmanti seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ. Cakka-saddo panāyaṃ –
于成就、相、车辋、威仪中;
于布施、宝、法、胸轮等中亦可见;
于法轮中,此被取为轮,彼复应辨为二种。
显示巴利原文 Sampattiyaṃ lakkhaṇe ca, rathaṅge iriyāpathe; Dāne ratanadhammūra-cakkādīsu ca dissati; Dhammacakke idha mato, tañca dvedhā vibhāvaye.
在「诸比丘,有此四轮……」《增支部·四集》等经文中,此「轮」指成就;在「足下生轮……」《长部·大本经》中,指相;在「如运车之轮……」《法句》中,指车轮;在「四轮九门……」《相应部·天相应》中,指威仪;在「施与享用,勿放逸,转动轮于一切众生……」《本生·近因谭》中,指布施;在「天妙宝轮出现……」《长部·转轮圣王师子吼经》中,指宝轮;在「我所转动的轮……」《经集·义品》中,指法轮;在「充满欲求之人,轮在头顶旋转……」《本生·最初品》等中,指胸轮;在「即使以利刃轮……」《长部·戒蕴品》中,指斩轮;在「霹雳轮……」《长部·波梨品》《相应部·觉支相应》中,指雷电圈。但在此处,此「轮」意指法轮。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.31) hi ayaṃ sampattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Pādatalesu cakkāni jātānī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.35) ettha lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Cakkaṃva vahato pada’’nti (dha. pa. 1) ettha rathaṅge. ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.29) ettha iriyāpathe. ‘‘Dadaṃ bhuñja mā ca pamādo, cakkaṃ pavattaya sabbapāṇina’’nti (jā. 1.7.149) ettha dāne. ‘‘Dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pāturahosī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.243) ettha ratanacakke. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’nti (su. ni. 562) ettha dhammacakke. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) ettha uracakke. ‘‘Khurapariyantena cepi cakkenā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.166) ettha paharaṇacakke. ‘‘Asanivicakka’’nti (dī. ni. 3.61; saṃ. ni. 2.162) ettha asanimaṇḍale. Idha panāyaṃ dhammacakke adhippeto.
然而,此法轮有两种:即证悟智与说法智。其中,由般若所成就、能为自己带来圣力者,是证悟智;由悲悯所成就、能为声闻带来圣力者,是说法智。证悟智又有正在生起与已生起两种。从出家之时直至阿罗汉道,属于正在生起;于证果刹那,称为已生起。或者,从兜率天降生直至大菩提座下的阿罗汉道,属于正在生起;于证果刹那,称为已生起。或者,从燃灯佛十力尊时起直至阿罗汉道,属于正在生起;于证果刹那,称为已生起。说法智也有正在转起与已转起两种。从初转法轮直至阿若憍陈如证得入流道,属于正在转起;于证果刹那,称为已转起。这里,证悟智是出世间智,说法智是世间智。但这两种智都不共于他人,唯是诸佛的亲生子智。显示巴利原文
Taṃ pana dhammacakkaṃ duvidhaṃ hoti paṭivedhañāṇañceva desanāñāṇañca. Tattha paññāpabhāvitaṃ attano ariyabalāvahaṃ paṭivedhañāṇaṃ. Karuṇāpabhāvitaṃ sāvakānaṃ ariyabalāvahaṃ desanāñāṇaṃ. Tattha paṭivedhañāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ uppannanti duvidhaṃ. Tañhi abhinikkhamanato yāva arahattamaggā uppajjamānaṃ, phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāma. Tusitabhavanato vā yāva mahābodhipallaṅke arahattamaggā uppajjamānaṃ, phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāma. Dīpaṅkaradasabalato paṭṭhāya vā yāva arahattamaggā uppajjamānaṃ, phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāma. Desanāñāṇampi pavattamānaṃ pavattanti duvidhaṃ. Tañhi yāva aññātakoṇḍaññassa sotāpattimaggā pavattamānaṃ, phalakkhaṇe pavattaṃ nāma. Tesu paṭivedhañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ, desanāñāṇaṃ lokiyaṃ. Ubhayampi panetaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ, buddhānaṃyeva orasañāṇaṃ.
现在,为了详细说明如来具足哪些力而自居于牛王之位,以及最初所说的「舍利弗,如来有此如来十力……」等,故问「哪十种呢?」世尊说:「舍利弗,在此如来如实了知处为处、非处为非处……」等等。其中,「处为处、非处为非处」,即是了知因是因、非因是非因。因之所以被称为「处」,是因为果依止于它,以它为缘而生起与转起。世尊了知:「凡那些法以那些法为因、缘而生起,那些便是处;凡那些法不以那些法为因、缘而生起,那些便是非处」,如实了知处为处、非处为非处。而在阿毗达摩中,这已通过「其中,何等为如来之处非处如实智?」《分别论》等方式详细解说。「而且,舍利弗,此也是……」意思是:这处非处智就是如来的如来力。应知其后一切文句的连结都应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Idāni yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, yāni āditova ‘‘dasa kho panimāni, sāriputta, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalānī’’ti nikkhittāni, tāni vitthārato dassetuṃ katamāni dasa? Idha, sāriputta, tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānatotiādimāha. Tattha ṭhānañca ṭhānatoti kāraṇañca kāraṇato. Kāraṇañhi yasmā tattha phalaṃ tiṭṭhati tadāyattavuttiyāya uppajjati ceva pavattati ca, tasmā ṭhānanti vuccati. Taṃ bhagavā ‘‘ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetū paccayā uppādāya, taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ. Ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ na hetū na paccayā uppādāya, taṃ taṃ aṭṭhāna’’nti pajānanto ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Abhidhamme panetaṃ, ‘‘tattha katamaṃ tathāgatassa ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇa’’ntiādinā (vibha. 809) nayena vitthāritameva. Yampīti yena ñāṇena. Idampi, sāriputta, tathāgatassāti idampi ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ nāma hotīti attho. Evaṃ sabbapadesu yojanā veditabbā.
“业受持”(kammasamādānānaṃ):指受持后所造作的善业与不善业,或业本身即是业受持。“从处、从因”(ṭhānaso hetuso):即从缘与从因。其中,趣、依止、时、加行为异熟之处;业为因。关于此智的详细解说,在阿毗达摩中是以“有某些不善业受持被趣成就所阻碍而不感果……”等方式进行阐述的。显示巴利原文
Kammasamādānānanti samādiyitvā katānaṃ kusalākusalakammānaṃ, kammameva vā kammasamādānaṃ. Ṭhānaso hetusoti paccayato ceva hetuto ca. Tattha gatiupadhikālapayogā vipākassa ṭhānaṃ. Kammaṃ hetu. Imassa pana ñāṇassa vitthārakathā ‘‘atthekaccāni pāpakāni kammasamādānāni gatisampattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantī’’tiādinā (vibha. 810) nayena abhidhamme āgatāyeva.
“一切趣行道”:指通往一切趣的道,以及不通往任何趣的道。“道”:即道路。“如实了知”:譬如当许多人共同杀害一个生命时,他能了知其中一人的思将导向地狱,另一人的思将导向畜生道。依此理趣,即便于同一事中,他也能如实无误地洞见所谓善与不善思所成的种种行道之体性。而且,此智的详细解说,在阿毗达摩中已依“其中,什么是如来对一切趣行道的如实智?此处,如来了知:此道、此行导向地狱……”等理趣而给出。显示巴利原文
Sabbatthagāmininti sabbagatigāminiṃ agatigāminiñca. Paṭipadanti maggaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti bahūsupi manussesu ekameva pāṇaṃ ghātentesu imassa cetanā nirayagāminī bhavissati, imassa cetanā tiracchānayonigāminīti iminā nayena ekavatthusmimpi kusalākusalacetanāsaṅkhātānaṃ paṭipattīnaṃ aviparītato sabhāvaṃ jānāti. Imassa ca ñāṇassa vitthārakathā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ tathāgatassa sabbatthagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato ayaṃ maggo ayaṃ paṭipadā nirayagāmīti pajānātī’’tiādinā (vibha. 811) nayena abhidhamme āgatāyeva.
“种种界”:指由眼界等界或欲界等界而成为多种的界。“种种不同界”:指由于那些界的差异性,而成为种种不同种类的界。“世间”:指蕴、处、界的世间。“如实了知”:指对每一种界的真实体性,毫无颠倒地通达。此智在阿毗达摩中已依“其中,什么是如来对种种界、种种不同界世间的如实智?此处,如来了知种种蕴……”等理趣详细展开。显示巴利原文
Anekadhātunti cakkhudhātuādīhi kāmadhātuādīhi vā dhātūhi bahudhātuṃ. Nānādhātunti tāsaṃyeva dhātūnaṃ vilakkhaṇatāya nānappakāradhātuṃ. Lokanti khandhāyatanadhātulokaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti tāsaṃ tāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ aviparītato sabhāvaṃ paṭivijjhati. Idampi ñāṇaṃ ‘‘tattha katamaṃ tathāgatassa anekadhātunānādhātulokaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, idha tathāgato khandhanānattaṃ pajānātī’’tiādinā nayena abhidhamme vitthāritameva.
「种种胜解」:指由于下劣等各种胜解而成为种种胜解的状态。此智在《阿毗达摩》中已依“其中,什么是如来对众生种种胜解状态的如实智?此处,如来了知:有众生是下劣胜解……”等理趣详细展开。显示巴利原文
Nānādhimuttikatanti hīnādīhi adhimuttīhi nānādhimuttikabhāvaṃ. Idampi ñāṇaṃ, ‘‘tattha katamaṃ tathāgatassa sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikataṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, idha tathāgato pajānāti santi sattā hīnādhimuttikā’’ti ādinā nayena abhidhamme vitthāritameva.
「他众生」:指主要的有情。「他补特伽罗」:指除此之外的劣等有情。或者,这两个词语是同一个意思,只是为教化所化而分为两种说法。「根上下」:指信等诸根的殊胜与低劣,即增长与衰减。此智的详细解说,在《阿毗达摩》中已依“其中,什么是如来对他众生、他补特伽罗根上下的如实智?此处,如来了知众生的意乐,了知随眠……”等理趣给出。显示巴利原文
Parasattānanti padhānasattānaṃ. Parapuggalānanti tato paresaṃ hīnasattānaṃ. Ekatthameva vā etaṃ padadvayaṃ. Veneyyavasena pana dvedhā vuttaṃ. Indriyaparopariyattanti saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ parabhāvaṃ aparabhāvañca, vuddhiñca hāniñcāti attho. Imassapi ñāṇassa vitthārakathā – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ tathāgatassa parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ indriyaparopariyattaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, idha tathāgato sattānaṃ āsayaṃ pajānāti anusayaṃ pajānātī’’tiādinā (vibha. 814) nayena abhidhamme āgatāyeva.
「禅那、解脱、定、等至」:指初禅等四种禅那、“内有色想观外色”等八种解脱、有寻有伺等三种定,以及初禅等至等九种次第等至。「杂染」:指退分法。「清净」:指胜进分法。「出起」:如所说“清净也是出起;从某个等至出起也是出起”,此中“清净也”指禅那的熟练自在,“从出起”指有分与果等至。由于下下的熟练禅那是上上禅那的足处,所以说“清净也是出起”。然而,从一切禅那出起是以有分;从灭尽等至出起是以果等至。依此义而说“从某个等至出起也是出起”。此智在《阿毗达摩》中已依“其中,什么是如来对禅那、解脱、定、等至的杂染、清净、出起的如实智?有四种禅那者,有些禅那者在成就时却误以为衰败……”等理趣详细展开。这七种智的详细解说与抉择,在《迷乱消除·分别论注》中已有说明。宿住随念智与天眼智的解说,在《清净道论》中有详细阐述。漏尽智的解说,则见于《怖畏经》。显示巴利原文
Jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnanti paṭhamādīnaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ rūpī rūpāni passatītiādīnaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ savitakkasavicārādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ samādhīnaṃ paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiādīnañca navannaṃ anupubbasamāpattīnaṃ. Saṃkilesanti hānabhāgiyadhammaṃ. Vodānanti visesabhāgiyadhammaṃ. Vuṭṭhānanti ‘‘vodānampi vuṭṭhānaṃ. Tamhā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhānampi vuṭṭhāna’’nti (vibha. 828) evaṃ vuttapaguṇajjhānañceva bhavaṅgaphalasamāpattiyo ca. Heṭṭhimaṃ heṭṭhimañhi paguṇajjhānaṃ uparimassa uparimassa padaṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Tasmā ‘‘vodānampi vuṭṭhāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Bhavaṅgena pana sabbajjhānehi vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Phalasamāpattiyā nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Taṃ sandhāya ‘‘tamhā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhānampi vuṭṭhāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Idampi ñāṇaṃ ‘‘tattha katamaṃ tathāgatassa jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vodānaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, jhāyīti cattāro jhāyī, atthekacco jhāyī sampattiṃyeva samānaṃ vipattīti paccetī’’tiādinā (vibha. 828) nayena abhidhamme vitthāritaṃ. Sattannaṃ ñāṇānaṃ vitthārakathāvinicchayo sammohavinodaniyaṃ vibhaṅgaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto. Pubbenivāsānussatidibbacakkhuñāṇakathā visuddhimagge vitthāritā. Āsavakkhayakathā bhayabherave.
149 “舍利弗,这些即是”——这是对先前所说“舍利弗,如来确有这十种如来力”的十力,予以确认。在此,有外道说:并没有各自独立的十力智,它只是一切知智的分支。这不应如此看待。因为十力智与一切知智确实不同。十力智只了知各自特定的领域;一切知智则既了知这些领域,也了知除此以外的一切。具体而言:十力智中,第一力只了知处与非处;第二力只了知诸业及其差别异熟;第三力只了知业的差别;第四力只了知种种界的原因;第五力只了知有情的意乐与胜解;第六力只了知诸根的利钝;第七力只了知禅那等及其杂染等;第八力只了知过去住的蕴相续;第九力只了知有情的死与结生;第十力只了知谛的确定。而一切知智,则了知由这些力所应知的一切,以及更超越于此的。但它并不执行所有这些作用。因为当它成为禅那时,并不能入定;成为神通时,并不能变现;成为道时,并不能断惑。此外,还应当这样质问外道:‘所谓十力智,是有寻有伺,还是无寻唯伺,或是无寻无伺?是欲界系、色界系、无色界系,是世间法,还是出世间法呢?’通达者会回答:显示巴利原文
149.Imāni kho sāriputtāti yāni pubbe ‘‘dasa kho panimāni, sāriputta, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalānī’’ti avocaṃ, imāni tānīti appanaṃ karoti. Tattha paravādīkathā hoti – dasabalañāṇaṃ nāma pāṭiyekkaṃ natthi, sabbaññutaññāṇassevāyaṃ pabhedoti. Taṃ na tathā daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aññameva hi dasabalañāṇaṃ, aññaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Dasabalañāṇañhi sakasakakiccameva jānāti. Sabbaññutañāṇaṃ tampi tato avasesampi pajānāti. Dasabalañāṇesu hi paṭhamaṃ kāraṇākāraṇameva jānāti. Dutiyaṃ kammantaravipākantarameva. Tatiyaṃ kammaparicchedameva. Catutthaṃ dhātunānattakāraṇameva. Pañcamaṃ sattānaṃ ajjhāsayādhimuttimeva. Chaṭṭhaṃ indriyānaṃ tikkhamudubhāvameva. Sattamaṃ jhānādīhi saddhiṃ tesaṃ saṃkilesādimeva. Aṭṭhamaṃ pubbenivutthakhandhasantatimeva. Navamaṃ sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhimeva. Dasamaṃ saccaparicchedameva. Sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ pana etehi jānitabbañca tato uttariñca pajānāti. Etesaṃ pana kiccaṃ na sabbaṃ karoti. Tañhi jhānaṃ hutvā appetuṃ na sakkoti, iddhi hutvā vikubbituṃ na sakkoti, maggo hutvā kilese khepetuṃ na sakkoti. Apica paravādī evaṃ pucchitabbo – ‘‘dasabalañāṇaṃ nāma etaṃ savitakkasavicāraṃ avitakkavicāramattaṃ avitakkaavicāraṃ kāmāvacaraṃ rūpāvacaraṃ arūpāvacaraṃ lokiyaṃ lokuttara’’nti? Jānanto paṭipāṭiyā satta ñāṇāni savitakkasavicārānīti vakkhati. Tato parāni dve avitakkaavicārānīti vakkhati. Āsavakkhayañāṇaṃ siyā savitakkasavicāraṃ, siyā avitakkavicāramattaṃ, siyā avitakkaavicāranti vakkhati. Tathā paṭipāṭiyā satta kāmāvacarāni, tato parāni dve rūpāvacarāni, avasāne ekaṃ lokuttaranti vakkhati, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ pana savitakkasavicārameva kāmāvacarameva lokiyamevāti vakkhati.
如此依文解释之后,如今再作说明:如来首先以‘处非处智’,见诸应受教化的有情,于漏尽证得与否,何为处、何为非处——即由见到世间正见所在,及不见决定性邪见,而见他们无有烦恼障。次以‘业报智’,由见到具三因的结生,而见他们无有异熟障。再以‘一切至处道智’,由不见他们造无间业,而见他们无有业障。对于如是已无障碍的有情,为了宣说随顺的法,如来以‘种种界智’,见他们界的差异,而晓了其行为上的差别。随后以‘种种胜解智’见其胜解,如是即使不特别加功用力,也能按其胜解而说法。进而,为了对所见的这些有情,随其志趣与能力说法,以‘根上下智’,由见到信等诸根的利钝状况,而了知他们根器上下。遍知根器上下之后,即使那些有情远在他方,如来由于于初禅等已得自在,便以神变速疾到达。到达后,以‘宿住随念智’见他们过去世的修行;以依天眼智之力所得‘他心智’,见当前心的差别;最后,以漏尽智的威德,对于趋向漏尽的道途已无迷惑,便为他们宣说令得漏尽的法。显示巴利原文
Evamettha anupadavaṇṇanaṃ katvā idāni yasmā tathāgato paṭhamaṃyeva ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇena veneyyasattānaṃ āsavakkhayādhigamassa ceva anadhigamassa ca ṭhānāṭṭhānabhūtaṃ kilesāvaraṇābhāvaṃ passati, lokiyasammādiṭṭhiṭṭhānadassanato niyatamicchādiṭṭhiṭṭhānābhāvadassanato ca. Atha nesaṃ kammavipākañāṇena vipākāvaraṇābhāvaṃ passati, tihetukapaṭisandhidassanato. Sabbatthagāminīpaṭipadāñāṇena kammāvaraṇābhāvaṃ passati, anantariyakammābhāvadassanato. Evaṃ anāvaraṇānaṃ anekadhātunānādhātuñāṇena anukūladhammadesanatthaṃ cariyavisesaṃ passati, dhātuvemattadassanato. Atha nesaṃ nānādhimuttikatāñāṇena adhimuttiṃ passati, payogaṃ anādiyitvāpi adhimuttivasena dhammadesanatthaṃ. Athevaṃ diṭṭhādhimuttīnaṃ yathāsatti yathābalaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ indriyaparopariyattañāṇena indriyaparopariyattaṃ passati, saddhādīnaṃ tikkhamudubhāvadassanato. Evaṃ pariññātindriyaparopariyattā pana te sace dūre honti, paṭhamajjhānādīsu vasībhūtattā iddhivisesena te khippaṃ upagacchati. Upagantvā ca nesaṃ pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena pubbajātibhāvanaṃ, dibbacakkhuñāṇānubhāvato pattabbena cetopariyañāṇena sampati cittavisesaṃ passanto āsavakkhayañāṇānubhāvena āsavakkhayagāminiyā paṭipadāya vigatasammohattā āsavakkhayāya dhammaṃ deseti. Tasmā iminā anukkamena imāni dasabalāni vuttānīti veditabbāni.
于“舍利弗,不舍彼语”等句中,当他说“我将不再说如是语”时,即是舍断了那样的言语。当他想“我将不再生起如是心”时,即是舍断了那样的心。当他作“我将不再执持如是见”而弃舍时,即是舍遣了那样的见。若不作此,他便既未舍断,也未舍遣。他便如同已被投入地狱一般——当知,恰如被地狱卒抓住并投入地狱,就这样安住于地狱中。显示巴利原文
Taṃ, sāriputta, vācaṃ appahāyātiādīsu puna evarūpiṃ vācaṃ na vakkhāmīti vadanto taṃ vācaṃ pajahati nāma. Puna evarūpaṃ cittaṃ na uppādessāmīti cintento cittaṃ pajahati nāma. Puna evarūpaṃ diṭṭhiṃ na gaṇhissāmīti pajahanto diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjati nāma, tathā akaronto neva pajahati, na paṭinissajjati. So yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ nirayeti yathā nirayapālehi āharitvā niraye ṭhapito, evaṃ niraye ṭhapitoyevāti veditabbo.
现在,为了显示能证实这个意义的譬喻,便说“舍利弗,譬如”等。其中,“具戒”等应当理解为世间与出世间的戒、定、慧;也可以仅作出世间来理解。因为这位比丘通过正语、正业、正命而戒具足,通过正精进、正念、正定而定具足,通过正见、正思惟而慧具足。这样具足戒、定、慧的比丘,就在此现生、就在此五蕴身中,成就了其他的果证,达到了阿拉汉果。舍利弗,我说这种成就就是这个样子,这个理由也同样如此。因为这正展示了:就像在道之后,毫无间断地就生起了果;这位补特伽罗在死后也同样毫无间断,结生即在地狱中。在整个佛语里,再没有比这个譬喻被说得更有力、更强烈的譬喻了。显示巴利原文
Idānissa atthasādhakaṃ upamaṃ dassento seyyathāpītiādimāha. Tattha sīlasampannotiādīsu lokiyalokuttarā sīlasamādhipaññā veditabbā. Lokuttaravaseneva vinivattetumpi vaṭṭati. Ayañhi sammāvācākammantājīvehi sīlasampanno, sammāvāyāmasatisamādhīhi samādhisampanno, sammādiṭṭhisaṅkappehi paññāsampanno, so evaṃ sīlādisampanno bhikkhu yathā diṭṭheva dhamme imasmiṃyeva attabhāve aññaṃ ārādheti arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ, sāriputta, vadāmi imampi kāraṇaṃ evarūpameva . Yathā hi maggānantaraṃ avirajjhitvāva phalaṃ nibbattati, evameva imassāpi puggalassa cutianantaraṃ avirajjhitvāva niraye paṭisandhi hotīti dasseti. Sakalasmiñhi buddhavacane imāya upamāya gāḷhataraṃ katvā vuttaupamā nāma natthi.
150 “无畏”在此是“怯懦”的对立面,指在四种情况下审察无怯懦之后,所生起的与喜悦相应之智的名称。“你自称是正自觉者”意思是:你如此自称——“我是正自觉者,一切法已被我正觉”。“未正觉”指这些法未被你正觉。“于此中”即对于如此被指出的“未正觉”之法。“以有因由之说”即具有因由、具有理由的言说,不像善星那样胡言乱语,是不可称量的。“以此为相”这里,所谓“相”既指人,也指法。意思是:我看不到任何人能指责我,也看不到任何法,在指出后能指责我:“此法你未正觉”。“得安稳”即已达到安稳,其余二字是它的同义词。所有这些都是就“无畏智”而说的。因为拥有十力的如来不见有能指责“此法是您未正觉”的指责者,也不见作为指责理由的未被正觉的法,当这样审察“我自己是真正的觉者,我说‘我是觉者’”时,便生起了更强烈的喜悦。与此喜悦相应的智名为“无畏”。就它而说“得安稳”等。如此,在一切处应知此义。显示巴利原文
150.Vesārajjānīti ettha sārajjapaṭipakkho vesārajjaṃ, catūsu ṭhānesu sārajjābhāvaṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannasomanassamayañāṇassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānatoti ahaṃ sammāsambuddho, sabbe dhammā mayā abhisambuddhāti evaṃ paṭijānato tava. Anabhisambuddhāti ime nāma dhammā tayā anabhisambuddhā. Tatra vatāti tesu vata anabhisambuddhāti evaṃ dassitadhammesu. Sahadhammenāti sahetunā sakāraṇena vacanena sunakkhatto viya vippalapanto appamāṇaṃ. Nimittametanti ettha puggalopi dhammopi nimittanti adhippeto. Taṃ puggalaṃ na passāmi, yo maṃ paṭicodessati, taṃ dhammaṃ na passāmi, yaṃ dassetvā ayaṃ nāma dhammo tayā anabhisambuddhoti maṃ paṭicodessatīti ayamettha attho. Khemappattoti khemaṃ patto, sesapadadvayaṃ imasseva vevacanaṃ. Sabbañhetaṃ vesārajjañāṇameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Dasabalassa hi ayaṃ nāma dhammo tayā anabhisambuddhoti codakaṃ puggalaṃ vā codanākāraṇaṃ anabhisambuddhadhammaṃ vā apassato sabhāvabuddhoyeva vā samāno ahaṃ buddhosmīti vadāmīti paccavekkhantassa balavataraṃ somanassaṃ uppajjati. Tena sampayuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ vesārajjaṃ nāma. Taṃ sandhāya ‘‘khemappatto’’tiādimāha. Evaṃ sabbattha attho veditabbo.
“障碍法”此处,所谓“作障碍故”即是障碍法。实际上,它们就是故意违犯的七类罪聚。因为即使是故意犯的最小的恶作或恶语,也会对道果造成障碍。但此处是特指淫欲法。因为无论对于谁,只要行淫,他对于道果的成就必定有障碍。“然而,为了某人那些目的”是指为了贪的灭尽等目的;“所说的法”指不净观等法。“对此”即对于那种非导出的法对我……其余应依前述的方式来理解。显示巴利原文
Antarāyikā dhammāti ettha pana antarāyaṃ karontīti antarāyikā, te atthato sañcicca vītikkantā satta āpattikkhandhā. Sañcicca vītikkantañhi antamaso dukkaṭa-dubbhāsitampi maggaphalānaṃ antarāyaṃ karoti. Idha pana methunadhammo adhippeto. Methunaṃ sevato hi yassa kassaci nissaṃsayameva maggaphalānaṃ antarāyo hoti. Yassa kho pana tesu atthāyāti rāgakkhayādīsu yassa atthāya. Dhammo desitoti asubhabhāvanādidhammo kathito . Tatra vata manti tasmiṃ aniyyānikadhamme maṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
八众解说显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhaparisavaṇṇanā
151 “舍利弗,确实有此八众”这句话,是为了显示无畏智的力量而开始的。正如一位善巧的说法者,深入有学识的大众之后,能以令智者心生欢喜的说法来显示其精通;同样地,通过达到此八种大众,便可了知无畏智的无畏性,因此如来才以“舍利弗,确实有此八众”等开始。显示巴利原文
151. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā sāriputtā’’ti idaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Vesārajjañāṇassa baladassanatthaṃ. Yathā hi byattaṃ parisaṃ ajjhogāhetvā viññūnaṃ cittaṃ ārādhanasamatthāya kathāya dhammakathikassa chekabhāvo paññāyati, evaṃ imā aṭṭha parisā patvā vesārajjañāṇassa vesārajjabhāvo sakkā ñātunti vesārajjañāṇassa balaṃ dassento, aṭṭha kho imā sāriputtātiādimāha.
其中,“刹帝利众”是指刹帝利聚集而坐之处,其他大众也如此类推。而魔众应知是魔天众聚集而坐之处,并非诸魔本身。所有这些大众,都是就其威严可畏的角度而被认知的。因为人们连“这里坐着国王”这样平常的话都无法说出口,腋下直流汗,刹帝利众便是如此威严。婆罗门精通三吠陀,居士们擅长各种称呼与文字的辨析,沙门们则对自己宗义及外道之说善巧通达;在他们中间说法是极为沉重的负担。非人也极具威势,只因一提到“非人”,人的全身就会颤抖;见到他们的形色或听到他们的声音,有情便会昏迷。非人众便是如此威严,在其间说法也是极为沉重的负担。因此应当明白,它们是从威严可畏的角度而被认知的。显示巴利原文
Tattha khattiyaparisāti khattiyānaṃ sannipatitvā nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ, esa nayo sabbattha. Mārakāyikānaṃ pana sannipatitvā nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ māraparisā veditabbā, na mārānaṃ. Sabbāpi cetā parisā uggaṭṭhānadassanavasena gahitā. Manussā hi ‘‘ettha rājā nisinno’’ti pakativacanampi vattuṃ na sakkonti, kacchehi sedā muccanti. Evaṃ uggā khattiyaparisā. Brāhmaṇā tīsu vedesu kusalā honti, gahapatayo nānāvohāresu ceva akkharacintāya ca. Samaṇā sakavādaparavādesu kusalā honti. Tesaṃ majjhe dhammakathākathanaṃ nāma ativiya bhāro. Amanussāpi uggā honti. Amanussoti hi vuttamattepi manussānaṃ sakalasarīraṃ saṅkampati, tesaṃ rūpaṃ vā disvā saddaṃ vā sutvā sattā visaññino honti. Evaṃ amanussaparisā uggā. Tāsupi dhammakathākathanaṃ nāma ativiya bhāro. Iti uggaṭṭhānadassanavasena tā gahitāti veditabbā.
“ajjhogāhatī”意为进入。“数百刹帝利众”,即如同频婆娑罗集会、亲属集会、离车集会那样的众会,在其他轮围世界中也同样存在。那么,世尊也前往其他轮围世界吗?是的,前往。以何种形貌前往呢?即如同他们那样的形貌。因此,他说:“阿难,我确实记得曾亲近数百刹帝利众。在那里,他们有什么样的肤色,我便有什么样的肤色;他们有什么样的音声,我便有什么样的音声。我以法语开示、劝勉、激励、令喜。正在说法时,他们不知:‘这位现在说话的是谁?是天还是人?’以法语开示、劝勉、激励、令喜之后,我便隐没。隐没之后,他们也不知:‘这位隐没的是谁?是天还是人?’”显示巴利原文
Ajjhogāhatīti anupavisati. Anekasataṃ khattiyaparisanti bimbisārasamāgama ñātisamāgama licchavīsamāgamasadisaṃ. Aññesupi cakkavāḷesu labbhatiyeva. Kiṃ pana bhagavā aññāni cakkavāḷānipi gacchatīti? Āma gacchati. Kīdiso hutvā? Yādisā te, tādisoyeva. Tenevāha ‘‘abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā, tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi . Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’’’ti (dī. ni. 2.172).
刹帝利们佩戴臂环、手镯、花鬘、香等饰物,身着各色衣裳,戴着摩尼珠耳环,头戴宝冠。难道世尊也这样装饰自己么?他们之中也有白肤、黑肤、黄肤者,莫非大师也显现那样的容貌吗?大师原本以出家身份前往,但为了摄受他们,便化现那样的形貌上前,示现自己坐在国王的宝座上,他们心想:‘今天我们的国王格外光彩。’他们之中也有破声者、粗涩声者、鸦声者,而大师只以梵音说法。‘我也有那样的音声’这句话,是就语言音声而言的。然而众人听闻之后心想:‘今天国王以甜美的音声说法。’当世尊说法后离去,人们又再次见到国王出现,便生起思量:‘这位是谁?’显示巴利原文
Khattiyā keyūraṅgadamālāgandhādivibhūsitā nānāvirāgavasanā āmukkamaṇikuṇḍalā moḷidharā honti. Kiṃ bhagavāpi evaṃ attānaṃ maṇḍeti? Te ca odātāpi honti kāḷāpi maṃgulacchavīpi. Kiṃ satthāpi evarūpo hotīti? Satthā attano pabbajitavaseneva gacchati, tesaṃ pana tādiso hutvā upaṭṭhāti, gantvā rājāsane nisinnaṃ attānaṃ dasseti, tesaṃ ‘‘ajja amhākaṃ rājā ativiya virocatī’’ti hoti. Te ca bhinnassarāpi honti gaggassarāpi kākassarāpi. Satthā brahmassareneva dhammaṃ katheti. Tādisako mayhaṃ saro hotīti idaṃ pana bhāsantaraṃ sandhāya kathitaṃ. Manussānaṃ pana taṃ sutvā ‘‘ajja rājā madhurena sarena kathetī’’ti hoti. Kathetvā pakkante ca bhagavati puna rājānaṃ āgataṃ disvā ‘‘ko nu kho aya’’nti vīmaṃsā uppajjati.
这里的意思是:方才在此处,用摩揭陀语、僧伽罗语,以甜美的音声说法而后隐没的,究竟是谁?是天神,还是人?那么,为什么为这些不了知的人说法呢?是为了熏习。像这样听闻过的法,在未来也会成为因缘,所以是为了未来而说法。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ko nu kho ayaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne idāneva māgadhabhāsāya sīhaḷabhāsāya madhurena sarena kathento antarahito, kiṃ devo, udāhu manussoti? Kimatthaṃ panevaṃ ajānantānaṃ dhammaṃ desetīti? Vāsanatthāya. Evaṃ sutopi hi dhammo anāgate paccayo hotiyevāti anāgataṃ paṭicca desetīti.
“Sannisinnapubba”:意为曾聚集共坐。“Sallapitapubba”:意为曾交谈共语。“Sākacchā”:意为曾进行法义讨论。至于“数百婆罗门众”等描述,应知既可能以种德集会等方式出现,也可能以其他轮围世界的方式出现。显示巴利原文
Sannisinnapubbanti saṅgamma nisinnapubbaṃ. Sallapitapubbanti ālāpasallāpo katapubbo. Sākacchāti dhammasākacchāpi samāpajjitapubbā. Anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisantiādīnampi soṇadaṇḍasamāgamādivasena ceva aññacakkavāḷavasena ca sambhavo veditabbo.
四生注疏显示巴利原文
Catuyonivaṇṇanā
152 152. 在“舍利弗,有此四种生”这句经文中,此处的“生”(yoni)一词,可作为“蕴的部分”、“原因”及“尿道”的名称。如在“四龙生、四金翅鸟生”(《相应部》3.342, 392)中,“生”即指蕴的部分。在“浮弥佐,这确实是得果之因”(《中部》2.227)中,“生”指原因。而在“我不称由母胎尿道出生者为婆罗门”(《中部》2.457;《法句》396)中,“生”则指尿道。但在此处文义中,是将“蕴的部分”确立为所说的“生”。“卵生”:指在卵中出生的众生。“胎生”:指在胞胎中出生的众生。“湿生”:指在潮湿处出生的众生。所谓“破壳而生”,即指通过破开卵壳而出的方式。“化生”:指不依赖这些(卵、胎、湿)条件,如同忽然显现一般化现、再生出来的众生。说到“在腐烂的尸体等中”,只是举出令人不悦的处所作为湿生的例子。实际上,在令人悦意的处所,如熟酥、油、蜜、糖等之中,也有众生出生。诸天之中,从四大王天以上的上界诸天,都只有化生;而地居天则四种生都有。人类之中,也有一些人如天众般是化生,但人显示巴利原文
152.Catassokho imā, sāriputta, yoniyoti ettha yonīti khandhakoṭṭhāsassapi kāraṇassapi passāvamaggassapi nāmaṃ. ‘‘Catasso nāgayoniyo catasso supaṇṇayoniyo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.342, 392) ettha hi khandhakoṭṭhāso yoni nāma. ‘‘Yoni hesā bhūmija phalassa adhigamāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.227) ettha kāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi, yonijaṃ mattisambhava’’nti (ma. ni. 2.457; dha. pa. 396) ettha passāvamaggo. Idha pana khandhakoṭṭhāso yonīti adhippeto. Tattha aṇḍe jātā aṇḍajā. Jalābumhi jātā jalābujā. Saṃsede jātā saṃsedajā. Vinā etehi kāraṇehi uppatitvā viya nibbattā abhinibbattāti opapātikā. Abhinibbhijja jāyantīti bhinditvā nikkhamanavasena jāyanti. Pūtikuṇape vātiādīhi aniṭṭhaṭṭhānāneva dassitāni. Iṭṭhesupi sappitelamadhuphāṇitādīsu sattā jāyanti eva. Devātiādīsu cātumahārājikato paṭṭhāya uparidevā opapātikāva honti. Bhūmadevā pana catuyonikā. Ekacce ca manussāti manussesu keci devā viya opapātikā ca honti. Yebhuyyena panete jalābujāva, aṇḍajāpi ettha kontaputtā dvebhātiyattherā viya, saṃsedajāpi padumagabbhe nibbattapokkharasātibrāhmaṇapadumavatidevīādayo viya, evaṃ vinipātikesu nijjhāmataṇhikapetā nerayikā viya opapātikāyeva, avasesā catuyonikāpi honti. Yathā te evaṃ yakkhāpi sabbacatuppadapakkhijātidīghajātiādayopi sabbe catuyonikāyeva.
五趣注疏显示巴利原文
Pañcagativaṇṇanā
153 153. 在“舍利弗,有此五种趣”这句经文中,由于是依凭善业与恶业的力量所应去往之处,故称为“趣”。而且,“趣”这一名称有多种含义:有“去趣”、“生趣”、“意乐趣”、“非有趣”、“成就趣”。其中,在“我死后将去往彼趣”(《增支部》4.184)及“天、乾闼婆与人类,不知他的趣”(《法句》420)中,这里的“趣”是“去趣”的意思。在“我不知这些持戒比丘们的趣或不趣”(《中部》1.508)中,这里的“趣”是“生趣”的意思。在“梵天,我如此了知你的趣与光泽”(《中部》1.503)中,这里的“趣”是“意乐趣”的意思。在“诸法以非有作为趣,阿拉汉以涅槃为趣”(《无碍解道》339)中,这里的“趣”是“非有趣”的意思。在“只有二种趣,没有其他的”(《长部》1.258; 2.34)中,这里的“趣”是“成就趣”的意思。在这些种类的“趣”当中,此处经文所指的,是“去趣”。显示巴利原文
153.Pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyoti ettha sukatadukkaṭakammavasena gantabbāti gatiyo. Apica gatigati nibbattigati ajjhāsayagati vibhavagati nipphattigatīti bahuvidhā gati nāma. Tattha ‘‘taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’’ti (a. ni. 4.184) ca, ‘‘yassa gatiṃ na jānanti, devā gandhabbamānusā’’ti (dha. pa. 420) ca ayaṃ gatigati nāma. ‘‘Imesaṃ kho ahaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ neva jānāmi gatiṃ vā agatiṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.508) ayaṃ nibbattigati nāma. ‘‘Evampi kho te ahaṃ brahme gatiṃ ca pajānāmi jutiñca pajānāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.503) ayaṃ ajjhāsayagati nāma. ‘‘Vibhavo gati dhammānaṃ, nibbānaṃ arahato gatī’’ti (pari. 339) ayaṃ vibhavagati nāma. ‘‘Dveyeva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.258; 2.34) ayaṃ nipphattigati nāma. Tāsu idha gatigati adhippetā.
在“地狱”等词中,“地狱”(niraya):从无乐的意义和无滋味的义理来说,故称地狱。“畜生”(tiracchāna):因为是横着行走的,故称畜生。它们的出生方式,便称为“畜生道”(tiracchānayoni)。已投生于死后状态者的领域,故称“阴灵界”(pettivisaya)。“人”(manussa):因为心意特别发达,故称为人。“天”(devā):他们以五欲功德及各自的神通威力而嬉戏,故称为天。而在“舍利弗,我了知地狱”等语句中,“地狱”一词,是指连同其所在空间在内的蕴相续。在“了知畜生道”等地方,也应依此方法理解。“道”与“行道”,这两者都只是说明能导向上述投生处的业。而“以及如已行道者”这一句,是指他依何道、以何种修习而成为已行道者,将此二层含义合在一起指出。在“恶趣”等词中,“恶趣”(apāya):由于离开了称为增长或安乐的吉祥,故称显示巴利原文
Nirayotiādīsu niratiatthena nirassādaṭṭhena nirayo. Tiriyaṃ añchitāti tiracchānā. Tesaṃ yoni tiracchānayoni. Peccabhāvaṃ pattānaṃ visayoti pettivisayo. Manaso ussannattā manussā. Pañcahi kāmaguṇehi attano attano ānubhāvehi ca dibbantīti devā. Nirayañcāhaṃ, sāriputtātiādīsu nirayoti saddhiṃ okāsena khandhā. Tiracchānayoniṃ cātiādīsupi eseva nayo. Maggaṃ paṭipadanti ubhayenāpi vuttagatisaṃvattanika kammameva dasseti. Yathā ca paṭipannoti yena maggena yāya paṭipadāya paṭipannoti ubhayampi ekato katvā niddisati. Apāyantiādīsu vaḍḍhisaṅkhātā sukhasaṅkhātā vā ayā apetattā apāyo. Dukkhassa gati paṭisaraṇanti duggati. Dukkaṭakārino ettha vinipatantīti vinipāto. Nibbānañcāhanti idaṃ pana na kevalaṃ gatigatimeva, gatinissaraṇaṃ nibbānampi jānāmīti dassanatthamāha. Idha maggo paṭipadāti ubhayenāpi ariyamaggova vutto.
智生起行相的解释显示巴利原文
Ñāṇappavattākāravaṇṇanā
154 现在,为了显示自己在前面所说七处与八处中智生起的行相,他说:“在这里,舍利弗,我……”等。显示巴利原文
154. Idāni yathāvuttesu sattasu ṭhānesu aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu attano ñāṇappavattākāraṃ dassento idhāhaṃ, sāriputtātiādimāha.
其中,“一向苦”指恒常的苦、无间断的苦。“剧”指浓厚。“辛”指粗厉、尖锐。“犹如”等语句是为了显示譬喻而说。在这里,“炭坑”(kāsu)既可指坑洞(āvāṭa),也可指堆(rāsi)。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekantadukkhāti niccadukkhā nirantaradukkhā. Tibbāti bahalā. Kaṭukāti kharā. Seyyathāpītiādīni opammadassanatthaṃ vuttāni. Tattha kāsūti āvāṭopi vuccati rāsipi.
‘‘Kinnu santaramānova, kāsuṃ khaṇasi sārathi; Puṭṭho me samma akkhāhi, kiṃ kāsuyā karissasī’’ti. (jā. 2.22.3) –
此处的坑洞,名为炭坑。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi āvāṭo kāsu nāma.
‘‘Aṅgārakāsuṃ apare phunanti, narā rudantā paridaḍḍhagattā’’ti. (jā. 2.22.462) –
此处(指上偈)说的是堆,而这里则指坑,因此他说“满人深”。此中,“满人深”是说其深度超过人身,即超过五肘。“无焰、无烟”是为了显示热恼之强:如果有火焰,或有烟,便会生起风,热恼也就不猛烈了。“被炎热所逼”指被暑热逼迫。“渴”指生起了渴求。“求水”指想喝水。“以唯一的道路”指唯一的一条道,两边是密集的荆棘林,须依次通过。“导向”:于炭坑本无所希求,但为对应炭坑而安立威仪,故如此说。显示巴利原文
Ettha rāsi. Idha pana āvāṭo adhippeto. Tenevāha ‘‘sādhikaporisā’’ti. Tattha sādhikaṃ porisaṃ pamāṇaṃ assāti sādhikaporisā, atirekapañcaratanāti attho. Vītaccikānaṃ vītadhūmānanti etaṃ pariḷāhassa balavabhāvadīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, acciyā vā sati dhūme vā sati, vāto samuṭṭhāti, tena pariḷāho na balavā hoti. Ghammaparetoti ghammānugato . Tasitoti jātataṇho. Pipāsitoti udakaṃ pātukāmo. Ekāyanena maggenāti ekapatheneva maggena, anukkamaniyena ubhosu passesu nirantarakaṇṭakarukkhagahanena. Paṇidhāyāti aṅgārakāsuyaṃ patthanā nāma natthi, aṅgārakāsuṃ ārabbha pana iriyāpathassa ṭhapitattā evaṃ vuttaṃ.
同样地,这句“Evameva kho”的譬喻对应如下:应视地狱如炭坑;视令堕地狱的业如通向炭坑的道路;视具业之人如已踏上那条路的人;而世尊则犹如具天眼之人。正如那位明眼人见到已上路者,便了知:“此人将沿此路前去,堕入炭坑。”同样,世尊对于正在造作杀生等业的人,也如此了知:“此人造此业后,将投生地狱。”又如那人后来见到有人堕入炭坑,同样,世尊随后放大光明,以天眼观察:“那人造了那个业后,投生何处?”便看见他已生于地狱,正遭受五种束缚等大苦。这里,尽管他造业时的相貌是一种,投生地狱后的相貌是另一种,但当以“那个有情造了那个业后投生何处?”来观察时,纵使在成千上万的有情之中,那个有情也会在其观照中显现出来,并指出:“正是这个。”他们说:“这就是所谓的天眼威力。”显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – aṅgārakāsu viya hi nirayo daṭṭhabbo. Aṅgārakāsumaggo viya nirayūpagaṃ kammaṃ. Maggāruḷho viya kammasamaṅgī puggalo. Cakkhumā puriso viya dibbacakkhuko bhagavā. Yathā so puriso maggāruḷhaṃ disvā vijānāti ‘‘ayaṃ iminā maggena gantvā aṅgārakāsuyaṃ patissatī’’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavā pāṇātipātādīsu yaṃkiñci kammaṃ āyūhantaṃ evaṃ jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ imaṃ kammaṃ katvā niraye nibbattissattī’’ti. Yathā so puriso aparabhāge taṃ aṅgārakāsuyā patitaṃ passati, evameva bhagavā aparabhāge ‘‘so puriso taṃ kammaṃ katvā kuhiṃ nibbatto’’ti ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dibbacakkhunā olokento niraye nibbattaṃ passati pañcavidhabandhanādimahādukkhaṃ anubhavantaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi tassa kammāyūhanakāle añño vaṇṇo, niraye nibbattassa añño. Athāpi ‘‘so satto taṃ kammaṃ katvā kattha nibbatto’’ti olokentassa anekasahassānaṃ sattānaṃ majjhe ṭhitopi ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti soyeva satto āpāthaṃ āgacchati, ‘‘dibbacakkhubalaṃ nāma eta’’nti vadanti.
在第二个譬喻中,因为粪坑不像炭坑那样有炽热,所以没有说“纯一苦性”,而说了“苦”等。这里,也应以之前的方式了知譬喻的对应。因为世尊确实看见此人无论投生在象胎等任何一处,都遭受着杀害、捆绑、拖曳、拉扯等大苦。显示巴利原文
Dutiyaupamāyaṃ yasmā aṅgārakāsuyaṃ viya gūthakūpe pariḷāho natthi, tasmā ‘‘ekantadukkhā’’ti avatvā ‘‘dukkhā’’tiādimāha. Etthāpi purimanayeneva opammasaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ . Imampi hi puggalaṃ bhagavā hatthiyoniādīsu yattha katthaci nibbattaṃ vadhabandhanaākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanādīhi mahādukkhaṃ anubhavamānaṃ passatiyeva.
在第三个譬喻中,“叶子稀薄”并非指像云层那样薄,而是指其树叶稀疏。“斑驳的树荫”即稀疏的树荫。“多苦”:在饿鬼界中,痛苦确实极多,偶尔才有少许乐受,因此这样说。在此,也应以之前的方式了知譬喻的对应。显示巴利原文
Tatiyaupamāyaṃ tanupattapalāsoti na abbhapaṭalaṃ viya tanupaṇṇo, viraḷapaṇṇattaṃ panassa sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ. Kabaracchāyoti viraḷacchāyo. Dukkhabahulāti pettivisayasmiñhi dukkhameva bahulaṃ, sukhaṃ parittaṃ kadāci anubhavitabbaṃ hoti, tasmā evamāha. Etthāpi purimanayeneva opammasaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在第四个譬喻中,“叶子厚密”是指树叶密集无间,被树叶完全覆盖。“密布树荫”:像石伞般浓密的树荫。“多乐之受”:指在人间的刹帝利家族等处,会体验到多乐的感受,由此显示:“我看见他或躺或坐,正在体验那些感受。”在此,也应以之前的方式了知譬喻的对应。显示巴利原文
Catutthaupamāyaṃ bahalapattapalāsoti nirantarapaṇṇo pattasañchanno. Santacchāyoti pāsāṇacchattaṃ viya ghanacchāyo. Sukhabahulā vedanāti manussaloke khattiyakulādīsu sukhabahulā vedanā vedayitabbā hoti, tā vedayamānaṃ nipannaṃ vā nisinnaṃ vā passāmīti dasseti. Idhāpi opammasaṃsandanaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
在第五个譬喻中,“殿堂”指长殿堂。“内外粉刷”即内部与外部皆经过粉刷。“关闭窗扉”指门扇与门框紧密闭锁的门。“铺有长毛毯”指铺着毛长超过四指的黑色长毛毯。“铺有白羊毛毯”指铺着白色的羊毛毯。“铺有绣花毛毯”指铺着厚实而有花纹的羊毛毯。“铺有迦达利鹿皮殊胜垫褥”指铺着用迦达利鹿皮制成的殊胜垫褥,据说那垫褥是在白布上铺开迦达利鹿皮缝制而成。“有上盖”指带有上盖,即连同系在上方的红色帐幔一起。“两头有红色枕”指头枕与脚枕,即放置在结跏趺座两头的红色枕。在此,也应以之前的方式了知譬喻的对应。显示巴利原文
Pañcamaupamāyaṃ pāsādoti dīghapāsādo. Ullittāvalittanti anto ceva ullittaṃ bahi ca avalittaṃ. Phusitaggaḷanti dvārabāhāhi saddhiṃ supihitakavāṭaṃ. Gonakatthatoti caturaṅgulādhikalomena kāḷakojavena atthato. Paṭikatthatoti uṇṇāmayena setaattharaṇena atthato. Paṭalikatthatoti ghanapupphakena uṇṇāmayaattharaṇena atthato. Kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇoti kadalimigacammamayena uttamapaccattharaṇena atthato. Taṃ kira paccattharaṇaṃ setavatthassa upari kadalimigacammaṃ attharitvā sibbetvā karonti. Sauttaracchadoti saha uttaracchadena, uttaribaddhena rattavitānena saddhinti attho. Ubhatolohitakūpadhānoti sīsūpadhānañca pādūpadhānañcāti pallaṅkassa ubhato ṭhapitalohitakūpadhāno. Idhāpi upamāsaṃsandanaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
此处的后分关联如下:犹如那位明眼人,仅见有人踏上道路便知:“此人将沿此路而行,登上殿堂,进入重阁,或坐或卧于座床。”同样,世尊见到有人正在行布施等任何善业之积累,便知:“此人行此善已,将生天界。”又如后来那人见到他登上殿堂,进入重阁,或坐或卧,感受纯一、无间之乐;同样,世尊随后放大光明,以天眼观察:“他造了那善业,往生何处?”便见他投生天界,于欢喜园等处,为天女众围绕,正享受天界成就。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha aparabhāgayojanā, yathā so puriso maggāruḷhameva jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ etena maggena gantvā pāsādaṃ āruyha kūṭāgāraṃ pavisitvā pallaṅke nisīdissati vā nipajjissati vā’’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavā dānādīsu puññakiriyavatthūsu yaṃkiñci kusalakammaṃ āyūhantaṃyeva puggalaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ imaṃ katvā devaloke nibbattissatī’’ti jānāti. Yathā so puriso aparabhāge taṃ pāsādaṃ āruyha kūṭāgāraṃ pavisitvā pallaṅke nisinnaṃ vā nipannaṃ vā ekantasukhaṃ nirantarasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamānaṃ passati, evamevaṃ bhagavā aparabhāge ‘‘so taṃ kalyāṇaṃ katvā kuhiṃ nibbatto’’ti ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dibbacakkhunā olokento devaloke nibbattaṃ passati, nandanavanādīsu accharāsaṅghaparivutaṃ dibbasampattiṃ anubhavamānaṃ.
漏尽部分解说显示巴利原文
Āsavakkhayavāravaṇṇanā
于漏尽品中,未言“以天眼”,而言“我见他”。何以故?因非决定唯用天眼。实则,对于此人,世尊或以天眼见他,或以他心通了知他,或以一切知智了知他。“纯一乐受”:此语于文辞上虽与天界之乐相同,于意义上则异。天界之乐因贪等热恼未断,故非纯一之乐;涅槃之乐则因一切热恼止息,方为一切时中纯一之乐。喻中亦说:“犹如高楼重阁中有纯一之乐。”然彼乐因旅途热恼未息、有饥渴内热逼迫,故非纯一之乐。然而,入于林间,下到池塘,洗净尘垢,旅途疲劳得以止息;又以食莲藕、饮甘水消除饥渴;之后更换浴衣,穿上柔软细布衣,以米袋为枕,将浴衣拧干置于胸前,卧而感受微风轻扇——这样的乐,才是处处纯一之乐。显示巴利原文
Āsavakkhayavāre ‘‘dibbena cakkhunā’’ti avatvā ‘‘tamenaṃ passāmī’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ kasmāti ce? Niyamābhāvā. Imañhi puggalaṃ dibbacakkhunāpi passissati, cetopariyañāṇenāpi jānissati, sabbaññutaññāṇenapi jānissatiyeva. Ekantasukhā vedanāti idaṃ kiñcāpi devalokasukhena saddhiṃ byañjanato ekaṃ, atthato pana nānā hoti. Devalokasukhañhi rāgapariḷāhādīnaṃ atthitāya na ekanteneva sukhaṃ. Nibbānasukhaṃ pana sabbapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamāya sabbākārena ekantasukhaṃ. Upamāyampi ‘‘yathā pāsāde ekantasukhā’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ maggapariḷāhassa avūpasantatāya chātajjhattatāya pipāsābhibhūtatāya ca na ekantameva sukhaṃ. Vanasaṇḍe pana pokkharaṇiyaṃ oruyha rajojallassa pavāhitattā maggadarathassa vūpasantatāya bhisamūlakhādanena ceva madhurodakapānena ca khuppipāsānaṃ vinītatāya udakasāṭakaṃ parivattetvā maṭṭhadukūlaṃ nivāsetvā taṇḍulatthavikaṃ ussīsake katvā udakasāṭakaṃ pīḷetvā hadaye ṭhapetvā mandamandena ca vātena bījayamānassa nipannattā sabbākārena ekantasukhaṃ hoti.
同样地,此处“亦复如是”的喻义对应为:圣道如池塘,前行道如通往池塘之路,行道者如已上路之人,世尊的天眼如那位明眼人,涅槃如森林丛。正如那位明眼人一见有人上路便知:“此人将沿此路行去,于池塘中沐浴后,进入可意林间,或坐或卧于树下。”同样,世尊对于正在圆满行道之人、正在分别名色之人、正在把握缘之人、正在以诸相为所缘修观之人,皆如是了知:“此人圆满此道后,将灭尽一切漏,证入并安住于称为‘无漏心解脱、慧解脱’的果定。”又如那人后来见他已沐浴于池中,进入林间,或坐或卧,正体验纯一乐受;同样,世尊于后来见彼人圆满行道、修习圣道、证悟圣果后,入于最胜之灭尽定,现起以涅槃为所缘的果定,正体验纯一乐受。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – pokkharaṇī viya hi ariyamaggo daṭṭhabbo. Pokkharaṇimaggo viya pubbabhāgapaṭipadā. Maggāruḷho viya paṭipadāsamaṅgīpuggalo. Cakkhumā puriso viya dibbacakkhu bhagavā. Vanasaṇḍo viya nibbānaṃ. Yathā so puriso maggāruḷhaṃ disvāva jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ iminā maggena gantvā pokkharaṇiyaṃ nhatvā ramaṇīye vanasaṇḍe rukkhamūle nisīdissati vā nipajjissati vā’’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavā paṭipadaṃ pūrentameva nāmarūpaṃ paricchindantameva paccayapariggahaṃ karontameva lakkhaṇārammaṇāya vipassanāya kammaṃ karontameva jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ imaṃ paṭipadaṃ pūretvā sabbaāsave khepetvā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttinti evaṃ vuttaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ upasampajja viharissatī’’ti. Yathā so puriso aparabhāge tāyaṃ pokkharaṇiyaṃ nhatvā vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisitvā nisinnaṃ vā nipannaṃ vā ekantasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamānaṃ passati, evameva bhagavā aparabhāge taṃ puggalaṃ paṭipadaṃ pūretvā maggaṃ bhāvetvā phalaṃ sacchikatvā nirodhasayanavaragataṃ nibbānārammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā ekantasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamānaṃ passati.
关于“苦行等清净”的注释。显示巴利原文
Dukkarakārikādisuddhivaṇṇanā
155 “舍利弗,我确能记知四支具足”这段开示是因何而起的呢?是依各别的因缘而起的。据说,这位善星持有这样的见解:“通过苦行能得清净。”于是,世尊为表明:“我曾在某一过去世中,修习了四支具足的苦行;在苦行者当中,无人能及。若靠苦行便能清净,那么唯有我才应得清净。”由此开始了这段开示。此外,这位善星对苦行十分着迷,他对苦行的这种着迷,应按《波提迦经》中所说的方式来了解:“婆伽!离车族之子善星见到裸形外道库罗迦提亚四肢着地,用嘴吃散落在地上的食物。见后,他心想:‘啊,真是庄严!这位沙门四肢着地,只用嘴吃、只用嘴啖食地上的食物。’”等等。显示巴利原文
155. ‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, caturaṅgasamannāgata’’nti idaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Pāṭiyekkaṃ anusandhivasena āraddhaṃ. Ayaṃ kira sunakkhatto dukkarakārikāya suddhi hotīti evaṃ laddhiko. Athassa bhagavā mayā ekasmiṃ attabhāve ṭhatvā caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ dukkaraṃ kataṃ, dukkarakārako nāma mayā sadiso natthi. Dukkarakārena suddhiyā sati ahameva suddho bhaveyyanti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Apica ayaṃ sunakkhatto dukkarakārikāya pasanno, so cassa pasannabhāvo, ‘‘addasā kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ catukkuṇḍikaṃ chamānikiṇṇaṃ bhakkhasaṃ mukhena khādantaṃ mukhena bhuñjantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi ‘sādhu rūpo vata, bho, ayaṃ samaṇo catukkuṇḍiko chamānikiṇṇaṃ bhakkhasaṃ mukheneva khādati, mukheneva bhuñjatī’’’ti evamādinā pāthikasutte (dī. ni. 3.7) āgatanayena veditabbo.
于是,世尊为表明:“这个善星对苦行十分着迷,而我在这一生当中,也修习了四支具足的苦行。若他因苦行者而生信,那也应当对我生起信心,但他对我却没有这种信心。”由此开始了这段开示。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā ayaṃ dukkarakārikāya pasanno, mayā ca etasmiṃ attabhāve ṭhatvā caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ dukkaraṃ kataṃ, dukkarakāre pasīdantenāpi anena mayi pasīditabbaṃ siyā, sopissa pasādo mayi natthīti dassento imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
在这里,“梵行”一词也指布施、承事、学处、四梵住、说法、离淫欲、满足于己妻、布萨、圣道、整个教法、意乐以及精进。显示巴利原文
Tatra brahmacariyanti dānampi veyyāvaccampi sikkhāpadampi brahmavihārāpi dhammadesanāpi methunaviratipi sadārasantosopi uposathopi ariyamaggopi sakalasāsanampi ajjhāsayopi vīriyampi vuccati.
我与妻子在人间时……
我们二人凭着信心,成了施主;
那时,我家犹如一处公共饮水处,向一切人敞开。
那是我的誓愿,那是我的梵行,
这就是那善行的果报;
神通、光辉、力量与精进的成就,
明智的人啊,这是我的大天宫。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ te vataṃ kiṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Kissa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhī jutī balavīriyūpapatti, Idañca te nāga mahāvimānaṃ. Ahañca bhariyā ca manussaloke, Saddhā ubho dānapatī ahumhā; Opānabhūtaṃ me gharaṃ tadāsi, Santappitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca. Taṃ me vataṃ taṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Tassa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhī jutī balavīriyūpapatti, Idañca me dhīra mahāvimāna’’nti. (jā. 2.22.1592, 1593, 1595) –
在这部《富那迦本生》中,便提到了布施与梵行。显示巴利原文
Imasmiñhi puṇṇakajātake dānaṃ brahmacariyanti vuttaṃ.
靠着这只手,他成为施予所欲者;靠着这只手,他成为流溢甘露者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kena pāṇi kāmadado, kena pāṇi madhussavo; Kena te brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhati. Tena pāṇi kāmadado, tena pāṇi madhussavo; Tena me brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhatī’’ti. (pe. va. 275) –
在《嫩芽饿鬼事》中,“服务”被称为梵行。在《帝帝利亚本生》中,“诸比丘,过去确有这样的梵行,名为帝帝利亚”——此处“梵行”指五学处。在《大典尊经》中,“五髻,我所修的这梵行,并非为了厌离、为了离贪、为了灭尽,仅仅是为了往生梵天世界”——此处“梵行”指梵住。“在一梵行中,有千位征服死神者”——此处“梵行”指说法。在《削减经》中,“他人将非梵行者,我等在此要成为梵行者”——此处“梵行”指远离淫欲。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ aṅkurapetavatthusmiṃ veyyāvaccaṃ brahmacariyanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, tittiriyaṃ nāma brahmacariyaṃ ahosī’’ti (cūḷava. 311) imasmiṃ tittirajātake pañcasikkhāpadaṃ brahmacariyanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ kho pana me pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ neva nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya, yāvadeva brahmalokūpapattiyā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.329) imasmiṃ mahāgovindasutte brahmavihārā brahmacariyanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ekasmiṃ brahmacariyasmiṃ, sahassaṃ maccuhāyina’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.184) ettha dhammadesanā brahmacariyanti vuttā. ‘‘Pare abrahmacārī bhavissanti, mayamettha brahmacārī bhavissāmā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.83) sallekhasutte methunavirati brahmacariyanti vuttā.
我们也不背叛妻子,
妻子们也不背叛我们;
除妻子外,我们修持梵行,
因此,我们的年轻人不会死去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mayañca bhariyā nātikkamāma, Amhe ca bhariyā nātikkamanti; Aññatra tāhi brahmacariyaṃ carāma, Tasmā hi amhaṃ daharā na mīyare’’ti. (jā. 1.10.97) –
在《大法护本生》中,“满足于自己的妻子”即称为梵行。显示巴利原文
Mahādhammapālajātake sadārasantoso brahmacariyanti vutto.
以低劣的梵行,投生刹帝利种姓;以中等的梵行,转生天界;以殊胜的梵行,便得清净。
以低劣的梵行,投生为刹帝利;以中等的梵行,则生为天神;以殊胜的梵行,便得清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati; Majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhatī’’ti. (jā. 1.8.75) –
如此,在《尼弥本生》中,以调御自己为基础而持守的「八支布萨」被称为梵行。而在《大典尊经》中:'五髻,我的这个梵行是彻底导向厌离、离贪……乃至……这正是圣八支道',是将「圣道」称为梵行。在《净信经》中:'此梵行成就、繁荣、广弘、众人参与、普遍流传,乃至被天与人善为宣说',则是将含摄三学的教法称为梵行。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nimijātake attadamanavasena kato aṭṭhaṅgiko uposatho brahmacariyanti vutto. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana me, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya…pe… ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.329) mahāgovindasuttasmiññeva ariyamaggo brahmacariyanti vutto. ‘‘Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti (dī. ni. 3.174) pāsādikasutte sikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ sāsanaṃ brahmacariyanti vuttaṃ.
「即便是不急躁的人,他所期望的果也能成就」:意思是,即使一个人并不匆忙,他所希求的成果依然会实现。
「我已圆满梵行,村长,你应如此了知。」:即我已经完成了清净的修行生活,你应该这样理解,村长。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Api ataramānānaṃ, phalāsāva samijjhati; Vipakkabrahmacariyosmi, evaṃ jānāhi gāmaṇī’’ti. (jā. 1.1.8) –
在那里,「意向」被称为梵行;而在此处,所指的梵行是「精进」。因为这部经正是阐述精进梵行的。那种梵行,由于在单一的一生中完成了四种难行,故称为「四支具足」。显示巴利原文
Ettha ajjhāsayo brahmacariyanti vutto. Idha pana vīriyaṃ brahmacariyanti adhippetaṃ. Vīriyabrahmacariyassa hi idameva suttaṃ. Tadetaṃ ekasmiṃ attabhāve catubbidhassa dukkarassa katattā caturaṅgasamannāgatanti vuttaṃ.
‘我是苦行者’中的‘确实’只是小品词,意思是‘我是以苦行为依靠的人’。‘最上苦行者’意为最高的苦行者,在以苦行为依靠的人中为最上。‘我是粗陋者’即‘我是粗陋的’。‘厌恶者’指厌恶罪恶的人。‘我是远离者’即‘我是远离的’。接着说:‘舍利弗,在那里,我这是如此’——这是表明:在那四支梵行中,这就是我的苦行状态,也就是说,在我作为苦行者的身份里,当时的状态就如同裸形者等苦行者一般。显示巴利原文
Tapassī sudaṃ homīti sudanti nipātamattaṃ, tapanissitako homīti attho. Paramatapassīti paramo tapassī, tapanissitakānaṃ uttamo. Lūkho sudaṃ homīti lūkho homi. Jegucchīti pāpajegucchiko. Pavivitto sudaṃ homīti pavivitto ahaṃ homi. Tatrāssu me idaṃ, sāriputtāti tatra caturaṅge brahmacariye idaṃ mama tapassitāya hoti, tapanissitakabhāve mayhaṃ idaṃ acelakāditapassitakattaṃ hotīti dasseti.
其中,“裸形者”指不着衣、裸露之人。“散乱行者”指行为放逸之人,于大小便等事中,摒绝世间善男子所应守的行为方式,站立便溺,站立进食咀嚼。“用手擦拭者”指食物尚在手上时,便以舌舔手;或于便后,自以手代木条,直接用手擦拭——他如此说明。据说,外道以为“木条是有情”,故为圆满其修行方式,便如此而行。为获得食物而被唤“请来,尊者”却不过去的,称为“不应唤者”。同样,被唤“请住,尊者”却不停住的,称为“不应驻者”。外道认为“这样去做,就会成为顺从他的指挥而行动”,所以不行这两类事。他则表明:“我那时也是如此做的。”“已持来”指他人事先拿好并持送来的食物。“为特定人准备”指已明说“这是特别为你们准备的”食物。“非邀请”指即使有“请您进入某家、某街、某村”这样的邀请,我亦不接受、不取用这类主动邀请的食物。显示巴利原文
Tattha acelakoti niccelo naggo. Muttācāroti visaṭṭhācāro, uccārakammādīsu lokiyakulaputtācārena virahito, ṭhitakova uccāraṃ karomi, passāvaṃ karomi, khādāmi bhuñjāmi ca. Hatthāpalekhanoti hatthe piṇḍamhi ṭhite jivhāya hatthaṃ apalikhāmi, uccāraṃ vā katvā hatthasmiññeva daṇḍakasaññī hutvā hatthena apalikhāmīti dasseti. Te kira daṇḍakaṃ sattoti paññapenti, tasmā tesaṃ paṭipadaṃ pūrento evamakāsi. Bhikkhāgahaṇatthaṃ ehi bhaddanteti vutto na etīti na ehibhaddantiko. Tena hi tiṭṭha bhaddanteti vuttopi na tiṭṭhatīti na tiṭṭhabhaddantiko. Tadubhayampi titthiyā evaṃ etassa vacanaṃ kataṃ bhavissatīti na karonti. Ahampi evaṃ akāsinti dasseti. Abhihaṭanti puretaraṃ gahetvā āhaṭaṃ bhikkhaṃ. Uddissakatanti idaṃ tumhe uddissa katanti evaṃ ārocitabhikkhaṃ. Na nimantananti asukaṃ nāma kulaṃ vā vīthiṃ vā gāmaṃ vā paviseyyāthāti evaṃ nimantitabhikkhampi na sādiyāmi na gaṇhāmi.
“不从锅口(取食)”:指他人从锅中取出而递来的食物,我不接受。“不从罐口(取食)”:“罐”在此指小锅或篮子。从这些器皿中直接取出而施与的食物,我亦不接受。何以故?若我从锅或罐直接取食,它们便会因我而遭受勺子敲打。“不从门槛中间(取食)”:以门槛为隔而递来的食物,我不接受。何以故?若接受,那递食者便会因我而立于门槛中间(成为障碍)。关于杵臼递食,道理相同。“不从两人中间(取食)”:当两人正在进食时,其中一人起身递来的食物,我不接受。何以故?这会造成对方进食中断的障碍。至于“不从孕妇”等类:若接受孕妇的食物,她腹中胎儿会受苦;若接受哺乳期妇女的食物,婴儿的乳食便会中断;若接受夹在两位男子中间的女人的食物,那女人的欢爱之事会受阻碍,因此我都不接受。“不从集中食(取食)”:指不接受募集食材后特别烹制的食物。据说,在饥荒时,裸形外道的在家信众会为诸裸形者四处劝募米谷等,煮成食物。而修行最为严苛的裸形者对此类食物亦不接受。显示巴利原文
Na kumbhimukhāti kumbhito uddharitvā diyyamānaṃ bhikkhaṃ na gaṇhāmi. Na kaḷopimukhāti kaḷopīti ukkhali vā pacchi vā. Tatopi na gaṇhāmi. Kasmā? Kumbhikaḷopiyo maṃ nissāya kaṭacchunā pahāraṃ labhantīti. Na eḷakamantaranti ummāraṃ antaraṃ katvā diyyamānaṃ na gaṇhāmi. Kasmā? Ayaṃ maṃ nissāya antarakaraṇaṃ labhatīti. Daṇḍamusalesupi eseva nayo. Na dvinnanti dvīsu bhuñjamānesu ekasmiṃ uṭṭhāya dente na gaṇhāmi. Kasmā? Kabaḷantarāyo hotīti. Na gabbhiniyātiādīsu pana gabbhiniyā kucchiyaṃ dārako kilamati, pāyantiyā dārakassa khīrantarāyo hoti, purisantaragatāya ratiantarāyo hotīti na gaṇhāmi. Na saṃkittīsūti saṃkittetvā katabhattesu. Dubbhikkhasamaye kira acelakasāvakā acelakānaṃ atthāya tato tato taṇḍulādīni samādapetvā bhattaṃ pacanti. Ukkaṭṭhācelako tatopi na paṭiggaṇhāti.
“不在有狗处”:当狗正期待“我将得食团”而守候时,于彼处不先施与狗而取来的食物,我不接受。何以故?因为这会障碍那食团。“成群游飞者”:即成群结队地飞翔。若有人见裸形者后,心想“我们要布施食物给这位”而进入施食之家。当他们进入时,隐藏于罐口等处的苍蝇飞起,成群地游飞。从彼处取来的食物,我不接受。何以故?因我之故,苍蝇觅食的境界受到障碍,我亦那样做了。“非米泔水”:指由一切谷物配料制成的酸粥。对此食物,只有饮酒是恶的,但此人于一切也都视之为恶。显示巴利原文
Na yattha sāti yattha sunakho piṇḍaṃ labhissāmīti upaṭṭhito hoti, tattha tassa adatvā āhaṭaṃ na gaṇhāmi. Kasmā? Etassa piṇḍantarāyo hotīti. Saṇḍasaṇḍacārinīti samūhasamūhacārinī, sace hi acelakaṃ disvā imassa bhikkhaṃ dassāmāti mānusakā bhattagehaṃ pavisanti. Tesu ca pavisantesu kaḷopimukhādīsu nilīnā makkhikā uppatitvā saṇḍasaṇḍā caranti. Tato āhaṭaṃ bhikkhaṃ na gaṇhāmi. Kasmā? Maṃ nissāya makkhikānaṃ gocarantarāyo jātoti, ahampi tathā akāsiṃ. Na thusodakanti sabbasassasambhārehi kataṃ loṇasovīrakaṃ. Ettha ca surāpānameva sāvajjaṃ, ayaṃ pana sabbesupi sāvajjasaññī.
“一屋食者”:仅在一家得到食物便返回的人。“一口食者”:仅以一口食维生的人。“二屋食者”等也依此类推。“即使从一施物”:即仅从一施物接受。所谓“施物”,是一只小碗,人们将最初得到的食物放入其中安放。“一日一食”:即间隔一日而食。“半月一食”:即间隔半月而食。显示巴利原文
Ekāgārikoti yo ekasmiññeva gehe bhikkhaṃ labhitvā nivattati. Ekālopikoti yo ekeneva ālopena yāpeti. Dvāgārikādīsupi eseva nayo. Ekissāpi dattiyāti ekāya dattiyā. Datti nāma ekā khuddakapāti hoti, yattha aggabhikkhaṃ pakkhipitvā ṭhapenti. Ekāhikanti ekadivasantarikaṃ. Addhamāsikanti addhamāsantarikaṃ. Pariyāyabhattabhojananti vārabhattabhojanaṃ. Ekāhavārena dvīhavārena sattāhavārena aḍḍhamāsavārenāti evaṃ divasavārena ābhataṃ bhattabhojanaṃ.
“食菜者”:即食生菜之人。“食稗者”:即食稗米之人。“野谷等”:首先,野谷是阿兰若中自然生长的稻种。“渣滓”:即皮匠刮皮后丢弃的碎皮。“苔”:指苔藓、水藻,以及翅子树等树的树脂。“糠”:即谷皮。“粥”:即粘在饭锅上的焦饭,从丢弃处取来食用。也有人称之为“米泔水”。显示巴利原文
Sākabhakkhoti allasākabhakkho. Sāmākabhakkhoti sāmākataṇḍulabhakkho. Nīvārādīsu nīvārā nāma tāva araññe sayaṃjātavīhijāti. Daddulanti cammakārehi cammaṃ likhitvā chaḍḍitakasaṭaṃ. Haṭaṃ vuccati silesopi sevālopi kaṇikārādirukkhaniyyāsopi. Kaṇanti kuṇḍakaṃ . Ācāmoti bhattaukkhalikāya laggo jhāmaodano, taṃ chaḍḍitaṭṭhāne gahetvā khādati. ‘‘Odanakañjiya’’ntipi vadanti. Piññākādayo pākaṭā eva. Pavattaphalabhojīti patitaphalabhojī.
「麻衣」:即麻纤维所织之布。「杂布衣」:即杂布所成之衣。「尸衣」:即从死尸上丢弃的衣物。「粪扫衣」:即弃于地上的布片。「树皮衣」:即树皮所成之衣。「兽皮」:即黑鹿皮。「裂兽皮」:即将该皮从中间剖分。亦称为有蹄兽皮。「茅草衣」:即编结吉祥草而成的衣。树皮衣、叶衣亦同此理。「人发毯」:即用人发织成的毯子。关于此,曾有言:‘诸比丘,于一切编织之物中,人发毯被称为最劣者。诸比丘,人发毯寒时即寒,热时即热,颜色丑,气味臭,触感粗糙。’(增支部3.138)「兽毛毯」:即用马尾等毛织成的毯子。「枭羽衣」:即编结枭鸟羽毛而成的下衣。「站立者」:即直立的人。「修习蹲踞精进者」:即专修蹲踞精进,行走时也以蹲踞姿势跳跃而行。「荆棘卧者」:即在地面钉入铁荆棘或天然荆棘,铺以兽皮,在那里做站立、经行等,如此示现。「卧处」:即躺卧时,也只以此处为卧处。「他一日三(沐浴)者」:即一日三次(沐浴)。表示:我于清晨、日中、傍晚一日三次以水冲洗罪恶,专修水下沐浴之行而住。显示巴利原文
Sāṇānīti sāṇavākacoḷāni. Masāṇānīti missakacoḷāni. Chavadussānīti matasarīrato chaḍḍitavatthāni. Erakatiṇādīni vā ganthetvā katanivāsanāni. Paṃsukūlānīti pathaviyaṃ chaḍḍitanantakāni. Tiritānīti rukkhattacavatthāni. Ajinanti ajinamigacammaṃ. Ajinakkhipanti tadeva majjhe phālitaṃ. Sakhurakantipi vadanti. Kusacīranti kusatiṇaṃ ganthetvā katacīraṃ. Vākacīraphalakacīresupi eseva nayo. Kesakambalanti manussakesehi katakambalaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘yāni kānici, bhikkhave, tantāvutānaṃ vatthānaṃ, kesakambalo tesaṃ paṭikuṭṭho akkhāyati. Kesakambalo, bhikkhave, sīte sīto, uṇhe uṇho, dubbaṇṇo duggandho dukkhasamphaso’’ti (a. ni. 3.138). Vālakambalanti assavālādīhi katakambalaṃ. Ulūkapakkhakanti ulūkapattāni ganthetvā katanivāsanaṃ. Ubbhaṭṭhakoti uddhaṃ ṭhitako. Ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyuttoti ukkuṭikavīriyaṃ anuyutto, gacchantopi ukkuṭikova hutvā uppatitvā uppatitvā gacchati. Kaṇṭakāpassayikoti ayakaṇṭake vā pakatikaṇṭake vā bhūmiyaṃ koṭṭetvā tattha cammaṃ attharitvā ṭhānacaṅkamādīni karomīti dasseti. Seyyanti sayantopi tattheva seyyaṃ kappemi. Sāyaṃ tatiyamassāti sāyatatiyakaṃ. Pāto majjhanhike sāyanti divasassa tikkhattuṃ pāpaṃ pavāhessāmīti udakorohanānuyogaṃ anuyutto viharāmīti dasseti.
156 「多年积聚」:即多年积聚所生。「尘垢」:即尘土污秽,这是就他自己受持尘垢行之时而说。「厌恶」:于厌恶恶行的状态中。「乃至水滴」:乃至对于一滴水,我的悲悯都现前,更不必说对其他砂砾、陶片、木杖、沙粒等了。据说,他们将水滴以及这些砂砾、陶片等施设为微小生命。因此说:‘乃至对于一滴水,我的悲悯都现前。’我既不杀害也不毁坏一滴水,是何原因?就是‘让我勿在微小生命处于他处时行杀戮。’对于行在高低不平的地面、草尖、树枝等他处的水滴类微小生命,我不作杀戮,不令灭除。此义由‘我具念而行’所显。据说在裸形者中,从脚踏地面的那一刻起,就没有真正的持戒者。他们去乞食时也是破戒而行,在施主家中进食时也是破戒而食,回来时也是破戒而回。但是,当他们用孔雀翎清扫木板,决意受戒而坐下时,那时才被称为持戒者。显示巴利原文
156.Nekavassagaṇikanti nekavassagaṇasañjātaṃ. Rajojallanti rajamalaṃ, idaṃ attano rajojallakavatasamādānakālaṃ sandhāya vadati. Jegucchisminti pāpajigucchanabhāve. Yāva udakabindumhipīti yāva udakathevakepi mama dayā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, ko pana vādo aññesu sakkharakaṭhaladaṇḍakavālikādīsu. Te kira udakabinduṃ ca ete ca sakkharakaṭhalādayo khuddakapāṇāti paññapenti. Tenāha ‘‘yāva udakabindumhipi me dayā paccupaṭṭhitā hotī’’ti. Udakabindumpi na hanāmi na vināsemi, kiṃ kāraṇā. Māhaṃ khuddake pāṇe visamagate saṅghātaṃ āpādesinti. Ninnathalatiṇaggarukkhasākhādīsu visamaṭṭhāne gate udakabindusaṅkhāte khuddakapāṇe saṅghātaṃ vadhaṃ mā āpādesinti. Etamatthaṃ ‘‘satova abhikkamāmī’’ti dasseti. Acelakesu kira bhūmiṃ akkantakālato pabhuti sīlavā nāma natthi. Bhikkhācāraṃ gacchantāpi dussīlāva hutvā gacchanti, upaṭṭhākānaṃ gehe bhuñjantāpi dussīlāva hutvā bhuñjanti. Āgacchantāpi dussīlāva hutvā āgacchanti. Yadā pana morapiñchena phalakaṃ sammajjitvā sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nisīdanti, tadā sīlavantā nāma honti.
「林作者」:即为了寻找块茎、根、各种果实等而在林中游走的人。「由林而林」:即从此林到彼林,于一切处皆同此理。「我行」:即我前往。「阿兰若者」:即在阿兰若中出生成长的人,这是就他自己为邪命外道时所说。据说,菩萨为了观察外道而依那种出家法出家,虽然了知无有实质意义,却也未还俗,因为菩萨对于所进入的任何状态,本性是不退转的。但是出家之后,为了‘他们不要见到我,我也不要见到他们’,就从那里进入了阿兰若。因此他说:‘他们莫见我,我亦莫见他们。’显示巴利原文
Vanakammikanti kandamūlaphalāphalādīnaṃ atthāya vane vicarantaṃ. Vanena vananti vanato vanaṃ, esa nayo sabbattha. Saṃpatāmīti gacchāmi. Āraññakoti araññe jātavuddho, idaṃ attano ājīvakakālaṃ sandhāya vadati. Bodhisatto kira pāsaṇḍapariggaṇhaṇatthāya taṃ pabbajjaṃ pabbaji, niratthakabhāvaṃ pana ñatvāpi na uppabbajjito, bodhisattā hi yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ upenti, tato anivattitadhammā honti, pabbajitvā pana mā maṃ koci addasāti tatova araññaṃ paviṭṭho. Tenevāha ‘‘mā maṃ te addasaṃsu ahañca mā te addasa’’nti.
「牛棚」:即牛栏。「已安置的牛」:即已外出的牛。「在那里以四足而行」:即站在林边,看见牧牛人与牛群一同离去后,将两手和两膝置于地上,如此以四足跪行靠近,这是其含义。「我即食彼」:年长牛犊的牛粪干涩无营养,因此舍弃那些,而取那些尚靠饮乳长大的幼犊的有营养的牛粪,吃饱肚子后,又进入丛林。针对此,他说「我即食彼」。「只要我」:只要我自身的屎尿尚未耗尽,就是说,只要我的排泄还在持续,我就吃那个,这是其含义。然而随着时间不断流逝,肌肉血液耗尽,排泄断绝,我便吃小牛的牛粪。「于大不净食」:即于极大的不净食,也就是非寻常的食物,这是其含义。显示巴利原文
Goṭṭhāti govajā. Paṭṭhitagāvoti nikkhantagāvo. Tattha catukkuṇḍikoti vananteyeva ṭhito gopālakānaṃ gāvīhi saddhiṃ apagatabhāvaṃ disvā dve hatthe dve ca jaṇṇukāni bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā evaṃ catukkuṇḍiko upasaṅkamitvāti attho. Tāni sudaṃ āhāremīti mahallakavacchakānaṃ gomayāni kasaṭāni nirojāni honti, tasmā tāni vajjetvā yāni taruṇavacchakānaṃ khīrapāneneva vaḍḍhantānaṃ saojāni gomayāni tāni kucchipūraṃ khāditvā puna vanasaṇḍameva pavisati. Taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘tāni sudaṃ āhāremī’’ti. Yāvakīvañca meti yattakaṃ kālaṃ mama sakaṃ muttakarīsaṃ aparikkhīṇaṃ hoti. Yāva me dvāravaḷañjo pavattittha, tāva tadeva āhāremīti attho. Kāle pana gacchante gacchante parikkhīṇamaṃsalohito upacchinnadvāravaḷañjo vacchakānaṃ gomayāni āhāremi. Mahāvikaṭabhojanasminti mahante vikaṭabhojane, apakatibhojaneti attho.
157 「于此,舍利弗,恐怖丛林之恐怖性存在」:其中,「于此」是承接前文所说。「确实」是虚词,仅作填充音节之用。「舍利弗」是呼格。而此处的意义连接是——「于此」即所说的「某个恐怖丛林」,在那里,那个被称为恐怖丛林的地方,其恐怖性存在,即存在于恐怖作用之中,这是其含义。什么存在呢?即此存在:「凡任何未离贪者……乃至……身毛竖立。」显示巴利原文
157.Tatrāssudaṃ, sāriputta, bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ hotīti. Tatrāti purimavacanāpekkhanaṃ. Sudanti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Sāriputtāti ālapanaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha atthayojanā – tatrāti yaṃ vuttaṃ aññataraṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ vanasaṇḍanti, tatra yo so bhiṃsanako vanasaṇḍo vutto, tassa bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ hoti, bhiṃsanakakiriyāya hotīti attho. Kiṃ hoti? Idaṃ hoti, yo koci avītarāgo…pe… lomāni haṃsantīti.
又或者,「于此」是表示所属义的位格。「确实」(su) 是虚词,如「诸位贤者沙门、婆罗门,究竟什么是……?」等句中所用。「此」(idaṃ) 是指示词,将所意指之义如同置于眼前般说出。「确实」(suda) 即 su 与 idaṃ 的组合,应知因连声规则而省略了 i 音,如「眼根、女根、未知当知根,什么是已证得的呢?」等句中所见。而此处意义可如此连接:舍利弗,对于那个恐怖丛林,在其恐怖性中,有此存在。所谓「于恐怖性」,即于恐怖的状态中。应见一个 t 字母的省略,或者原文即为 bhiṃsanakattasmiṃ。又或者,本应说 bhiṃsanakatāya,却作了性别倒置,且此位格表示原因。因此,应如此连接:以恐怖性而有此存在,以恐怖性为因、以恐怖性为缘而有此存在。即任何未离贪者进入彼林,大多身毛竖立——多数毛发竖立,向上竖起,如同针、刺一般,而少数则否;或是大多数众生身毛竖立,只有少数极为勇猛者不竖立。显示巴利原文
Atha vā tatrāti sāmiatthe bhummaṃ. Su iti nipāto. Kiṃ su nāma te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇātiādīsu viya. Idanti adhippetamatthaṃ paccakkhaṃ viya katvā dassanavacanaṃ. Sudanti su idaṃ, sandhivasena ikāralopo veditabbo. Cakkhundriyaṃ itthindriyaṃ anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ kiṃ sūdhavittantiādīsu viya. Ayaṃ panettha atthayojanā, tassa, sāriputta, bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ idaṃsu hotīti. Bhiṃsanakatasminti bhiṃsanakabhāveti attho. Ekassa takārassa lopo daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Bhiṃsanakattasmi’’ntiyeva vā pāṭho , bhiṃsanakatāya iti vā vattabbe liṅgavipallāso kato, nimittatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ sambandho veditabbo, bhiṃsanakabhāve idaṃsu hoti, bhiṃsanakabhāvanimittaṃ bhiṃsanakabhāvahetu, bhiṃsanakabhāvapaccayā idaṃsu hoti. Yo koci avītarāgo taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisati. Yebhuyyena lomāni haṃsanti bahutarāni lomāni haṃsanti, uddhaṃ mukhāni sūcisadisāni kaṇṭakasadisāni ca hutvā tiṭṭhanti, appāni na haṃsanti, bahutarānaṃ vā sattānaṃ haṃsanti, appakānaṃ atisūrapurisānaṃ na haṃsantīti.
「中间八夜」:即摩伽月最后四夜,颇勒窭那月最初四夜,如此于两月之间有八夜。「于露地」:大士在下雪时节,夜晚住于露地,其时他毛孔上的雪珠如串起的珍珠般停留,身体犹如披覆白布。「昼于丛林」:白天,当雪珠因阳光触照而消散时,本可有所喘息,但此菩萨于太阳刚升起时即入丛林,在那里,被阳光晒化的雪水又滴落在身上。「昼住露地,夜住丛林」:据说在热季,此菩萨白天住于露地,因此腋下汗水直流;夜晚本可有所喘息,但他于太阳刚落时即入丛林。其时,他那白天被暑热所袭的身体,在丛林中犹如被投入火坑般备受煎熬。「不寻常」:即随后的不寻常。「显现」:即现前。显示巴利原文
Antaraṭṭhakāti māghamāsassa avasāne catasso, phagguṇamāsassa ādimhi catassoti evaṃ ubhinnaṃ antare aṭṭharatti. Abbhokāseti mahāsatto himapātasamaye rattiṃ abbhokāse viharati, athassa lomakūpesu āvutamuttā viya himabindūni tiṭṭhanti, sarīraṃ setadukūlapārutaṃ viya hoti. Divā vanasaṇḍeti divā himabindūsu sūriyātapasamphassena vigatesu assāsopi bhaveyya, ayaṃ pana sūriye uggacchanteyeva vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisati, tatrāpissa sūriyātapena paggharantaṃ himaṃ sarīreyeva patati. Divā abbhokāse viharāmi rattiṃ vanasaṇḍeti gimhakāle kiresa divā abbhokāse vihāsi, tenassa kacchehi sedadhārā mucciṃsu, rattiṃ assāso bhaveyya, ayaṃ pana sūriye atthaṃ gacchanteyeva vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisati. Athassa divā gahitausme vanasaṇḍe aṅgārakāsuyaṃ pakkhitto viya attabhāvo paridayhittha. Anacchariyāti anuacchariyā. Paṭibhāsīti upaṭṭhāsi.
“善热”:即白天被阳光暴晒,夜晚被丛林热气蒸腾,因此极热。“善湿”:即夜晚被雪浸湿,白天被雪水浸湿,因此极湿。“于恐怖”:即处于令人恐惧之处。“裸形”:即无衣。这是为了表明:如果有下裙和上衣,寒冷或炎热便不至于过度逼迫,而我连这些也没有。“亦不近火”:即也不靠近火。“专求清净”:即为了寻求清净而专精努力。“牟尼”:那时,他自认是牟尼而这样说。显示巴利原文
Sotattoti divā ātapena rattiṃ vanausmāya sutatto. Sosinnoti rattiṃ himena divā himodakena suṭṭhu tinto. Bhiṃsanaketi bhayajanake. Naggoti niccelo. Nivāsanapārupane hi sati sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā na atibādheyya, tampi me natthīti dasseti. Na caggimāsinoti aggimpi na upagato. Esanāpasutoti suddhiesanatthāya pasuto, payutto. Munīti, tadā attānaṃ munīti katvā katheti.
“尸骨”:指烧得半焦的骨头。“以……为枕”:表示如同铺床,头枕和脚枕都清清楚楚,这样铺好之后,便在那里躺卧,他展示的就是这种情形。“村童”:即放牛的孩子。据说,那些牧童来到菩萨身边,说:“善慧,你为什么坐在这里?说话啊!”菩萨低头静坐,不说话。于是他们围住他,说:“你再不说,我们就不放过你!”并朝他吐口水,把唾沫吐在他身上。即使这样,菩萨还是不说话。他们又说:“你还是不说?”就对着他小便,把尿撒在他身上。即使这样,菩萨也还是不说话。接着,他们一边喊着:“说!说!”一边用尘土往他身上撒。即使这样,菩萨也仍然默然不语。然后,他们又说:“叫你不说!”就拿起小木棍和细枝条,插进他的耳洞里。菩萨忍受着剧烈、难忍的苦受,下定决心不对任何人做任何事,如同死人一般待着。因此,(佛陀)说:“舍利弗,我回忆不起我曾对他们生起过一丝恶念。”意思就是,我不曾对他们生起过哪怕一点点的恶念。“我住于舍”显示巴利原文
Chavaṭṭhikānīti upaḍḍhadaḍḍhāni aṭṭhīni. Upadhāyāti yathā sīsūpadhānañca pādūpadhānañca paññāyati, evaṃ santharitvā tattha seyyaṃ kappemīti dasseti. Gāmaṇḍalāti gopāladārakā. Te kira bodhisattassa santikaṃ gantvā, sumedha, tvaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne kasmā nisinno, kathehīti vadanti. Bodhisatto adhomukho nisīdati, na katheti. Atha naṃ te akathetuṃ na dassāmāti parivāretvā oṭṭhubhanti sarīre kheḷaṃ pātenti. Bodhisatto evampi na katheti. Atha naṃ tvaṃ na kathesīti omuttenti passāvamassa upari vissajjenti. Bodhisatto evampi na kathetiyeva. Tato naṃ kathehi kathehīti paṃsukena okiranti. Bodhisatto evampi na kathetiyeva. Athassa na kathesīti daṇḍakasalākā gahetvā kaṇṇasotesu pavesenti. Bodhisatto dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā adhivāsento kassaci kiñci na karissāmīti matako viya acchati. Tenāha ‘‘na kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, abhijānāmi tesu pāpakaṃ cittaṃ uppādetā’’ti. Na mayā tesu pāpakaṃ cittampi uppāditanti attho. Upekkhāvihārasmiṃ hotīti upekkhāvihāro hoti. Vihāro eva hi vihārasminti vutto. Teneva ca ‘‘idaṃsu me’’ti etthāpi ayaṃsu meti evaṃ attho veditabbo. Iminā nayena aññānipi evarūpāni padāni veditabbāni. Iminā ito ekanavutikappe pūritaṃ upekkhāvihāraṃ dasseti. Yaṃ sandhāyāha –
“得乐我不染著,受苦心不沮丧”:获得快乐时我不生贪染,遭遇痛苦时我的心也不沮丧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sukhapatto na rajjāmi, dukkhe na homi dummano; Sabbattha tulito homi, esā me upekkhāpāramī’’ti.
关于通过食物获得清净的注释显示巴利原文
Āhārasuddhivaṇṇanā
158 “依食物而清净”这种观点,是指有人以为仅靠枣子等极少量的食物便能获得清净,他们持有这种见解。“他们这样说”(evamāhaṃsu),即他们如此说道。“以枣”(kolehi),即枣片。“枣水”(kolodakaṃ),是把枣捣碎制成的饮料。“枣制品”(kolavikatiṃ),指枣沙拉、枣糕、枣丸等用枣加工而成的食品。“以此为极”(etaparamo),意谓以此作为最高至上的标准。不过,在那个时候——也就是九十劫的极顶——枣的大小并非如同木苹果或棕榈果那般;那时的枣,大小与现在的枣相当。显示巴利原文
158.Āhārenasuddhīti kolādinā ekaccena parittakaāhārena sakkā sujjhitunti evaṃdiṭṭhino honti. Evamāhaṃsūti evaṃ vadanti. Kolehīti padarehi. Kolodakanti kolāni madditvā katapānakaṃ. Kolavikatinti kolasāḷavakolapūvakolaguḷādikolavikāraṃ. Etaparamoti etaṃ pamāṇaṃ paramaṃ assāti etaparamo. Tadā ekanavutikappamatthake pana na beluvapakkatālapakkapamāṇo kolo hoti, yaṃ etarahi kolassa pamāṇaṃ, ettakova hotīti attho.
159 “极度消瘦”(adhimattakasimānaṃ),指极其瘦弱。“犹如阿西提卡藤或卡拉藤的节”(āsītikapabbāni vā kāḷapabbāni vāti):如同阿西提卡藤或卡拉藤的连接处干缩变细、节间凸起,我的肢节也是如此——以此显示身形。“似唇印”(oṭṭhapadaṃ):如同唇印中间凹陷,菩萨的血肉枯干,导致肛门内缩下陷,凹陷如同唇印一般。“如珠串”(vaṭṭanāvaḷīti):犹如用绳串起的珠链,珠间凹陷而珠粒凸出,我的脊椎骨亦如此起伏不平。“如旧屋椽”(jarasālāya gopānasiyo):指旧屋的椽子,有些从竹梁脱落卡在环套中,有些又从环套滑落坠地;如此椽子一端翘起、一端垂下,变得东倒西歪、杂乱无章。然而,菩萨的肋骨并非如此,因血液枯竭、肌肉萎缩,皮肤便从肋骨之间松垂下陷。显示巴利原文
159.Adhimattakasimānanti ativiya kisabhāvaṃ. Āsītikapabbāni vā kāḷapabbāni vāti yathā āsītikavalliyā vā kāḷavalliyā vā sandhiṭṭhānesu milāyitvā majjhe unnatunnatāni honti, evaṃ mayhaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgāni hontīti dasseti. Oṭṭhapadanti yathā oṭṭhassa padaṃ majjhe gambhīraṃ hoti, evamevaṃ bodhisattassa milāte maṃsalohite vaccadvārassa antopaviṭṭhattā ānisadaṃ majjhe gambhīraṃ hoti. Athassa bhūmiyaṃ nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ sarapoṅkhena akkantaṃ viya majjhe unnataṃ hoti. Vaṭṭanāvaḷīti yathā rajjuyā āvunitvā katā vaṭṭanāvaḷī vaṭṭanānaṃ antarantarā ninnā hoti, vaṭṭanaṭṭhānesu unnatā, evaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭako unnatāvanato hoti, jarasālāya gopānasiyoti jiṇṇasālāya gopānasiyo, tā vaṃsato muccitvā maṇḍale patiṭṭhahanti, maṇḍalato muccitvā bhūmiyanti; evaṃ ekā upari hoti, ekā heṭṭhāti oluggaviluggā bhavanti. Bodhisattassa pana na evaṃ phāsuḷiyo, tassa hi lohite chinne maṃse milāte phāsuḷantarehi cammāni heṭṭhā otiṇṇāni, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.
“深陷”(Okkhāyikāti):即向下陷入。据说,他的血耗尽、肉干瘪之后,眼窝深陷,触及脑髓而贴合于骨,他的眼珠便成了那副模样。“如刚被切断的嫩物”(Āmakacchinnoti):即在极嫩之时被切断,因为它一接触风与热,便会枯萎。舍利弗啊,我的肚皮贴到了脊梁骨(yāvassu me, sāriputtāti, sāriputta, mayhaṃ udaracchavi yāva piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ allīnā hoti)。或者,此处的关联应这样理解:舍利弗啊,我的苦行极为严酷,以致肚皮贴到了脊梁骨。“我去捉脊梁骨时,连肚皮一起捉住”(piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃyeva pariggaṇhāmīti sahaudaracchaviṃ gaṇhāmi);“我去捉肚皮时,连脊梁骨一起捉住”(udaracchaviṃyeva pariggaṇhāmīti sahapiṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhāmi)。“我脸朝下扑倒”(avakujjo papatāmīti):显示巴利原文
Okkhāyikāti heṭṭhā anupaviṭṭhā. Tassa kira lohite chinne maṃse milāte akkhiāvāṭakā matthaluṅgaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu, tenassa evarūpā akkhitārakā ahesuṃ. Āmakacchinnoti atitaruṇakāle chinno, so hi vātātapena saṃphusati ceva milāyati ca. Yāvassu me, sāriputtāti, sāriputta, mayhaṃ udaracchavi yāva piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ allīnā hoti. Atha vā yāvassu me, sāriputta, bhāriyabhāriyā ahosi dukkarakārikā, mayhaṃ udaracchavi yāva piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ allīnā ahosīti evamettha sambandho veditabbo. Piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃyeva pariggaṇhāmīti sahaudaracchaviṃ gaṇhāmi. Udaracchaviṃyeva pariggaṇhāmīti sahapiṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhāmi. Avakujjo papatāmīti tassa hi uccārapassāvatthāya nisinnassa passāvo neva nikkhamati, vaccaṃ pana ekaṃ dve kaṭakaṭṭhimattaṃ nikkhamati. Balavadukkhaṃ uppādeti. Sarīrato sedā muccanti, tattheva avakujjo bhūmiyaṃ patati. Tenāha ‘‘avakujjo papatāmī’’ti. Tameva kāyanti taṃ ekanavutikappamatthake kāyaṃ. Mahāsaccakasutte pana pacchimabhavikakāyaṃ sandhāya imameva kāyanti āha. Pūtimūlānīti maṃse vā lohite vā sati tiṭṭhanti. Tassa pana abhāve cammakhaṇḍe lomāni viya hattheyeva lagganti, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā patantī’’ti.
“足以成就圣者的知见殊胜”(alamariyañāṇadassanavisesanti):指能使人达到圣者境界的、出世间的道。“正是由于未证得这种圣慧”(imissāyeva ariyāya paññāyāti):指由于未证得观慧。“那种圣慧”(yāyaṃ ariyāti):指已被证得的道慧。这句话的意思是:正如现在因证得观慧而证得了道慧,在九十一劫顶点那时,我因未证得观慧,故未证得出世间的道慧。然而,中部诵者长老们则说:(经文中的)“这种”(imissāyeva)与“那种圣”(yāyaṃ ariyā)所说的慧,都是指道慧本身。当时,有比丘们追问他们:“尊者!若是如此,则成了因未证得‘道’,故说‘我未证得道’,是这样吗?”他们回答:“贤友啊,我虽不能阐明透彻,但这两处都只是道慧,在这里唯有这种解释才合情理。否则,用‘那种’(yā ayaṃ)来解释就不合拍了。”显示巴利原文
Alamariyañāṇadassanavisesanti ariyabhāvaṃ kātuṃ samatthaṃ lokuttaramaggaṃ. Imissāyeva ariyāya paññāyāti vipassanāpaññāya anadhigamā. Yāyaṃ ariyāti yā ayaṃ maggapaññā adhigatā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā etarahi vipassanāpaññāya adhigatattā maggapaññā adhigatā, evaṃ ekanavutikappamatthake vipassanāpaññāya anadhigatattā lokuttaramaggapaññaṃ nādhigatosmīti, majjhimabhāṇakattherā panāhu, imissāyevāti vuttapaññāpi yāyaṃ ariyāti vuttapaññāpi maggapaññāyeva. Atha ne bhikkhū āhaṃsu ‘‘evaṃ sante maggassa anadhigatattā maggaṃ nādhigatosmīti idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, bhante’’ti. Āvuso, kiñcāpi dīpetuṃ na sakkomi, dvepi pana maggapaññāyevāti, etadeva cettha yuttaṃ. Itarathā hi yā ayanti niddeso ananurūpo siyā.
关于轮回清净等观点的注释显示巴利原文
Saṃsārasuddhiādivaṇṇanā
160 160.“靠轮回而清净”(Saṃsārena suddhīti):他们说,通过长久流转轮回而得以清净。“靠再生而清净”(Upapattiyā suddhīti):他们说,通过多次投生而得以清净。“靠住处而清净”(Āvāsena suddhīti):他们说,通过在众多地方居住而得以清净。在这三处中,依流转之义说为轮回,依投生之义说为再生,依居住之义说为住处,所指其实都是五蕴。“靠祭祀”(Yaññenāti):他们说,通过举办许多祭祀而得以清净。“靠灌顶”(Muddhāvasittenāti):指通过三种螺号声举行的刹帝利灌顶、被浇灌头顶者。“靠侍奉火神”(Aggipāricariyāyāti):他们说,通过许多次侍奉火神而得以清净。显示巴利原文
160.Saṃsārena suddhīti bahukaṃ saṃsaritvā sujjhantīti vadanti. Upapattiyā suddhīti bahukaṃ upapajjitvā sujjhantīti vadanti. Āvāsena suddhīti bahūsu ṭhānesu vasitvā sujjhantīti vadanti. Tīsupi ṭhānesu saṃsaraṇakavasena saṃsāro. Upapajjanakavasena upapatti. Vasanakavasena āvāsoti khandhāyeva vuttā. Yaññenāti bahuyāge yajitvā sujjhantīti vadanti. Muddhāvasittenāti tīhi saṅkhehi khattiyābhisekena muddhani abhisittena. Aggipāricariyāyāti bahuaggiparicaraṇena sujjhantīti vadanti.
161 161.“年轻”(Daharo):指年少之人。“青年”(Yuvā):指具足青春。“极黑发者”(Susukāḷakeso):指须发极为乌黑。“具足吉祥的青春”(Bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato):以此说明他所具足的青春是吉祥、可爱的。“第一韶华”(Paṭhamena vayasā):所谓第一韶华,指三十三岁,即具足此年岁之意。“以慧明达”(paññāveyyattiyenā):指以智慧明辨为性。“老”(Jiṇṇo):指因衰老而衰朽。“年迈”(Vuddho):指身体各部分已发育成熟而稳固。“长老”(Mahallako):指年纪高迈。“经久”(Addhagato):指历经长久时光,度过了漫长岁月。“达至寿限”(Vayo anuppatto):指已达百岁的第三阶段,即最后之寿期。经中说“我今已年届八十”(āsītiko me vayo vattati):据说这部经是世尊在般涅槃那年所说,故有此说。“最胜”(Paramāya):指最上等的。“以念”(satiyā)等词:当讲说上……”},{显示巴利原文
161.Daharoti taruṇo. Yuvāti yobbanena samannāgato. Susukāḷakesoti suṭṭhu kāḷakeso. Bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatoti imināssa yena yobbanena samannāgato yuvā, taṃ yobbanaṃ bhaddaṃ laddhakanti dasseti. Paṭhamena vayasāti paṭhamavayo nāma tettiṃsa vassāni, tena samannāgatoti attho, paññāveyyattiyenāti paññāveyyattibhāvena. Jiṇṇoti jarājiṇṇo. Vuddhoti vaḍḍhitvā ṭhitaaṅgapaccaṅgo. Mahallakoti jātimahallako. Addhagatoti bahuaddhānaṃ gato cirakālātikkanto. Vayo anuppattoti vassasatassa tatiyakoṭṭhāsaṃ pacchimavayaṃ anuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattatīti imaṃ kira suttaṃ bhagavā parinibbānasaṃvacchare kathesi. Tasmā evamāha. Paramāyāti uttamāya. Satiyātiādīsu padasatampi padasahassampi vadantasseva gahaṇasamatthatā sati nāma. Tadeva ādhāraṇaupanibandhanasamatthatā gati nāma. Evaṃ gahitaṃ dhāritaṃ sajjhāyaṃ kātuṃ samatthavīriyaṃ dhiti nāma. Tassa atthañca kāraṇañca dassanasamatthatā paññāveyyattiyaṃ nāma.
「持坚弓的弓手」(Daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho)指拿着坚弓站立的射手。「坚弓」指具有两千力强度的弓。所谓“两千力”,即上好弓弦,挂上铅块等重物,用木棍挑起,当举到与箭等高的位置时,弓身刚好离地,这就是两千力的标准。「受学者」(Sikkhito)指在老师家中学习技艺,学了十年或十二年的人。「善手」(Katahattho)指有的人虽然学了技艺,但手法还不熟练;而此人手艺娴熟,已达到运用自如的程度。「近侍修习者」(Katūpāsano)指曾在王宫等场合展示过技艺的人。「以轻箭」(Lahukena asanena)是指内部挖空、填入棉花等物、并涂上漆的轻巧小箭。这样制作的箭,本来能射一牛吼远的,现在就能飞两牛吼;能射八牛吼的,就能飞十六牛吼。「少费力」(Appakasirena)指毫不吃力地。「超越」(Atipāteyyā)即越过。如此「具有极强念力的人」,就像弓手能迅速射穿一拃四指宽的影子那样,他也能领纳、执持、修习上百句乃至上千句,并且审察其意义和原因。「除饮食时」(Aññatra asitapītakhāyitasāyitā):因为吃饭、喝水等事,世尊要做,比丘们也要做,所以这句话表示:除了应付这些必要事情的时间之外。显示巴利原文
Daḷhadhammā dhanuggahoti daḷhaṃ dhanuṃ gahetvā ṭhito issāso. Daḷhadhanu nāma dvisahassathāmaṃ vuccati, dvisahassathāmaṃ nāma yassa āropitassa jiyābaddho lohasīsādīnaṃ bhāro daṇḍe gahetvā yāva kaṇḍappamāṇā ukkhittassa pathavito muccati. Sikkhitoti dasa dvādasa vassāni ācariyakule uggahitasippo. Katahatthoti koci sippameva uggaṇhāti. Katahattho na hoti, ayaṃ pana katahattho ciṇṇavasībhāvo. Katūpāsanoti rājakulādīsu dassitasippo. Lahukena asanenāti anto susiraṃ katvā tūlādīni pūretvā katalākhāparikammena sallahukakaṇḍena. Evaṃ katañhi ekausabhagāmī dve usabhāni gacchati, aṭṭhausabhagāmī soḷasausabhāni gacchati. Appakasirenāti nidukkhena. Atipāteyyāti atikkameyya. Evaṃ adhimattasatimantoti yathā so dhanuggaho taṃ vidatthicaturaṅgulachāyaṃ sīghaṃ eva atikkameti, evaṃ padasatampi padasahassampi uggahetuṃ upadhāretuṃ sajjhāyituṃ atthakāraṇāni ca upaparikkhituṃ samatthāti attho. Aññatra asitapītakhāyitasāyitāti asitapītādīni hi bhagavatāpi kātabbāni honti, bhikkhūhipi. Tasmā tesaṃ karaṇamattakālaṃ ṭhapetvāti dasseti.
“未穷尽”(Apariyādinnāyevā):指毫无减损。假如一位比丘问身念处,另一位问受念处,另一位问心念处,另一位问法念处,问者彼此之间不互相张望,不会因为别人问了某个问题自己就不问;即便如此,他们的提问也还是有个先后次序可循。但是在佛陀那里,提问的次序根本显现不出来。因为世尊在箭影掠过一拃四指宽度的刹那,就能以十四种方式讲解身念处,以九种方式讲解受念处,以十六种方式讲解心念处,以五种方式讲解法念处。先不说这四种念处,即使另有四位比丘分别问四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八正道,世尊也同样能一一解说。就算有三十七位问菩提分法,世尊也能当下解答。何以故?因为世间凡夫说一句话的时间里,阿难尊者能说八句;而阿难尊者说一句话的时间里,世尊能说十六句。何以故?因为世尊舌根柔软,齿列齐密,话语清晰流畅,语脉轻捷无碍。所以佛说:‘舍利弗,如来的说法,实在没有穷尽。’显示巴利原文
Apariyādinnāyevāti aparikkhīṇāyeva. Sace hi eko bhikkhu kāyānupassanaṃ pucchati, añño vedanānupassanaṃ, añño cittānupassanaṃ, ayyo dhammānupassanaṃ. Iminā puṭṭhaṃ ahaṃ pucchissāmīti eko ekaṃ na oloketi. Evaṃ santepi tesaṃ vāro paññāyati. Evaṃ buddhānaṃ pana vāro na paññāyati, vidatthicaturaṅgulachāyaṃ atikkamato puretaraṃyeva bhagavā cuddasavidhena kāyānupassanaṃ, navavidhena vedanānupassanaṃ, soḷasavidhena cittānupassanaṃ, pañcavidhena dhammānupassanaṃ katheti. Tiṭṭhantu vā tāva ete cattāro. Sace hi aññe cattāro sammappadhānesu, aññe iddhipādesu, aññe pañca indriyesu, aññe pañca balesu, aññe satta bojjhaṅgesu, aññe aṭṭha maggaṅgesu pañhaṃ puccheyyuṃ, tampi bhagavā katheyya. Tiṭṭhantu vā ete aṭṭha. Sace aññe sattatiṃsa janā bodhipakkhiyesu pañhaṃ puccheyyuṃ, tampi bhagavā tāvadeva katheyya. Kasmā? Yāvatā hi lokiyamahājanā ekaṃ padaṃ kathenti. Tāva ānandatthero aṭṭha padāni katheti. Ānandatthere pana ekaṃ padaṃ kathenteyeva bhagavā soḷasapadāni katheti. Kasmā? Bhagavato hi jivhā mudukā dantāvaraṇaṃ suphusitaṃ vacanaṃ agalitaṃ bhavaṅgaparivāso lahuko. Tenāha ‘‘apariyādinnāyevassa, sāriputta, tathāgatassa dhammadesanā’’ti.
这里,「说法」是指安立教法的文句。「法句文辞」是指经中的语句,即能表达种种义理的字音。「问难辩才」是指解答疑难的能力。这段要说明什么呢?如来在年轻时,能将字母组合成句子,将句子合成偈颂,也能解释四字一句、八字一句、十六字一句等偈颂的意义。即使到了老年,也绝不会说:‘现在老了,不能组合字母成句,不能合成偈颂,不能解释偈颂的意思了。’无论青年还是老年,如来的这些能力都毫无减损,此处正是彰显此义。「即使卧床」只是为彰显佛力而作的假设。实际上,不可能有人抬着具足十力的如来,在村落、城镇、王都间巡游。因为如来是在寿命的第五个阶段——尚未被衰老等所征服,金色之身尚未衰坏、仍为人天所喜爱悦意的状态时——便入般涅槃的。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhammadasenāti tantiṭhapanā. Dhammapadabyañjananti pāḷiyā padabyañjanaṃ, tassa tassa atthassa byañjanakaṃ akkharaṃ. Pañhapaṭibhānanti pañhabyākaraṇaṃ. Iminā kiṃ dasseti? Tathāgato pubbe daharakāle akkharāni sampiṇḍetvā padaṃ vattuṃ sakkoti, padāni sampiṇḍetvā gāthaṃ vattuṃ sakkoti, catuakkharehi vā aṭṭhaakkharehi vā soḷasaakkharehi vā padehi yuttāya gāthāya atthaṃ vattuṃ sakkoti. Idāni pana mahallakakāle akkharāni sampiṇḍetvā padaṃ vā, padāni sampiṇḍetvā gāthaṃ vā, gāthāya atthaṃ vā vattuṃ na sakkotīti evaṃ natthi. Daharakāle ca mahallakakāle ca sabbametaṃ tathāgatassa apariyādinnamevāti imaṃ dasseti. Mañcakena cepi manti idaṃ buddhabaladīpanatthameva parikappetvā āha. Dasabalaṃ pana mañcake āropetvā gāmanigamarājadhāniyo pariharaṇakālo nāma natthi. Tathāgatā hi pañcame āyukoṭṭhāse khaṇḍiccādīhi anabhibhūtā suvaṇṇavaṇṇasarīrassa vevaṇṇiye ananuppatte devamanussānaṃ piyamanāpakāleyeva parinibbāyanti.
162 「龙萨马拉」是这位长老的名字。在佛陀初成正觉的二十年期间,如同优波婆那、那耆多与弥醯等长老一样,他也是世尊的侍者。「正在扇风」是指用扇子缓缓扇送凉风,让世尊身体舒适。「这样说」:他听完整部经后,对于世尊过去的行持和苦行生起欢喜,便说出‘稀有啊,尊者’等语。其中,‘应击掌’一词即‘稀有’的意思;‘未曾有’即‘希有’的意思,这两个词都表达了他内心的惊叹。他问:‘尊者,这个叫什么名字?’心里想:‘这个法门真好,我要请求世尊为它命名。’于是世尊便为它取名,说:‘龙萨马拉,因此你……’等等。意思是:龙萨马拉,因为你听了这部经后,身上的毛发都欢喜地竖立起来,所以你应该把这个法门记作‘毛发竖立法门’。显示巴利原文
162.Nāgasamāloti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. Paṭhamabodhiyañhi vīsativassabbhantare upavānanāgitameghiyattherā viya ayampi bhagavato upaṭṭhāko ahosi. Bījayamānoti mandamandena tālavaṇṭavātena bhagavato utusukhaṃ samuṭṭhāpayamāno. Etadavocāti sakalasuttantaṃ sutvā bhagavato pubbacaritaṃ dukkarakārakaṃ āgamma pasanno etaṃ ‘‘acchariyaṃ bhante’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca. Tattha accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti acchariyaṃ. Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtanti abbhutaṃ. Ubhayenapi attano vimhayameva dīpeti. Ko nāmo ayaṃ bhanteti idaṃ bhaddako vatāyaṃ dhammapariyāyo, handassa bhagavantaṃ āyācitvā nāmaṃ gaṇhāpemīti adhippāyena āha. Athassa bhagavā nāmaṃ gaṇhanto tasmā tiha tvantiādimāha. Tassattho, yasmā idaṃ suttaṃ sutvā tava lomāni haṭṭhāni, tasmā tiha tvaṃ , nāgasamāla, imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ‘‘lomahaṃsana pariyāyo’’tveva naṃ dhārehīti.
第三、《大苦蕴经》注疏显示巴利原文
3. Mahādukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanā
163 「如是我闻」:这是《大苦蕴经》。在这里,依律藏的说法,三个人称为「众多」,超过这个数目便成为僧团;依经藏的说法,仍是三人一组地计算,超过此数即称为「众多」。此处应理解为经藏的说法。「入村乞食」:他们已进入。实际上他们那时尚未进入,但因为已经出门,心想‘我们将要进入’,所以也说‘进入了’。就像有人为了去某个村庄而出门,虽然还没有到达那个村庄,若有人问:‘某某去哪儿了?’回答也是‘去村里了’,道理相同。「外道们的园林」:在祇园精舍不远处,有一处其他外道游行者的园林,他们就是指那个地方而说的。「朋友,沙门」:朋友,你们的老师沙门乔达摩……「遍知诸欲」:他施设了断除与超脱诸欲。对于色、受等,也是如此。显示巴利原文
163.Evaṃme sutanti mahādukkhakkhandhasuttaṃ. Tattha vinayapariyāyena tayo janā sambahulāti vuccanti, tato paraṃ saṅgho. Suttantapariyāyena tayo tayo eva, tato uddhaṃ sambahulāti vuccanti. Idha suttantapariyāyena sambahulāti veditabbā. Piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsūti paviṭṭhā, te pana na tāva paviṭṭhā, pavisissāmāti nikkhantattā pana pavisiṃsūti vuttā. Yathā gāmaṃ gamissāmīti nikkhantapuriso taṃ gāmaṃ appattopi ‘‘kuhiṃ itthannāmo’’ti vutte ‘‘gāmaṃ gato’’ti vuccati, evaṃ. Paribbājakānaṃ ārāmoti jetavanato avidūre aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo atthi, taṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu. Samaṇo, āvusoti, āvuso, tumhākaṃ satthā samaṇo gotamo. Kāmānaṃ pariññanti kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ samatikkamaṃ paññapeti. Rūpavedanāsupi eseva nayo.
在那里,外道们只懂得自己的教义:若说初禅,他们便施设为遍知欲;若说无色有,便施设为遍知色;若说无想有,便施设为遍知受。然而,他们连“这是初禅、这是色有、这是无色有”都不了解。他们无法正确地施设,却只是宣称“我们施设了,我们施设了”。如来以不来道施设遍知欲,以阿拉汉道施设遍知色与受。虽有如此大的差别,他们却在这里说:“朋友,有什么不同呢?”等等。显示巴利原文
Tattha titthiyā sakasamayaṃ jānantā kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapeyyuṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ vadamānā, rūpānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapeyyuṃ arūpabhavaṃ vadamānā, vedanānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapeyyuṃ asaññabhavaṃ vadamānā. Te pana ‘‘idaṃ nāma paṭhamajjhānaṃ ayaṃ rūpabhavo ayaṃ arūpabhavo’’tipi na jānanti. Te paññapetuṃ asakkontāpi kevalaṃ ‘‘paññapema paññapemā’’ti vadanti. Tathāgato kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ anāgāmimaggena paññapeti, rūpavedanānaṃ arahattamaggena . Te evaṃ mahante visese vijjamānepi idha no, āvuso, ko vivesotiādimāhaṃsu.
其中,“于此”指在此施设中。“或在说法中”意为:沙门乔达摩的说法与我们的说法,或我们的说法与沙门乔达摩的说法之间,所说的差别究竟指什么?第二句也是同样的道理。就这样,他们把自己仅凭言说而得的见解,与正法教导并列,如同杂色黄金。“不随喜”即不这样认可;“不拒绝”即不这样否定。为什么呢?据说那些外道犹如盲人,不论懂与不懂都可能妄说,因此不随喜;但因“遍知”一词稍带教法的意味,故不拒绝。又因为当地人对自宗、他宗的教义都不精通,所以既不随喜也不拒绝。显示巴利原文
Tattha idhāti imasmiṃ paññāpane. Dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesananti yadidaṃ samaṇassa vā gotamassa dhammadesanāya saddhiṃ amhākaṃ dhammadesanaṃ, amhākaṃ vā dhammadesanāya saddhiṃ samaṇassa gotamassa dhammadesanaṃ ārabbha nānākaraṇaṃ vuccetha, taṃ kinnāmāti vadanti. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo . Iti vemajjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya sāsanena saddhiṃ attano laddhivacanamattena samadhuraṃ ṭhapayiṃsu. Neva abhinandiṃsūti evametanti na sampaṭicchiṃsu. Nappaṭikkosiṃsūti nayidaṃ evanti nappaṭisedhesuṃ. Kasmā? Te kira titthiyā nāma andhasadisā, jānitvā vā ajānitvā vā katheyyunti nābhinandiṃsu, pariññanti vacanena īsakaṃ sāsanagandho atthīti nappaṭikkosiṃsu. Janapadavāsino vā te sakasamayaparasamayesu na suṭṭhu kusalātipi ubhayaṃ nākaṃsu.
165 “他们将不能完整解说”:指无法圆满地阐述。“更增恼害”:由于不能解说,会更加增添苦恼。因为当无法圆满阐述时,苦就会生起。“正如,比丘们,对非境界所问那样”:这里的“如”是表示原因的用语,“彼”只是一个小品词。意思是:因为问题被问到了他们的能力范围之外。“含天神的”:指与天神俱的世间。对魔等也是同样的说法。这样,包含了三处世间,又提到了两类众生,即指这个含天神等不同类别的世间,我不见任何天神或人能。或者,从我的教示听闻之后,即使不是如来或如来弟子,也能令其喜悦满足。这表明除此之外,没有其他能令人满意的方法。显示巴利原文
165.Na ceva sampāyissantīti sampādetvā kathetuṃ na sakkhissanti. Uttariñca vighātanti asampāyanato uttarimpi dukkhaṃ āpajjissanti. Sampādetvā kathetuṃ asakkontānaṃ nāma hi dukkhaṃ uppajjati. Yathā taṃ, bhikkhave, avisayasminti ettha yathāti kāraṇavacanaṃ, tanti nipātamattaṃ. Yasmā avisaye pañho pucchito hotīti attho. Sadevaketi saha devehi sadevake. Samārakādīsupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ tīṇi ṭhānāni loke pakkhipitvā dve pajāyāti pañcahipi sattalokameva pariyādiyitvā etasmiṃ sadevakādibhede loke taṃ devaṃ vā manussaṃ vā na passāmīti dīpeti. Ito vā pana sutvāti ito vā pana mama sāsanato sutvā atathāgatopi atathāgatasāvakopi ārādheyya paritoseyya. Aññathā ārādhanaṃ nāma natthīti dasseti.
166 「五欲」:依可贪求之义,称为“欲”;依束缚之义,称为“功德”。如“诸比丘,我允许用未缝制的布做成二重大衣”(《律藏·大品》348)中,“层叠”即功德义。又如“时光流逝,日夜更迭,寿命的成分渐次舍弃”(《相应部》1.4)中,“积聚”即功德义。又如“应期望百倍的供养”(《中部》3.379)中,“利益”即功德义。又如“作肠间膜,作种种花环”(《法句》53)中,“束缚”即功德义。此处也取这一意义,故说“依束缚之义称为功德”。“眼所识”:指应由眼识来辨识的。依此方法,耳所识等也应同样理解。“可意”:不论是否遍求,指成为可意的所缘。“可爱”:令人喜爱。“适意”:令心增长。“悦形”:具可爱的性质。“与欲相应”:指与执取此所缘而生起的欲相应。“能染”:能令染著,是生起贪欲的原因。显示巴利原文
166. Idāni attano tesaṃ pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena cittārādhanaṃ dassento ko ca, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Kāmaguṇāti kāmayitabbaṭṭhena kāmā. Bandhanaṭṭhena guṇā. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ahatānaṃ vatthānaṃ dviguṇaṃ saṅghāṭi’’nti (mahāva. 348) ettha hi paṭalaṭṭho guṇaṭṭho. ‘‘Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo, vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.4) ettha rāsaṭṭho guṇaṭṭho. ‘‘Sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.379) ettha ānisaṃsaṭṭho guṇaṭṭho. ‘‘Antaṃ antaguṇaṃ (khu. pā. 3 dvattiṃsākāre; dī. ni. 2.377) kayirā mālāguṇe bahū’’ti (dha. pa. 53) ettha bandhanaṭṭho guṇaṭṭho. Idhāpi eseva adhippeto, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘bandhanaṭṭhena guṇā’’ti. Cakkhuviññeyyāti cakkhuviññāṇena passitabbā. Etenupāyena sotaviññeyyādīsupi attho veditabbo. Iṭṭhāti pariyiṭṭhā vā hontu mā vā, iṭṭhārammaṇabhūtāti attho. Kantāti kamanīyā. Manāpāti manavaḍḍhanakā. Piyarūpāti piyajātikā. Kāmūpasaṃhitāti ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjamānena kāmena upasaṃhitā. Rajanīyāti rajjaniyā, rāguppattikāraṇabhūtāti attho.
167 在“若以手印”等句中:“手印”是指在手指节上作标记而成的手印。“计算”指像清理线缕那样计数。“算数”指总体的计数。凭借这些,他们观察田野便知这里会有多少稻谷,观察树木便知会有多少果实,观察天空便知空中这些鸟会有多少只。显示巴利原文
167.Yadi muddāyātiādīsu muddāti aṅgulipabbesu saññaṃ ṭhapetvā hatthamuddā. Gaṇanāti acchiddagaṇanā. Saṅkhānanti piṇḍagaṇanā. Yāya khettaṃ oloketvā idha ettakā vīhī bhavissanti , rukkhaṃ oloketvā idha ettakāni phalāni bhavissanti, ākāsaṃ oloketvā ime ākāse sakuṇā ettakā nāma bhavissantīti jānanti.
“耕”:耕作。“商”:步行商、陆路商等经商之道。“牧牛”:照顾自己或他人的牛,靠出售五种牛乳制品维生的职业。“弓术”:指手持武器作护卫的工作。“王臣”:指手持武器为国王办事作护卫的工作。“其余技艺”:指所学之外的其余技艺,如象术、马术等。“寒为前导”:如同箭靶在箭的前方,寒在前方,即被寒冷逼迫的意思。对于热也应同样理解。虻蚊蛇等:“虻”指黄蝇,“蚊”指一切蝇类,“蛇”指任何爬行类。“被恼害”:被侵害,被打击。“死”:死去。“比丘们,此”:比丘们,这是指依靠手印等谋生,以寒冷等为缘所引生的疾病。“欲过患”:指在诸欲中的灾患与障碍。“现见”:现前可见,可自证知的。“苦蕴”:苦的积聚。“欲因”等:以缘的意义,欲是其因,故说“欲因”。以根的意义,欲是其起因,故说“欲之因”,这仅是词性变化而说为“欲之因”。以原因的意义,欲是其诤事,故说“欲之诤事”,也仅是词性变化而说为“欲之诤事”。“唯欲因”:这是决定性的说法,意谓必定以欲为缘而生起。显示巴利原文
Kasīti kasikammaṃ. Vaṇijjāti jaṅghavaṇijjathalavaṇijjādivaṇippatho. Gorakkhanti attano vā paresaṃ vā gāvo rakkhitvā pañcagorasavikkayena jīvanakammaṃ. Issattho vuccati āvudhaṃ gahetvā upaṭṭhānakammaṃ. Rājaporisanti āvudhena rājakammaṃ katvā upaṭṭhānaṃ. Sippaññataranti gahitāvasesaṃ hatthiassasippādi. Sītassa purakkhatoti lakkhaṃ viya sarassa sītassa purato, sītena bādhīyamānoti attho. Uṇhepi eseva nayo. Ḍaṃsādīsu ḍaṃsāti piṅgalamakkhikā. Makasāti sabbamakkhikā, sarīsapāti ye keci saritvā gacchanti. Rissamānoti ruppamāno, ghaṭṭiyamāno. Mīyamānoti maramāno. Ayaṃ, bhikkhaveti, bhikkhave, ayaṃ muddādīhi jīvikakappanaṃ āgamma sītādipaccayo ābādho. Kāmānaṃ ādīnavoti kāmesu upaddavo, upassaggoti attho. Sandiṭṭhikoti paccakkho sāmaṃ passitabbo. Dukkhakkhandhoti dukkharāsi. Kāmahetūtiādīsu paccayaṭṭhena kāmā assa hetūti kāmahetu. Mūlaṭṭhena kāmā nidānamassāti kāmanidāno. Liṅgavipallāsena pana kāmanidānanti vutto. Kāraṇaṭṭhena kāmā adhikaraṇaṃ assāti kāmādhikaraṇo. Liṅgavipallāseneva pana kāmādhikaraṇanti vutto. Kāmānameva hetūti idaṃ niyamavacanaṃ, kāmapaccayā uppajjatiyevāti attho.
“奋起”:指依靠谋生的精进努力而奋发的人。“勤策”:指持续不断地鞭策这种精进的人。“精进”:指努力、勇猛、加行。“不成”:指不成功,无法达成。“忧悲”:因心中生起强烈的忧愁而忧伤。“疲苦”:因身体产生痛苦而疲惫。“悲叹”:以言语悲叹。“捶胸”:捶打胸膛。“哭泣”:流泪哭泣。“迷乱”:如同失去知觉一般陷入迷乱。“徒劳”:指空虚。“无果”:指没有结果。“守护之因”:指因守护而引生的纠纷。“如何”:指通过什么样的方法。“凡我所”:指我通过耕种等方式所得的财物。“彼亦无有”:指那些现在也没有了。显示巴利原文
Uṭṭhahatoti ājīvasamuṭṭhāpakavīriyena uṭṭhahantassa. Ghaṭatoti taṃ vīriyaṃ pubbenāparaṃ ghaṭentassa. Vāyamatoti vāyāmaṃ parakkamaṃ payogaṃ karontassa. Nābhinipphajjantīti na nipphajjanti, hatthaṃ nābhiruhanti. Socatīti citte uppannabalavasokena socati. Kilamatīti kāye uppannadukkhena kilamati. Paridevatīti vācāya paridevati. Urattāḷinti uraṃ tāḷetvā. Kandatīti rodati. Sammohaṃ āpajjatīti visaññī viya sammūḷho hoti. Moghanti tucchaṃ. Aphaloti nipphalo. Ārakkhādhikaraṇanti ārakkhakāraṇā. Kintīti kena nu kho upāyena. Yampi meti yampi mayhaṃ kasikammādīni katvā uppāditaṃ dhanaṃ ahosi. Tampi no natthīti tampi amhākaṃ idāni natthi.
168 “再者,比丘们,欲为因”等语句,也是先指出原因,再阐明过患。其中,“欲因”指以欲为缘,国王与国王之间也相互争论。“欲之因”是中性抽象名词,意为以欲为起因,而起争论。“欲之诤事”也是中性抽象名词,意为以欲为诤事,而起争论。“唯欲因”指为了村庄、市镇、都城、将军、国师、地位等诸欲本身而起争论。“攻击”指打击。“刀牌”指刀与盾牌等。“备弓囊”指手持弓并备好箭囊。“两面密集”指两边密集布阵。“闯入”指冲入其中。“箭矢”指射出的箭。“闪烁”指箭矢来回飞窜。“他们于彼处”指他们在那个战场上。显示巴利原文
168.Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmahetūtiādināpi kāraṇaṃ dassetvāva ādīnavaṃ dīpeti. Tattha kāmahetūti kāmapaccayā rājānopi rājūhi vivadanti. Kāmanidānanti bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ, kāme nidānaṃ katvā vivadantīti attho. Kāmādhikaraṇantipi bhāvanapuṃsakameva, kāme adhikaraṇaṃ katvā vivadantīti attho. Kāmānameva hetūti gāmanigamanagarasenāpatipurohitaṭṭhānantarādīnaṃ kāmānameva hetu vivadantīti attho. Upakkamantīti paharanti. Asicammanti asiñceva kheṭakaphalakādīni ca. Dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvāti dhanuṃ gahetvā sarakalāpaṃ sannayhitvā. Ubhatobyūḷanti ubhato rāsibhūtaṃ. Pakkhandantīti pavisanti. Usūsūti kaṇḍesu. Vijjotalantesūti viparivattantesu. Te tatthāti te tasmiṃ saṅgāme.
“湿泥涂抹之壁垛”:人们用砖砌成马蹄形的墙基,再在上面涂抹石灰。这样制成的墙基称为壁垛。当它们被湿泥淋洒时,便称为湿泥涂抹。“闯入”:在壁垛下方,即使被尖锐的铁枪等刺伤,也因墙壁湿滑而无法攀爬,仍然直冲向前。“粪锅”:煮沸的牛粪。“大叉”:有百齿的器具,将它做成八齿的形状,立在城门上;当有人要破门而入时,便砍断系绳,用此大叉碾压他们。显示巴利原文
Addāvalepanāupakāriyoti cettha manussā pākārapādaṃ assakhurasaṇṭhānena iṭṭhakāhi cinitvā upari sudhāya limpanti. Evaṃ katā pākārapādā upakāriyoti vuccanti. Tā tintena kalalena sittā addāvalepanā nāma honti. Pakkhandantīti tāsaṃ heṭṭhā tikhiṇaayasūlādīhi vijjhīyamānāpi pākārassa picchilabhāvena ārohituṃ asakkontāpi upadhāvantiyeva. Chakaṇakāyāti kuthitagomayena. Abhivaggenāti satadantena. Taṃ aṭṭhadantākārena katvā ‘‘nagaradvāraṃ bhinditvā pavisissāmā’’ti āgate uparidvāre ṭhitā tassa bandhanayottāni chinditvā tena abhivaggena omaddanti.
169 所谓「断屋隙」,即破坏房屋的缝隙。「劫掠」,即闯入村庄,大肆洗劫。「独屋」,即纠集五十乃至六十人围住屋主,活捉后勒索赎物。「立险路」,即拦路行劫。「以粗棍」,即用槌击打;或指将四肘长的木杖断为两截,用作短棍击打。「醪粥」,是一种类似酸粥捣臼的刑罚,行刑时掀开颅骨,用钳子夹起烧红的铁丸投入其中,脑髓顿时沸腾,向上涌出。「螺首」,即螺首刑,行刑时割断上唇、两侧耳垂及颈部皮肤,总束所有头发成一束,用木棍绞转拔扯,头皮连同头发被扯脱;再以粗沙磨擦头颅并洗净,使其显露出螺壳般的颜色。显示巴利原文
169.Sandhimpi chindantīti gharasandhimpi chindanti. Nillopanti gāme paharitvā mahāvilopaṃ karonti. Ekāgārikanti paṇṇāsamattāpi saṭṭhimattāpi parivāretvā jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā āharāpenti. Paripanthepi tiṭṭhantīti panthadūhanakammaṃ karonti. Aḍḍhadaṇḍakehīti muggarehi pahārasādhanatthaṃ vā catuhatthadaṇḍaṃ dvedhā chetvā gahitadaṇḍakehi. Bilaṅgathālikanti kañjiyaukkhalikammakāraṇaṃ, taṃ karontā sīsakapālaṃ uppāṭetvā tattaṃ ayoguḷaṃ saṇḍāsena gahetvā tattha pakkhipanti, tena matthaluṅgaṃ pakkuthitvā upari uttarati. Saṅkhamuṇḍikanti saṅkhamuṇḍakammakāraṇaṃ, taṃ karontā uttaroṭṭhaubhatokaṇṇacūḷikagaḷavāṭaparicchedena cammaṃ chinditvā sabbakese ekato gaṇṭhiṃ katvā daṇḍakena vallitvā uppāṭenti, saha kesehi cammaṃ uṭṭhahati. Tato sīsakaṭāhaṃ thūlasakkharāhi ghaṃsitvā dhovantā saṅkhavaṇṇaṃ karonti.
「罗睺口」:一种刑罚,行刑时,用铁签撬开嘴巴,在口内点灯;或从耳垂处开始,用啃咬的方式撕开口部,鲜血注满口中。「火焰鬘」:将全身用浸了油的布缠裹,然后点燃。「手灯」:将双手以浸油布缠裹,如同灯盏一般点燃。「艾拉迦衣」:一种刑罚,行刑时,从颈部开始,将带皮的肉割开,一直割至脚踝,然后用绳索绑住拖拽,受刑者踩在自己被割下的带皮之肉上,仆倒在地。「树皮衣」:类似的刑罚,同样割开带皮之肉,但这一次是从腰部割至脚踝,上身便被下半身割下的皮肉如树皮衣般覆盖住。「伊内亚卡」:在受刑者两肘和两膝处套上铁环,钉入铁桩,令其以四根铁桩撑立在地上,然后在四周点火;有时又会拔掉铁桩,只凭四根骨尖支撑。如此残忍的刑罚,实属未有。显示巴利原文
Rāhumukhanti rāhumukhakammakāraṇaṃ, taṃ karontā saṅkunā mukhaṃ vivaritvā antomukhe dīpaṃ jālenti . Kaṇṇacūḷikāhi vā paṭṭhāya mukhaṃ nikhādanena khaṇanti. Lohitaṃ paggharitvā mukhaṃ pūreti. Jotimālikanti sakalasarīraṃ telapilotikāya veṭhetvā ālimpanti. Hatthapajjotikanti hatthe telapilotikāya veṭhetvā dīpaṃ viya jālenti. Erakavattikanti erakavattakammakāraṇaṃ, taṃ karontā gīvato paṭṭhāya cammabaddhe kantitvā gopphake ṭhapenti. Atha naṃ yottehi bandhitvā kaḍḍhanti. So attano cammabaddhe akkamitvā akkamitvā patati. Cīrakavāsikanti cīrakavāsikakammakāraṇaṃ, taṃ karontā tatheva cammabaddhe kantitvā kaṭiyaṃ ṭhapenti. Kaṭito paṭṭhāya kantitvā gopphakesu ṭhapenti. Uparimehi heṭṭhimasarīraṃ cīrakanivāsananivatthaṃ viya hoti. Eṇeyyakanti eṇeyyakakammakāraṇaṃ. Taṃ karontā ubhosu kapparesu ca jāṇūsu ca ayavalayāni datvā ayasūlāni koṭṭenti. So catūhi ayasūlehi bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahati. Atha naṃ parivāretvā aggiṃ karonti. ‘‘Eṇeyyako jotipariggaho yathā’’ti āgataṭṭhānepi idameva vuttaṃ. Taṃ kālena kālaṃ sūlāni apanetvā catūhi aṭṭhikoṭīhiyeva ṭhapenti. Evarūpā kāraṇā nāma natthi.
「鱼钩肉」:用两端带钩的钩子击打,撕扯皮肉、筋腱。「钱币刑」:用锋利的刀斧,从被凿之处开始,将全身皮肉削成铜钱大小,一片片剥落。「碱水去皮」:在身上各处用兵器击打之后,再用刷子擦入碱水,皮肉筋腱消融流淌,只剩一串白骨竖立。「门闩翻转」:令受刑者侧躺,将铁桩钉入耳孔,并与地面固定,然后抓住其脚旋转甩动。「稻草座」:由熟练的刽子手剥去皮肉,用研钵石砸碎骨头,然后抓住头发提起,只剩一摊肉,再用头发缠束抓牢,如同捆缚稻草束一般。「以犬」:即数日不给食物,让饥饿的狗来啃食,须臾间便只剩一串白骨。「来世」:指来世的第二种存在,即异熟果报。显示巴利原文
Baḷisamaṃsikanti ubhatomukhehi baḷisehi paharitvā cammamaṃsanhārūni uppāṭenti. Kahāpaṇikanti sakalasarīraṃ tiṇhāhi vāsīhi koṭito paṭṭhāya kahāpaṇamattaṃ kahāpaṇamattaṃ pātentā koṭṭenti. Khārāpatacchikanti sarīraṃ tattha tattha āvudhehi paharitvā kocchehi khāraṃ ghaṃsanti. Cammasaṃsanhārūni paggharitvā savanti. Aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikāva tiṭṭhati. Palighaparivattikanti ekena passena nipajjāpetvā kaṇṇacchidde ayasūlaṃ koṭṭetvā pathaviyā ekābaddhaṃ karonti. Atha naṃ pāde gahetvā āvijjhanti. Palālapīṭhakanti cheko kāraṇiko chavicammaṃ acchinditvā nisadapotehi aṭṭhīni bhinditvā kesesu gahetvā ukkhipanti. Maṃsarāsiyeva hoti, atha naṃ keseheva pariyonandhitvā gaṇhanti. Palālavaṭṭiṃ viya katvā pana veṭhenti. Sunakhehipīti katipayāni divasāni āhāraṃ adatvā chātakehi sunakhehi khādāpenti. Te muhuttena aṭṭhisaṅkhalikameva karonti. Samparāyikoti samparāye dutiyattabhāve vipākoti attho.
170 “欲贪调伏、欲贪舍断”即指涅槃。因为依止涅槃,于诸欲的欲贪既被调伏,又被舍断,故涅槃被称为欲贪调伏及欲贪舍断。“或自己能遍知诸欲”是指自己将以三种遍知遍知诸欲。“为如性”是指为达如实之性。“如所行道”是指随顺彼道而修习者。显示巴利原文
170.Chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānanti nibbānaṃ. Nibbānañhi āgamma kāmesu chandarāgo vinīyati ceva pahīyati ca, tasmā nibbānaṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānanti ca vuttaṃ. Sāmaṃ vā kāme parijānissantīti sayaṃ vā te kāme tīhi pariññāhi parijānissanti. Tathattāyāti tathabhāvāya. Yathāpaṭipannoti yāya paṭipadāya paṭipanno.
171 所谓“刹帝利少女”等,是为了说明那些以广大而非狭小的善业取得结生的人,出生于能获得衣服、装饰等之处。“十五岁少女”即指十五岁的年纪。第二个词也是同理。为何选取年龄这一特征?是为了显示容貌的圆满。因为女人即使出生在贫苦家庭,到了此年龄,容貌也会逐渐变得明净;而男人则是在二十岁、二十五岁时才变得明净。“不过长”等,是说明无有六种缺陷的身相成就。“色光”即指肤色本身。显示巴利原文
171.Khattiyakaññāvātiādi aparittena vipulena kusalena gahitapaṭisandhikaṃ vatthālaṅkārādīni labhanaṭṭhāne nibbattaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Pannarasavassuddesikāti pannarasavassavayā. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. Vayapadesaṃ kasmā gaṇhāti? Vaṇṇasampattidassanatthaṃ. Mātugāmassa hi duggatakule nibbattassāpi etasmiṃ kāle thokaṃ thokaṃ vaṇṇāyatanaṃ pasīdati. Purisānaṃ pana vīsativassakāle pañcavīsativassakāle pasannaṃ hoti. Nātidīghātiādīhi chadosavirahitaṃ sarīrasampattiṃ dīpeti. Vaṇṇanibhāti vaṇṇoyeva.
“老迈”:指被衰老所摧残。“如椽曲”:如同弯曲的椽子一般弯曲。“已坏”:即已朽坏,这也表示其弯曲之状。“杖为皈依”:以杖为依靠,以杖为伴侣。“颤抖”:即身体震颤。“病苦”:受衰老之苦所折磨。“齿缺”:因年迈而牙齿缺损。“白发”:头发花白。“秃顶”:如同被人拔除了头发,头顶光秃。“头秃”:头顶极秃。“有皱纹”:面生皱纹。“斑点散布之身”:身上散布着黑白斑点。“有病”:即身患病。“受苦”:遭受痛苦。显示巴利原文
Jiṇṇanti jarājiṇṇaṃ. Gopānasivaṅkanti gopānasī viya vaṅkaṃ. Bhogganti bhaggaṃ, imināpissa vaṅkabhāvameva dīpeti. Daṇḍaparāyaṇanti daṇḍapaṭisaraṇaṃ daṇḍadutiyaṃ. Pavedhamānanti kampamānaṃ. Āturanti jarāturaṃ. Khaṇḍadantanti jiṇṇabhāvena khaṇḍitadantaṃ. Palitakesanti paṇḍarakesaṃ. Vilūnanti luñcitvā gahitakesaṃ viya khallāṭaṃ. Khalitasiranti mahākhallāṭasīsaṃ. Valinanti sañjātavaliṃ. Tilakāhatagattanti setakāḷatilakehi vikiṇṇasarīraṃ. Ābādhikanti byādhikaṃ. Dukkhitanti dukkhapattaṃ.
「重病」:病得极重。「弃于冢间」:被抛弃在荒芜的墓地。其余部分与《念处经》中所说相同。同样,这里也是以涅槃为欲贪的调伏。显示巴利原文
Bāḷhagilānanti adhimattagilānaṃ. Sivathikāya chaḍḍitanti āmakasusāne pātitaṃ. Sesamettha satipaṭṭhāne vuttameva. Idhāpi nibbānaṃyeva chandarāgavinayo.
173 「于彼时不为自己恼害」:在那个时候,他也不会为自己招致痛苦。「唯为无害」:即是纯然无苦的状态。显示巴利原文
173.Neva tasmiṃ samaye attabyābādhāyāti tasmiṃ samaye attanopi dukkhatthāya na ceteti. Abyābajjhaṃyevāti niddukkhameva .
174 「诸比丘,凡是受都是无常的」意思是:比丘们,因为受是无常的,所以此无常等特性就是受的过患。所谓「出离」,即如前文所说。显示巴利原文
174.Yaṃ, bhikkhave, vedanā aniccāti, bhikkhave, yasmā vedanā aniccā, tasmā ayaṃ aniccādiākārova vedanāya ādīnavoti attho, nissaraṇaṃ vuttappakāramevāti.
4. 《小苦蕴经》注释显示巴利原文
4. Cūḷadukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanā
175 “如是我闻”等开头,即是《小苦蕴经》。其中,“于释迦族中”指名为释迦族的地区。因该地区是释迦族王子们居住之处,故以释迦族为称。释迦族的起源,在《阿摩昼经》中已有叙述。“在迦毗罗卫城”:指这座名为迦毗罗卫的城市。该城因建于迦毗罗仙人的住处,故称迦毗罗卫,世尊以它为托钵行境。“在榕树园”:有一位名叫尼拘陀的释迦族人,亲族聚会时,世尊来到了迦毗罗卫,他便让人在自己的园林里建造了住所供养世尊,世尊即住于其中——这是它的含义。摩诃男是阿那律长老的兄弟,是世尊叔父的儿子。净饭、白饭、斛饭、甘露饭与甘饭,这五人是兄弟。一位名叫甘露妃的王后是他们的姐妹,帝沙长老是她的儿子。如来与难陀长老是净饭王之子,摩诃男与阿那律长老是白饭王之子。阿难长老是甘饭王之子,是世尊的堂弟。摩诃男年纪较长,是一位一来圣弟子。显示巴利原文
175.Evaṃme sutanti cūḷadukkhakkhandhasuttaṃ. Tattha sakkesūti evaṃnāmake janapade. So hi janapado sakyānaṃ rājakumārānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānattā sakyātveva saṅkhyaṃ gato. Sakyānaṃ pana uppatti ambaṭṭhasutte āgatāva. Kapilavatthusminti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tañhi kapilassa isino nivāsaṭṭhāne katattā kapilavatthūti vuttaṃ, taṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā. Nigrodhārāmeti nigrodho nāma sakko, so ñātisamāgamakāle kapilavatthuṃ āgate bhagavati attano ārāme vihāraṃ kāretvā bhagavato niyyātesi, tasmiṃ viharatīti attho. Mahānāmoti anuruddhattherassa bhātā bhagavato cuḷapituputto. Suddhodano sukkodano sakkodano dhotodano amitodanoti ime pañca janā bhātaro. Amitā nāma devī tesaṃ bhaginī. Tissatthero tassā putto. Tathāgato ca nandatthero ca suddhodanassa puttā, mahānāmo ca anuruddhatthero ca sukkodanassa. Ānandatthero amitodanassa, so bhagavato kaniṭṭho. Mahānāmo mahallakataro sakadāgāmī ariyasāvako.
“长期”:指从我证得一来果以来,于漫长的时间里我都了知——他这样表示。“贪法”:即名为贪的法,这是针对种种贪欲而说的。其余二者,也依此类推。“遍取后而住立”:意思是灭尽之后而住立。因为这种“遍取”,在“遍取所有象军、遍取所有马军、遍取所有车军、遍取所有步军后,将他活着释放”(《相应部》1.128)等处,是依“执取”义而出现;而在“诸比丘,修习并多修习无常想,能遍取一切欲贪”(《相应部》3.102)中,则是依“灭尽”义。此处也意在“灭尽”。因此说:“遍取已,即灭尽已。”显示巴利原文
Dīgharattanti mayhaṃ sakadāgāmiphaluppattito paṭṭhāya cirarattaṃ jānāmīti dasseti. Lobhadhammāti lobhasaṅkhātā dhammā, nānappakārakaṃ lobhaṃyeva sandhāya vadati. Itaresupi dvīsu eseva nayo. Pariyādāya tiṭṭhantīti khepetvā tiṭṭhanti. Idañhi pariyādānaṃ nāma ‘‘sabbaṃ hatthikāyaṃ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṃ assakāyaṃ sabbaṃ rathakāyaṃ sabbaṃ pattikāyaṃ pariyādiyitvā jīvantaṃyeva naṃ osajjeyya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.126) ettha gahaṇe āgataṃ. ‘‘Aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.102) ettha khepane. Idhāpi khepane adhippetaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pariyādiyitvāti khepetvā’’ti.
“即那些贪法等,有时也遍取我心而住立”:意为在某个时候,那些贪法等会遍取我的心而住立——他这样询问。据说这位国王当时有这样的想法:“以一来道,贪嗔痴应被无余断除。”他既知道自己的烦恼并未完全断除,又执取那未被完全断除的部分,而认为已被断除的烦恼以后还会现起。难道圣弟子会生起这样的疑惑吗?是的,会生起。为什么呢?因为对教理的不通达。对于“此烦恼为此道所断”这一教理不通达的圣弟子,确实会如此。难道他没有省察智吗?有。然而那种省察智并非在所有人中都圆满。有人只省察已断的烦恼,有人只省察剩余的烦恼,有人只省察道,有人只省察果,有人只省察涅槃。然而在这五种省察中,不获得一种或两种是不合适的。因此,对于那些省察不圆满者,由于对道所断烦恼的教理不通达,便会产生这样的疑惑。显示巴利原文
Yena me ekadā lobhadhammāpīti yena mayhaṃ ekekasmiṃ kāle lobhadhammāpi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhantīti pucchati. Ayaṃ kira rājā ‘‘sakadāgāmimaggena lobhadosamohā niravasesā pahīyantī’’ti saññī ahosi, ayaṃ ‘‘appahīnaṃ me atthī’’tipi jānāti, appahīnakaṃ upādāya pahīnakampi puna pacchatovāvattatīti saññī hoti. Ariyasāvakassa evaṃ sandeho uppajjatīti? Āma uppajjati. Kasmā? Paṇṇattiyā akovidattā. ‘‘Ayaṃ kileso asukamaggavajjho’’ti imissā paṇṇattiyā akovidassa hi ariyasāvakassapi evaṃ hoti. Kiṃ tassa paccavekkhaṇā natthīti? Atthi. Sā pana na sabbesaṃ paripuṇṇā hoti. Eko hi pahīnakilesameva paccavekkhati. Eko avasiṭṭhakilesameva, eko maggameva, eko phalameva, eko nibbānameva. Imāsu pana pañcasu paccavekkhaṇāsu ekaṃ vā dve vā no laddhuṃ na vaṭṭati. Iti yassa paccavekkhaṇā na paripuṇṇā, tassa maggavajjhakilesapaṇṇattiyaṃ akovidattā evaṃ hoti.
176 「即是彼之贪嗔痴」:那正是你自己的贪、嗔、痴——这是指出,贪、嗔、痴在你的心相续中并未断除,你却自以为已断除。「而彼」:指属于你的贪嗔痴法。「于诸欲」:指两种欲(事欲与烦恼欲)。「你若不享受」:意为你应当像我一样出家。显示巴利原文
176.Soeva kho teti soyeva lobho doso moho ca tava santāne appahīno, tvaṃ pana pahīnasaññī ahosīti dasseti. So ca hi teti so tuyhaṃ lobhadosamohadhammo. Kāmeti duvidhe kāme. Na paribhuñjeyyāsīti mayaṃ viya pabbajeyyāsīti dasseti.
177 「少味」:即微小的快乐。「多苦」:此处多现世与来世之苦。「多忧恼」:此处多现世与来世之忧恼。「过患」:即现世与来世的灾祸。「在此处更多」:在这些欲中,此过患实为更多。然而,其味道若与雪山相比,则如一粒芥子般微不足道。「即使摩诃男如此」:摩诃男啊,即使圣弟子如此。「如实」:按照事物真实状况。这表示他以正理、由因缘、以智慧清晰照见。「以慧」:这里指以观慧,也就是下述两种道的智慧。「他」:指那位以两种道照见欲之过患的圣弟子。「喜乐」:在此表示两种有喜的禅那。「或其他较此更寂静者」:指更比那两种禅那寂静的其他,即更上的两种禅那与两种道。「他尚非于欲不回转」:因此,那位安住于两种道的圣弟子,由于尚未证得更高的禅那或道,在欲乐中还不能完全不回转;不回转即不再转向欲乐。若回转,则仍会转向。何以故?因为四种禅那尚未以镇伏断予以断除,两种道也尚未以正断予以彻底断除。显示巴利原文
177.Appassādāti parittasukhā. Bahudukkhāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikadukkhamevettha bahukaṃ. Bahupāyāsāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyiko upāyāsakilesoyevettha bahu. Ādīnavoti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyiko upaddavo. Ettha bhiyyoti etesu kāmesu ayaṃ ādīnavoyeva bahu. Assādo pana himavantaṃ upanidhāya sāsapo viya appo, parittako. Iti cepi mahānāmāti mahānāma evaṃ cepi ariyasāvakassa. Yathābhūtanti yathāsabhāvaṃ. Sammā nayena kāraṇena paññāya suṭṭhu diṭṭhaṃ hotīti dasseti. Tattha paññāyāti vipassanāpaññāya, heṭṭhāmaggadvayañāṇenāti attho. Socāti so eva maggadvayena diṭṭhakāmādīnavo ariyasāvako. Pītisukhanti iminā sappītikāni dve jhānāni dasseti. Aññaṃ vā tato santataranti tato jhānadvayato santataraṃ aññaṃ uparijhānadvayañceva maggadvayañca. Neva tāva anāvaṭṭī kāmesu hotīti atha kho so dve magge paṭivijjhitvā ṭhitopi ariyasāvako upari jhānānaṃ vā maggānaṃ vā anadhigatattā neva tāva kāmesu anāvaṭṭī hoti, anāvaṭṭino anābhogo na hoti. Āvaṭṭino sābhogoyeva hoti. Kasmā? Catūhi jhānehi vikkhambhanappahānassa, dvīhi maggehi samucchedappahānassa abhāvā.
「于我亦同」:并非仅你如此,我也是如此。「于正觉之前」:即在证得道正觉的更早之前。「已以慧善见」:这里指以能断除烦恼的智慧而善见。「未获得喜乐」:未证得两种有喜的禅那。「或其他较此更寂静者」:指更上的两种禅那与四种道。「我了知」:我完全了知。显示巴利原文
Mayhampikhoti na kevalaṃ tuyheva, atha kho mayhampi. Pubbeva sambodhāti maggasambodhito paṭhamatarameva. Paññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ hotīti ettha orodhanāṭakā pajahanapaññā adhippetā. Pītisukhaṃ nājjhagamanti sappītikāni dve jhānāni na paṭilabhiṃ. Aññaṃ vā tato santataranti idha upari jhānadvayaṃ ceva cattāro ca maggā adhippetā. Paccaññāsinti paṭiaññāsiṃ.
179 “摩诃男,一时……”:这段教导为何而发起?这是一个单独的衔接。前面已开示了欲的味与过患,而未说离欲。为了开示离欲,才发起这段教说。因为沉溺欲乐是一边,自我折磨是另一边,为了以果等至为引领,开示“从这两边解脱,方为我的教法”这全部教说,由此而发起。显示巴利原文
179.Ekamidāhaṃ mahānāma samayanti kasmā āraddhaṃ? Ayaṃ pāṭiyekko anusandhi. Heṭṭhā kāmānaṃ assādopi ādīnavopi kathito , nissaraṇaṃ na kathitaṃ, taṃ kathetuṃ ayaṃ desanā āraddhā. Kāmasukhallikānuyogo hi eko anto attakilamathānuyogo ekoti imehi antehi muttaṃ mama sāsananti upari phalasamāpattisīsena sakalasāsanaṃ dassetumpi ayaṃ desanā āraddhā.
“在鹫峰山”:那座山有一座如秃鹫的山峰,因此称为鹫峰。又因为秃鹫栖居山峰,也称鹫峰。“在仙吞山侧”:即在仙吞山的侧面。“在黑岩上”:指在黑色的石板岩上。“他们成为直立者”:他们始终直立,不坐下。“由自苦行而生者”:指由于站立等自身努力所生的苦受。他们无法说出别的原因,便将之归于尼干陀,“尼干陀,贤友啊”。“他是全知者、全见者”:意为“我们的这位导师知见过去、未来、现在的一切”。“他自称有无余的智见”:即我们的这位导师,自称有……显示巴利原文
Gijjhakūṭe pabbateti tassa pabbatassa gijjhasadisaṃ kūṭaṃ atthi, tasmā gijjhakūṭoti vuccati. Gijjhā vā tassa kūṭesu nivasantītipi gijjhakūṭoti vuccati. Isigilipasseti isigilipabbatassa passe. Kāḷasilāyanti kāḷavaṇṇe piṭṭhipāsāṇe. Ubbhaṭṭhakā hontīti uddhaṃyeva ṭhitakā honti anisinnā. Opakkamikāti ubbhaṭṭhakādinā attano upakkamena nibbattitā. Nigaṇṭho, āvusoti aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ vattuṃ asakkontā nigaṇṭhassa upari pakkhipiṃsu. Sabbaññū sabbadassāvīti so amhākaṃ satthā atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ sabbaṃ jānāti passatīti dasseti. Aparisesaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paṭijānātīti so amhākaṃ satthā aparisesaṃ dhammaṃ jānanto aparisesasaṅkhātaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paṭijānāti, paṭijānanto ca evaṃ paṭijānāti ‘‘carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca…pe… paccupaṭṭhita’’nti. Tattha satatanti niccaṃ. Samitanti tasseva vevacanaṃ.
180 “贤友,你们尼干陀难道不知道‘只有这么多苦被消尽’吗?”此处世尊表示:一个人做了什么,他应当知道那事。如同借了二十钱币的债,还了十钱后,知道“我已还十,尚欠十”;全部还后,知道“全部已还”。又如收割田地三分之一后,知道“已割一分,尚余二分”;再割一分,知道“已割二分,尚余一分”;那一分也割完,知道“全部完成”。如此,于一切事中了知已作与未作,你们尼干陀也应当这样了知。“为断除不善法”:以此他问道:“在你们的教法中,可有能断除不善、修习善法、达到清净的尼干陀?”显示巴利原文
180.Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, nigaṇṭhā jānātha ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇanti idaṃ bhagavā puriso nāma yaṃ karoti, taṃ jānāti. Vīsatikahāpaṇe iṇaṃ gahetvā dasa datvā ‘‘dasa me dinnā dasa avasiṭṭhā’’ti jānāti, tepi datvā ‘‘sabbaṃ dinna’’nti jānāti. Khettassa tatiyabhāgaṃ lāyitvā ‘‘eko bhāgo lāyito, dve avasiṭṭhā’’ti jānāti. Puna ekaṃ lāyitvā ‘‘dve lāyitā, eko avasiṭṭho’’ti jānāti. Tasmimpi lāyite ‘‘sabbaṃ niṭṭhita’’nti jānāti, evaṃ sabbakiccesu katañca akatañca jānāti, tumhehipi tathā ñātabbaṃ siyāti dasseti. Akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānanti iminā akusalaṃ pahāya kusalaṃ bhāvetvā suddhantaṃ patto nigaṇṭho nāma tumhākaṃ sāsane atthīti pucchati.
“当如此存在时”:此指当你们正处于这般无知的状态时。
“残忍”:指行为残忍、凶暴的人。
“血手”:杀害有情、断人生命,因而双手沾血者。即使杀生时手未沾血,也称为“血手”。
“粗恶业者”:指行暴恶业之人。即是对母亲、父亲,以及对如法的沙门、婆罗门等造罪者。或指捕鹿者等从事粗猛行业的人。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ santeti tumhākaṃ evaṃ ajānanabhāve sati. Luddāti luddācārā. Lohitapāṇinoti pāṇe jīvitā voropentā lohitena makkhitapāṇino. Pāṇaṃ hi hanantassapi yassa lohitena pāṇi na makkhiyati , sopi lohitapāṇītveva vuccati. Kurūrakammantāti dāruṇakammā. Mātari pitari dhammikasamaṇabrāhmaṇādīsu ca katāparādhā. Māgavikādayo vā kakkhaḷakammā.
“朋友乔达摩,并非如此”:尼干陀们心里想:“他这是在指出我们教义中的过失,我们也来把他的过失安回去。”于是便开始了这样的言论。它的意思是:“朋友乔达摩,像你们这样披着上等衣服,吃着精米肉饭,住在如同天宫般美丽的香室里,靠着安乐去达到安乐,不可能是这样靠着安乐就能达到安乐的。而像我们这样,通过蹲踞精勤等种种方式来体验苦,应该是这样靠苦去达到安乐的。”
“再者,朋友,如果由乐”:这句话是说,如果可由乐而达至乐,那么国王也应该能达至——这是为了显示这个道理而说的。其中,“摩揭陀”指摩揭陀国的统治者。“希尼耶”是他的名字。“宾比”是身体。据说,那位国王由于身相圆满、美丽庄严,由这身体成就,便得名为“频婆娑罗”。“更安乐住”:尼干陀们这是针对国王在三座宫殿里,与三种年龄的舞女们一起享受成就而说的。“必定”:指决定无疑。“轻率、未加思择”:指轻率而为,没有仔细省察。就像被贪染的人因为贪欲而说话,被瞋怒的人因为瞋恚而说话,被愚痴的人因为愚痴而说话一样,显示了这些话正是这样未经审察而说出的。显示巴利原文
Na kho, āvuso, gotamāti idaṃ nigaṇṭhā ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ vāde dosaṃ deti, mayampissa dosaṃ āropemā’’ti maññamānā ārabhiṃsu. Tassattho, ‘‘āvuso, gotama yathā tumhe paṇītacīvarāni dhārentā sālimaṃsodanaṃ bhuñjantā devavimānavaṇṇāya gandhakuṭiyā vasamānā sukhena sukhaṃ adhigacchatha, na evaṃ sukhena sukhaṃ adhigantabbaṃ. Yathā pana mayaṃ ukkuṭikappadhānādīhi nānappakāraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavāma, evaṃ dukkhena sukhaṃ adhigantabba’’nti. Sukhena ca hāvusoti idaṃ sace sukhena ca sukhaṃ adhigantabbaṃ siyā. Rājā adhigaccheyyāti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ . Tattha māgadhoti magadharaṭṭhassa issaro. Seniyoti tassa nāmaṃ. Bimbīti attabhāvassa nāmaṃ. So tassa sārabhūto dassanīyo pāsādiko attabhāvasamiddhiyā bimbisāroti vuccati. Sukhavihāritaroti idaṃ te nigaṇṭhā rañño tīsu pāsādesu tividhavayehi nāṭakehi saddhiṃ sampattianubhavanaṃ sandhāya vadanti. Addhāti ekaṃsena. Sahasā appaṭisaṅkhāti sāhasaṃ katvā, appaccavekkhitvāva yathā ratto rāgavasena duṭṭho dosavasena mūḷho mohavasena bhāsati, evamevaṃ vācā bhāsitāti dasseti.
“对此我将反问”:即我将就此事发问。
“依你们所乐许”:即依你们所满意的方式。
“能”:指能够做到。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭipucchissāmīti tasmiṃ atthe pucchissāmi. Yathā vo khameyyāti yathā tumhākaṃ rucceyya. Pahotīti sakkoti.
“不动摇”:指不被摇动、安住不动。“领受纯一之乐”:指领受无间断的乐。“朋友,尼干陀们,我能……领受纯一之乐”:他说这句话,是为了显示自己于果等至中的乐。在这里,为了确立议题,在涉及国王的回合中,是以“七”为起点来提问的。因为若说“七日七夜都不够”,便可接着以“六、五、四”来追问其乐。但在纯粹的回合中,若已说了“七”,接着又被问及“六、五、四”,便成了平常之事,所以以“一”为开始来进行教导。其余各处,义理浅显易明。显示巴利原文
Aniñjamānoti acalamāno. Ekantasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedīti nirantarasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedī. ‘‘Ahaṃ kho , āvuso, nigaṇṭhā pahomi…pe… ekantasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedī’’ti idaṃ attano phalasamāpattisukhaṃ dassento āha. Ettha ca kathāpatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ rājavāre satta ādiṃ katvā pucchā katā. Satta rattindivāni nappahotīti hi vutte cha pañca cattārīti sukhaṃ pucchituṃ hoti. Suddhavāre pana sattāti vutte puna cha pañca cattārīti vuccamānaṃ anacchariyaṃ hoti, tasmā ekaṃ ādiṃ katvā desanā katā. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
五、《推量经》解释显示巴利原文
5. Anumānasuttavaṇṇanā
181 “如是我闻”等,即是《推量经》。其中,“于跋祇中”:指在一个名为跋祇的地域,其词义可依前文所说而了知。“于苏苏马罗山”:指在一个名为苏苏马罗山的城中。据说,在为该城勘察地基之日,附近一水池中有鳄鱼发出声响,发出吼声。城市建成后,便将此城命名为“苏苏马罗山”。“于有怖林”:指在一个名为有怖的林中,也有读作“有怖伽罗林”的。“于鹿野苑”:那片森林所在之处,是施予鹿、鸟无畏之地,故称“鹿野苑”。显示巴利原文
181.Evaṃme sutanti anumānasuttaṃ. Tattha bhaggesūti evaṃnāmake janapade, vacanattho panettha vuttānusāreneva veditabbo. Susumāragireti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tassa kira nagarassa vatthupariggahadivase avidūre udakarahade suṃsumāro saddamakāsi, giraṃ nicchāresi. Atha nagare niṭṭhite suṃsumāragiraṃ tvevassa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Bhesakaḷāvaneti bhesakaḷānāmake vane. ‘‘Bhesagaḷāvane’’tipi pāṭho. Migadāyeti taṃ vanaṃ migapakkhīnaṃ abhayadinnaṭṭhāne jātaṃ, tasmā migadāyoti vuccati.
“使发起”:指让人生起希望。“让他们说”:是通过教诫与教授的方式让他们说,意为让他们教导。“我应被说”:指我应被你们说,应受教导、应受教授。“而他成为难说者”:指他难以被说,被说时不能忍受。“以造成难说性的诸法”:指以导致难以劝谏的、后文将出的十六种法。“不顺受教导者”:指当被说时,他如此说道:“你们为何说我?我自知适宜与不适宜、有罪与无罪、有意义与无意义。”他不以右绕的方式接受教导,而以左绕的方式接受,故称不顺受教导者。显示巴利原文
Pavāretīti icchāpeti. Vadantūti ovādānusāsanivasena vadantu, anusāsantūti attho. Vacanīyomhīti ahaṃ tumhehi vattabbo, anusāsitabbo ovaditabboti attho. So ca hoti dubbacoti so ca dukkhena vattabbo hoti, vutto na sahati. Dovacassakaraṇehīti dubbacabhāvakārakehi upari āgatehi soḷasahi dhammehi. Appadakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaninti yo hi vuccamāno tumhe maṃ kasmā vadatha, ahaṃ attano kappiyākappiyaṃ sāvajjānavajjaṃ atthānatthaṃ jānāmīti vadati. Ayaṃ anusāsaniṃ padakkhiṇato na gaṇhāti, vāmato gaṇhāti, tasmā appadakkhiṇaggāhīti vuccati.
「邪恶欲求」:指低劣的、对不存在之事的希求。「抵触」:指成为反对者,站在对立面。「排斥」:是这样打击对方:“你一个愚痴、不明事理之人,有什么可说?你竟然以为自己也有资格说话?”「反责」:是这样反责:“你也犯了名为某条的罪,你应该先处理那个!”显示巴利原文
Pāpikānaṃ icchānanti lāmakānaṃ asantasambhavanapatthanānaṃ. Paṭippharatīti paṭiviruddho, paccanīko hutvā tiṭṭhati, apasādetīti kiṃ nu kho tuyhaṃ bālassa abyattassa bhaṇitena, tvampi nāma bhaṇitabbaṃ maññissasīti evaṃ ghaṭṭeti. Paccāropetīti, tvampi khosi itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ tāva paṭikarohīti evaṃ paṭiāropeti.
「以其他掩盖其他」:指用一种理由或言词来遮掩另一种理由或言词。当被告知“你犯了罪”时,他便说:“谁犯罪?犯什么罪?在何处犯罪?你们在说谁?在说什么?”当被问“你见过任何这样的事情吗?”时,他便附耳过去说:“我听不见。”「把话题引向外部」:当被问“你犯了名为某某的罪”时,他回答:“我去了华氏城。”随后被告知:“我们不是问你去华氏城的事,而是问你的罪。”他便说:“从那里我去了王舍城。”或者说:“去婆罗门家吧,你犯了罪。”进而又说:“在那里我得到了猪肉。”像这样以种种言语将话题向外岔开。显示巴利原文
Aññenaññaṃ paṭicaratīti aññena kāraṇena vacanena vā aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ vacanaṃ vā paṭicchādeti. ‘‘Āpattiṃ āpannosī’’ti vutte ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti vā vadati. ‘‘Evarūpaṃ kiñci tayā diṭṭha’’nti vutte ‘‘na suṇāmī’’ti sotaṃ vā upaneti. Bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmetīti ‘‘itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpannosī’’ti puṭṭho ‘‘pāṭaliputtaṃ gatomhī’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘na tava pāṭaliputtagamanaṃ pucchāma, āpattiṃ pucchāmā’’ti vutte ‘‘tato rājagehaṃ gatomhī’’ti, rājagehaṃ vā yāhi brāhmaṇagehaṃ vā, āpattiṃ āpannosīti. Tattha me sūkaramaṃsaṃ laddhantiādīni vadanto kathaṃ bahiddhā vikkhipati.
「事迹」:指关于自己行迹的事情。「不能详尽」:贤友,当被问到“你住在哪里?依止谁而住?”或者当你声称“我见到此人犯戒”时,便问他:“你那时在做什么?此人在做什么?你身在何处?他又在何处?”以种种方式询问其行迹时,他无法详尽地叙述出来。显示巴利原文
Apadāneti attano cariyāya. Na sampāyatīti, āvuso, tvaṃ kuhiṃ vasasi, kaṃ nissāya vasasīti vā, yaṃ tvaṃ vadesi ‘‘mayā esa āpattiṃ āpajjanno diṭṭho’’ti. Tvaṃ tasmiṃ samaye kiṃ karosi, ayaṃ kiṃ karoti, kattha vā tvaṃ acchasi kattha vā ayantiādinā nayena cariyaṃ puṭṭho sampādetvā kathetuṃ na sakkoti.
183 「于此,贤友」:意为贤友,在那十六种法中。 「应当自己如此推度自己」:是指应当自己如此推度自己、衡量自己、裁决自己。显示巴利原文
183.Tatrāvusoti , āvuso, tesu soḷasasu dhammesu. Attanāva attānaṃ evaṃ anuminitabbanti evaṃ attanāva attā anumetabbo tuletabbo tīretabbo.
184 「应观察」:指应被观察。 「日夜修学者」:即无论白昼还是黑夜都修学的人,也就是日夜于善法修学的人,应当只让喜与欢悦生起。显示巴利原文
184.Paccavekkhitabbanti paccavekkhitabbo. Ahorattānusikkhināti divāpi rattimpi sikkhantena, ratiñca divā ca kusalesu dhammesu sikkhantena pītipāmojjameva uppādetabbanti attho.
「于清澄的水器中」:指在清澈的盛水器皿里。 「面容相」:即面部的倒影。 「尘」:指外来之垢。 「污点」:指在那上面长出的痣、斑点或脓疱。 「断除所有这些恶不善法」——以此说明了全部的舍断。如何说明呢?当生起如此的审察:“这些不善法并不适合出家人”,这便是审察舍断。以戒为立足,着手遍作而成就八等至者,这便是镇伏舍断。以等至为立足,增进观智者,这便是彼分舍断。在增进观智之后修习圣道者,这便是正断舍断。到达果位时,是止息舍断;到达涅槃时,是出离舍断。如此,这部经中确实说明了全部的舍断。显示巴利原文
Acche vā udakapatteti pasanne vā udakabhājane. Mukhanimittanti mukhapaṭibimbaṃ. Rajanti āgantukarajaṃ. Aṅgaṇanti tattha jātakaṃ tilakaṃ vā piḷakaṃ vā. Sabbepime pāpake akusale dhamme pahīneti iminā sabbappahānaṃ kathesi. Kathaṃ? Ettakā akusalā dhammā pabbajitassa nānucchavikāti paṭisaṅkhānaṃ uppādayato hi paṭisaṅkhānappahānaṃkathitaṃ hoti. Sīlaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā kasiṇaparikammaṃ ārabhitvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattentassa vikkhambhanappahānaṃ kathitaṃ. Samāpattiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhentassa tadaṅgappahānaṃ kathitaṃ. Vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā maggaṃ bhāventassa samucchedappahānaṃ kathitaṃ. Phale āgate paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ, nibbāne āgate nissaraṇappahānanti evaṃ imasmiṃ sutte sabbappahānaṃ kathitaṃva hoti.
据古德所言,此经名为“比丘巴帝摩卡”。每日应三时省察。清晨入住处坐定,当省察:“如此种种烦恼,于我心内,是有是无?”若见有,则应精勤舍断;若不见有,则应欢喜思惟:“我是善出家者。”饭食已毕,于夜间住处或日间住处坐定,亦当省察。傍晚于住处坐定,亦当省察。若不能三时,则应二时省察;若二时亦不能,务必一时省察。据说决不可不省察。余处文义明显。显示巴利原文
Idañhi suttaṃ bhikkhupātimokkhaṃ nāmāti porāṇā vadanti. Idaṃ divasassa tikkhattuṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Pāto eva vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pavisitvā nisinnena ‘‘ime ettakā kilesā atthi nu kho mayhaṃ natthī’’ti paccavekkhitabbā. Sace atthīti passati, tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ. No ce passati, supabbajitosmīti attamanena bhavitabbaṃ. Bhattakiccaṃ katvā rattiṭṭhāne vā divāṭṭhāne vā nisīditvāpi paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Sāyaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne nisīditvāpi paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Tikkhattuṃ asakkontena dve vāre paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Dve vāre asakkontena pana avassaṃ ekavāraṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ, appaccavekkhituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
《心荒芜经》注释显示巴利原文
6. Cetokhilasuttavaṇṇanā
185 185. 如是我闻:《心荒芜经》。其中,“心荒芜”指心的僵硬状态、心的秽恶状态、心的桩柱状态。“心的系缚”:系缚于心,如握掌中而捉持,故称心的系缚。“增长”等:依戒而有增长,依道而有发育,依涅槃而有广博;或依戒与定而有增长,依观道而有发育,依果与涅槃而有广博。“于导师疑惑”:指对导师之身相或功德生疑。若对身相生疑,则思:“具足三十二大人相妙相庄严之身,为有为无?”若对功德生疑,则思:“知过去、未来、现在一切之智,为有为无?”“疑惑”:思虑而困苦,陷于痛苦,不能决断。“不信解”:于“如是”不能获得胜解。“不净信”:不能深入功德,不能以无疑之态净信,不能变得澄净。“为热勤”:为令烦恼炽燃而起之精进。“为修习”:为反复修习。“为相续”:为持续不断之修行。“为策励”:为策励自身。此为第一种心荒芜,即由对导师之疑构成的第一种心僵硬状态。对于此比丘,它尚未被断除。“于法”:对教法及证法之疑惑。若于教法生疑,闻“三藏佛语,八万四千法蕴”,便疑:“显示巴利原文
185.Evaṃme sutanti cetokhilasuttaṃ. Tattha cetokhilāti cittassa thaddhabhāvā kacavarabhāvā khāṇukabhāvā. Cetaso vinibandhāti cittaṃ bandhitvā muṭṭhiyaṃ katvā viya gaṇhantīti cetaso vinibandhā. Vuddhintiādīsu sīlena vuddhiṃ, maggena viruḷhiṃ, nibbānena vepullaṃ. Sīlasamādhīhi vā vuddhiṃ, vipassanāmaggehi viruḷhiṃ, phalanibbānehi vepullaṃ. Satthari kaṅkhatīti satthu sarīre vā guṇe vā kaṅkhati. Sarīre kaṅkhamāno dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇappaṭimaṇḍitaṃ nāma sarīraṃ atthi nu kho natthīti kaṅkhati, guṇe kaṅkhamāno atītānāgatapaccuppannajānanasamatthaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ atthi nu kho natthīti kaṅkhati. Vicikicchatīti vicinanto kicchati, dukkhaṃ āpajjati, vinicchetuṃ na sakkoti. Nādhimuccatīti evametanti adhimokkhaṃ na paṭilabhati. Na sampasīdatīti guṇesu otaritvā nibbicikicchabhāvena pasīdituṃ, anāvilo bhavituṃ na sakkoti. Ātappāyāti kilesasantāpakavīriyakaraṇatthāya. Anuyogāyāti punappunaṃ yogāya. Sātaccāyāti satatakiriyāya padhānāyāti padahanatthāya. Ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhiloti ayaṃ satthari vicikicchāsaṅkhāto paṭhamo cittassa thaddhabhāvo, evametassa bhikkhuno appahīno hoti. Dhammeti pariyattidhamme ca paṭivedhadhamme ca. Pariyattidhamme kaṅkhamāno, tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ caturāsīti dhammakkhandhasahassānīti vadanti, atthi nu kho etaṃ natthīti kaṅkhati. Paṭivedhadhamme kaṅkhamāno vipassanānissando maggo nāma, magganissando phalaṃ nāma, sabbasaṅkhārapaṭinissaggo nibbānaṃ nāmāti vadanti. Taṃ atthi nu kho natthīti kaṅkhati. Saṅghe kaṅkhatīti suppaṭipannotiādīnaṃ padānaṃ vasena evarūpaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipannā cattāro maggaṭṭhā cattāro phalaṭṭhāti aṭṭhannaṃ puggalānaṃ samūhabhūto saṅgho nāma, so atthi nu kho natthīti kaṅkhati. Sikkhāya kaṅkhamāno adhisīlasikkhā nāma adhicittasikkhā nāma adhipaññāsikkhā nāmāti vadanti. Sā atthi nu kho natthīti kaṅkhati. Ayaṃ pañcamoti ayaṃ sabrahmacārīsu kopasaṅkhāto pañcamo cittassa thaddhabhāvo kacavarabhāvo khāṇukabhāvo.
186 关于心的系缚:“于欲”指事欲及烦恼欲二者。“于身”指于自己之身。“于色”指于外在之色法。“随所欲”:随其所欲,取用多少。“满腹”:以食填满腹中。为不令腹部空损,故称“满腹”。“床座乐”:指床座之安乐,或气候适宜之安乐。“侧卧乐”:犹如辗转侧卧而眠之人,依右胁或左胁卧所生之安乐。“睡眠乐”:睡眠之安乐。“致力”:专心投入其中而安住。显示巴利原文
186. Vinibandhesu kāmeti vatthukāmepi kilesakāmepi. Kāyeti attano kāye. Rūpeti bahiddhā rūpe. Yāvadatthanti yattakaṃ icchati, tattakaṃ. Udarāvadehakanti udarapūraṃ. Tañhi udaraṃ avadehanato udarāvadehakanti vuccati. Seyyasukhanti mañcapīṭhasukhaṃ, utusukhaṃ vā. Passasukhanti yathā samparivattakaṃ sayantassa dakkhiṇapassavāmapassānaṃ sukhaṃ hoti, evaṃ uppannasukhaṃ. Middhasukhanti niddāsukhaṃ. Anuyuttoti yuttapayutto viharati.
“发愿”意为已发愿、已渴望。在“以戒”等词中,“戒”指四遍净戒,“禁”指受持禁制,“苦行”指修习苦行,“梵行”指远离淫欲。“我将成为天神”指将成为有大威力的天神;“或成为某一类天神”指成为少威力天神中的一种。显示巴利原文
Paṇidhāyāti patthayitvā. Sīlenātiādīsu sīlanti catupārisuddhisīlaṃ. Vatanti vatasamādānaṃ. Tapoti tapacaraṇaṃ. Brahmacariyanti methunavirati. Devo vā bhavissāmīti mahesakkhadevo vā bhavissāmi. Devaññataro vāpi appesakkhadevesu vā aññataro.
189 189. 四神足中,依“欲”而生起的定,名为“欲定”;作为精勤的诸行,名为“精勤行”。“具足”即具备那些法。神变之足,或因神变而成足,故称“神足”。对其余三者,亦同此理,此处仅为略说。广说则见于《神足分别》,其义理也在《清净道论》中阐明。如此,以这四种神足说明了镇伏断。第五“奋进”,即指于一切处皆当修作之精进。“具足奋进十五支”:舍断五种心荒芜、舍断五种心系缚,再加四种神足——如此便与奋进一同具足十五支。“堪能”指相应、适当。“为彻底破坏”即以智慧破坏烦恼。“为通达”指通达四道。“为证得最上”即最殊胜。“安稳处”即从四种轭中获得安稳的阿拉汉果。“为获得”即达到、得到。“犹如”是表譬喻的介词,或是表推度的“pīti”一词;这两者都表达“正如那样,比丘们”的意思。显示巴利原文
189. Iddhipādesu chandaṃ nissāya pavatto samādhi chandasamādhi. Padhānabhūtā saṅkhārā padhānasaṅkhārā. Samannāgatanti tehi dhammehi upetaṃ. Iddhiyā pādaṃ, iddhibhūtaṃ vā pādanti iddhipādaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo, ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana iddhipādavibhaṅge āgato yeva. Visuddhimaggepissa attho dīpito. Iti imehi catūhi iddhipādehi vikkhambhanappahānaṃ kathitaṃ. Ussoḷhīyeva pañcamīti ettha ussoḷhīti sabbattha kattabbavīriyaṃ dasseti. Ussoḷhīpannarasaṅgasamannāgatoti pañca cetokhilappahānāni pañca vinibandhappahānāni cattāro iddhipādā ussoḷhīti evaṃ ussoḷhiyā saddhiṃ pannarasahi aṅgehi samannāgato. Bhabboti anurūpo, anucchaviko. Abhinibbhidāyāti ñāṇena kilesabhedāya. Sambodhāyāti catumaggasambodhāya. Anuttarassāti seṭṭhassa. Yogakkhemassāti catūhi yogehi khemassa arahattassa. Adhigamāyāti paṭilābhāya. Seyyathāti opammatthe nipāto. Pīti sambhāvanatthe. Ubhayenapi seyyathāpi nāma, bhikkhaveti dasseti .
“母鸡的蛋有八枚、十枚或十二枚”这一句,虽然实际母鸡所生的蛋可能少于或多于此数,但为了语言顺畅才这样说,因为世间语言如此表达才顺口。“它们应该有”意思是那些蛋应当存在。“母鸡正确卧孵它们”:指那生它们的母鸡展开双翅,伏卧在蛋上,这就叫作正确卧孵。“正确暖育”:时时让蛋感受适宜的温度,围绕它们好好地暖着,令其得到温暖之气。“正确培护”:时时围绕它们好好地抚育,让它们浸染母鸡的气味。即使那母鸡以这三种方式不放逸地去做,虽然不一定会生起这样的愿望,然而那些雏鸡还是能按照所说的方法安稳地破壳而出。因为那些蛋被母鸡以这三种方式守护,便不会腐坏;蛋里的湿气也会耗尽;蛋壳变薄;脚爪尖和嘴喙变硬;它们自行成熟。因为蛋壳变薄,外面的光透入里面,所以雏鸡心想:“我们长久蜷缩手脚,住在拥挤狭窄的地方;现在看到外面有光,这里将会有安乐住处了。”于是它们生起想出壳的心,用脚拍击蛋壳,伸长脖子,于是蛋壳裂成两半。接着,它们振动翅膀,发出那一刻的啾啾叫声,安然出壳;出壳后它们游行于村落田间,处处增添光彩。显示巴利原文
Kukkuṭiyāaṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vāti ettha pana kiñcāpi kukkuṭiyā vuttappakārato ūnādhikānipi aṇḍāni honti, vacanasiliṭṭhatāya pana evaṃ vuttaṃ. Evañhi loke siliṭṭhaṃ vacanaṃ hoti. Tānassūti tāni assu, bhaveyyunti attho. Kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitānīti tāya janettiyā kukkuṭiyā pakkhe pasāretvā tesaṃ upari sayantiyā sammā adhisayitāni. Sammā pariseditānīti kālena kālaṃ utuṃ gāhāpentiyā suṭṭhu samantato seditāni usmīkatāni. Sammā paribhāvitānīti kālena kālaṃ suṭṭhu samantato bhāvitāni, kukkuṭagandhaṃ gāhāpitānīti attho. Kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyāti tassā kukkuṭiyā imaṃ tividhakiriyākaraṇena appamādaṃ katvā kiñcāpi na evaṃ icchā uppajjeyya. Atha kho bhabbāva teti atha kho te kukkuṭapotakā vuttanayena sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṃ bhabbāva. Te hi yasmā tāya kukkuṭiyā evaṃ tīhākārehi tāni aṇḍāni paripālīyamānāni na pūtīni honti. Yopi nesaṃ allasineho, sopi pariyādānaṃ gacchati, kapālaṃ tanukaṃ hoti, pādanakhasikhā ca mukhatuṇḍakañca kharaṃ hoti, sayaṃ paripākaṃ gacchati, kapālassa tanuttā bahi āloko anto paññāyati, tasmā ‘‘ciraṃ vata mayaṃ saṅkuṭitahatthapādā sambādhe sayimhā, ayañca bahi āloko dissati, ettha dāni no sukhavihāro bhavissatī’’ti nikkhamitukāmā hutvā kapālaṃ pādena paharanti, gīvaṃ pasārenti, tato taṃ kapālaṃ dvedhā bhijjati. Atha te pakkhe vidhunantā taṅkhaṇānurūpaṃ viravantā nikkhamantiyeva, nikkhamitvā ca gāmakkhettaṃ upasobhayamānā vicaranti.
「正是如此」这句话,是将譬喻与义理配合起来说明。应当这样结合义理来理解:正如那只母鸡对蛋所做的三类行为,这位比丘也具足「奋迅十五支」。由于母鸡完成三类行为,蛋便不会腐坏;同样,具足十五支的比丘因成就了三种随观,他的观智也就不会退失。由于母鸡的三类行为,蛋中的湿气被耗尽;同样,那位比丘通过成就三种随观,便耗尽了对三有深处的爱染湿气。那些蛋壳变薄,就好比这位比丘的「无明卵壳」变薄。雏鸡的脚爪与嘴喙变得坚硬锐利,就好比这位比丘的观智变得锐利、猛利、清净、勇健。雏鸡成熟的时节,也就是那位比丘的观智成熟、增长、入于「胎观」的时节。应当知道,当雏鸡用脚爪尖或嘴喙啄破蛋壳、振拍翅膀安稳出壳的时节,就等于那位比丘:他摄持观智之胎而游行后,遇到了适合的时节、适合的食物、适合的人、适合的听法因缘,便在一座之上增长观智,以次第证得的阿拉汉道破开无明蛋壳,展开神通的翅膀,安稳地证得阿拉汉果。再者,就像母鸡知道雏鸡已经成熟,便主动啄破蛋壳;同样,对于那样的比丘,世尊知道他智慧成熟,便以偈颂——显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti idaṃ opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. Taṃ evaṃ atthena saṃsandetvā veditabbaṃ – tassā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyākaraṇaṃ viya hi imassa bhikkhuno ussoḷhīpannarasehi aṅgehi samannāgatabhāvo. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyāsampādanena aṇḍānaṃ apūtibhāvo viya pannarasaṅgasamannāgatassa bhikkhuno tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa aparihāni. Tassā tividhakiriyākaraṇena aṇḍānaṃ allasinehapariyādānaṃ viya tassa bhikkhuno tividhānupassanāsampādanena bhavattayānugatanikantisinehapariyādānaṃ . Aṇḍakalāpānaṃ tanubhāvo viya bhikkhuno avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvo. Kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pādanakhamutuṇḍakānaṃ thaddhakharabhāvo viya bhikkhuno vipassanāñāṇassa tikkhakharavippasannasūrabhāvo. Kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pariṇāmakālo viya bhikkhuno vipassanāñāṇassa pariṇāmakālo vaḍḍhitakālo gabbhaggahaṇakālo. Kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā pakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā abhinikkhamanakālo viya tassa bhikkhuno vipassanāñāṇagabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā vicarantassa tajjātikaṃ utusappāyaṃ vā bhojanasappāyaṃ vā puggalasappāyaṃ vā dhammassavanasappāyaṃ vā labhitvā ekāsane nisinnasseva vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhentassa anupubbādhigatena arahattamaggena avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā abhiññāpakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā arahattappattakālo veditabbo. Yathā pana kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā mātāpi aṇḍakosaṃ bhindati, evaṃ tathārūpassa bhikkhuno ñāṇaparipākaṃ ñatvā satthāpi –
应当断除自己的爱欲,如同用手折断秋天的睡莲;专一修习寂灭之道,即善逝所开示的涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ucchinda sinehamattano, kumudaṃ sāradikaṃva pāṇinā;
以如此方式普放光明,用这首偈颂敲击无明卵壳,那位比丘在偈颂结束时便破开了无明卵壳,证得阿拉汉果。从此以后,就像那些雏鸡游走于村落田间,令各处生辉,这位大漏尽比丘也将心投入以涅槃为所缘的果等至,游走于僧园,令僧园增辉。显示巴利原文
Santimaggameva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desita’’nti. (dha. pa. 285) –
在这部经中,讲述了四种断除。如何讲述的呢?通过断除心的荒芜与心的系缚,说明了审察断;通过神足,说明了镇伏断;在提到道时,说明了正断;在提到果时,说明了止息断。其余各处,义理都显而易见。显示巴利原文
Ādinā nayena obhāsaṃ pharitvā gāthāya avijjaṇḍakosaṃ paharati, so gāthāpariyosāne avijjāṇḍakosaṃ bhinditvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Tato paṭṭhāya yathā te kukkuṭapotakā gāmakkhettaṃ upasobhayamānā tattha tattha vicaranti, evaṃ ayampi mahākhīṇāsavo nibbānarammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā saṅghārāmaṃ upasobhayamāno vicarati.
就这样,在这部经典中开示了四种舍断。如何开示的呢?通过舍断心的荒芜与心的系缚,便说明了审察断;通过神足,便说明了镇伏断;在道出现时,便说明了正断;在果出现时,便说明了止息断。其余一切处,义理清晰明白。显示巴利原文
Iti imasmiṃ sutte cattāri pahānāni kathitāni. Kathaṃ? Cetokhilānañhi cetovinibandhānaṃ pahānena paṭisaṅkhānappapahānaṃ kathitaṃ, iddhipādehi vikkhambhanappahānaṃ kathita, magge āgate samucchedappahānaṃ kathitaṃ, phale āgate paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ kathitaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
7. 林薮经注疏显示巴利原文
7. Vanapatthapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā
190 “如是我闻”这一段,是《林薮教说》。这里的“林薮教说”,是指林薮的因缘,或者说林薮的开示。显示巴利原文
190.Evaṃme sutanti vanapatthapariyāyaṃ. Tattha vanapatthapariyāyanti vanapatthakāraṇaṃ, vanapatthadesanaṃ vā.
191 「依止林野而住」:依止远离人烟的森林丛中的坐卧处,修习沙门法而住。「未现前」等语是指:先前未现前的念,纵使依此而住亦不会现前;先前未得定的心,不会得定;先前未灭尽的诸漏,不会灭尽;先前未证得的、称为无上安稳的阿拉汉果,亦不会证得。「活命资具」即维持生命所需之物。「应筹集」即应收集起来。「艰难地生起」是说很辛苦才产生。「于夜间时分或于白昼时分」:指夜间那段时间或白天那段时间。其中,若于夜间时分审察了知后,即应于夜间离开;若夜间有暴徒等障碍,则待破晓。若于白昼时分审察了知后,即应于白昼离开;若白昼有障碍,则待日落。显示巴利原文
191.Vanapatthaṃ upanissāya viharatīti manussūpacārātikkantaṃ vanasaṇḍasenāsanaṃ nissāya samaṇadhammaṃ karonto viharati. Anupaṭṭhitātiādīsu pubbe anupaṭṭhitā sati taṃ upanissāya viharatopi na upaṭṭhāti, pubbe asamāhitaṃ cittaṃ na samādhiyati, pubbe aparikkhīṇā āsavā na parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, pubbe ananuppattaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemasaṅkhātaṃ arahattañca na pāpuṇātīti attho. Jīvitaparikkhārāti jīvitasambhārā. Samudānetabbāti samāharitabbā. Kasirena samudāgacchantīti dukkhena uppajjanti. Rattibhāgaṃ vā divasabhāgaṃ vāti rattikoṭṭhāse vā divasakoṭṭhāse vā. Ettha ca rattibhāge paṭisañcikkhamānena ñatvā rattiṃyeva pakkamitabbaṃ, rattiṃ caṇḍavāḷādīnaṃ paribandhe sati aruṇuggamanaṃ āgametabbaṃ. Divasabhāge ñatvā divāva pakkamitabbaṃ, divā paribandhe sati sūriyatthaṅgamanaṃ āgametabbaṃ.
192 「思惟」:如此了知沙门法不能成就的情况。而在下一段中,「思惟」:如此了知沙门法能够成就的情况。显示巴利原文
192.Saṅkhāpīti evaṃ samaṇadhammassa anipphajjanabhāvaṃ jānitvā. Anantaravāre pana saṅkhāpīti evaṃ samaṇadhammassa nipphajjanabhāvaṃ jānitvā.
194 「尽形寿」:只要生命尚存,便应一直住下去。显示巴利原文
194.Yāvajīvanti yāva jīvitaṃ pavattati, tāva vatthabbameva.
195 「那位人」一词,与「不应追随」相连。这里的「不告而别」,意思是不必向那位人辞别,便应离去。显示巴利原文
195.So puggaloti padassa nānubandhitabboti iminā sambandho. Anāpucchāti idha pana taṃ puggalaṃ anāpucchā pakkamitabbanti attho.
197 「思惟」:如此了知沙门法不能成就,便不应追随那位人,而应向他告辞后再离去。显示巴利原文
197.Saṅkhāpīti evaṃ samaṇadhammassa anipphajjanabhāvaṃ ñatvā so puggalo nānubandhitabbo, taṃ āpucchā pakkamitabbaṃ.
198 「即使被驱逐」:即使被驱赶。像这样的人,纵使有人让他搬运百捆柴、百罐水、百担沙,或用棍棒驱逐,说「不要住在这里」,他也应当一一请求原谅,然后尽形寿安住。显示巴利原文
198.Apipanujjamānenāpīti api nikkaḍḍhīyamānenāpi. Evarūpo hi puggalo sacepi dārukalāpasataṃ vā udakaghaṭasataṃ vā vālikambaṇasataṃ vā daṇḍaṃ āharāpeti, mā idha vasīti nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, taṃ taṃ khamāpetvā yāvajīvaṃ vatthabbamevāti.
第八 蜜丸经注释显示巴利原文
8. Madhupiṇḍikasuttavaṇṇanā
199 这部以“如是我闻”开头的经,便是《蜜丸经》。此处“大林”,指与雪山连成一片的广大原生林,并非像毗舍离那里由人工栽植与原生混杂的树林。“为日间休息”,即为了白昼独处静修。“在贝卢瓦幼树下”,即在幼嫩的贝卢瓦树下。“执杖者”,并非因年老衰迈而持杖。此人实为年轻,正值青春盛年,只因喜好执杖,持一根金杖四处游走,故众人称其为“执杖者”。“经行”,指为消除双腿疲累而行走,也就是来回经行。“来回漫步、到处游历”,指为了观赏园林、观赏山林、观赏山景等目的而到处游走。据说,他有时会无缘无故从王宫出来,这般随处漫游。“倚杖而立”,指他倚靠着杖,如同牧牛童一般,将杖竖在身前,双手置于杖顶,用手背托着下巴,立于一旁。显示巴利原文
199. Evaṃ me sutanti madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ. Tattha mahāvananti himavantena saddhiṃ ekābaddhaṃ aropimaṃ jātivanaṃ, na yathā vesāliyaṃ ropitāropitamissakaṃ. Divāvihārāyāti divā paṭisallānatthāya. Beluvalaṭṭhikāyāti taruṇabeluvarukkhassa. Daṇḍapāṇīti na jarādubbalatāya daṇḍahattho. Ayañhi taruṇo paṭhamavaye ṭhito, daṇḍacittatāya pana suvaṇṇadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā vicarati, tasmā daṇḍapāṇīti vutto. Jaṅghāvihāranti jaṅghākilamathavinodanatthaṃ jaṅghācāraṃ. Anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramānoti ārāmadassana-vanadassana-pabbatadassanādīnaṃ atthāya ito cito ca vicaramāno. Adhiccanikkhamano kiresa kadāci deva nikkhamitvā evaṃ vicarati. Daṇḍamolubbhāti daṇḍaṃ olumbhitvā gopālakadārako viya daṇḍaṃ purato ṭhapetvā daṇḍamatthake dve hatthe patiṭṭhāpetvā piṭṭhipāṇiṃ hanukena uppīḷetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
200 “是何论者”,即他秉持何种见解。“宣扬何法”,即他宣说何种教法。这位王族并未礼敬世尊,仅略作寒暄便提出问题。而且他提问并非出于真诚求知的意愿,内心实怀轻慢。何以如此?据说,他是提婆达多的同党。提婆达多每当有人来归附自己,便会离间他们与如来的关系。据说他常常这样说:“沙门乔达摩与我们家族有仇,不乐于我家族兴旺。我那本该享受转轮王般富贵的姊妹,他却抛弃了她,说着‘让她毁灭吧’便出家了。我那外甥,明知他是转轮王的苗裔,他却对家族兴旺不乐意,说着‘让他毁灭吧’,在那孩子尚很年幼时就令他出家了。而我,因为离开他便难以过活,随后也出了家。即使像这样出了家,从我出家之日起,他也从不以正眼相看。他在大众中说法时,也如同以大斧劈下一般,说什么‘提婆达多是堕恶趣者’之类的话。”就这样,这位王族也被提婆达多所离间,方才有了如此举动。显示巴利原文
200.Kiṃvādīti kiṃdiṭṭhiko. Kimakkhāyīti kiṃ katheti. Ayaṃ rājā bhagavantaṃ avanditvā paṭisanthāramattakameva katvā pañhaṃ pucchati. Tampi na aññātukāmatāya, acittīkārena pucchati. Kasmā? Devadattassa pakkhiko kiresa. Devadatto attano santikaṃ āgacchamāne tathāgate bhindati. So kira evaṃ vadeti ‘‘samaṇo gotamo amhākaṃ kulena saddhiṃ verī, na no kulassa vuddhiṃ icchati. Bhaginīpi me cakkavattiparibhogā, taṃ pahāya ‘nassatesā’ti nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Bhāgineyyopi me cakkavattibījanti ñatvā amhākaṃ kulassa vaḍḍhiyā atussanto ‘nassateta’nti tampi daharakāleyeva pabbājesi. Ahaṃ pana tena vinā vattituṃ asakkonto anupabbajito. Evaṃ pabbajitampi maṃ pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya na ujukehi akkhīhi oloketi. Parisamajjhe bhāsantopi mahāpharasunā paharanto viya āpāyiko devadattotiādīni bhāsatī’’ti. Evaṃ ayampi rājā devadattena bhinno, tasmā evamakāsi.
这时,世尊思惟:“我当如此说法,要让这位王族日后无法说‘我向世尊提问,他不回答’,又要使他对于所说之义能够理解,我须以适合他的方式来宣说。”于是,世尊便开示了“如说者”等一番教法。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā yathā ayaṃ rājā mayā pañhe pucchite na kathetīti vattuṃ na labhati, yathā ca bhāsitassa atthaṃ na jānāti, evamassa kathessāmīti tassānucchavikaṃ kathento yathāvādī khotiādimāha.
此处,“不与世间任何人诤论而住”,是指他不与世间任何人进行诤论性的交谈,不起争执。因为如来不与世间诤论;然而,世间却与如来诤论:当如来宣说“无常”时,世间偏说“常”;宣说“苦、无我、不净”时,世间偏说“乐、我、净”,如此便起诤论。因此世尊说:“诸比丘,我不与世间诤论,而是世间与我诤论。诸比丘,说法者不与世间任何人诤论,非法说者才起诤论。”(《相应部》3.94)
“如”,是指以何种原因。
“关于欲”,是指关于事欲与烦恼欲。
“那位婆罗门”,是指那位漏尽者婆罗门。
“无有疑惑”,是指已离犹豫。
“已断恶作”,由于已断除了追悔方面的恶作,以及因不知所措而产生的恶作,故称“已断恶作”。
“于有与非有”,是指在生生不已的“有”中,或在低劣与殊胜的“有”中;其中殊胜的“有”便称为“非有”,意即增上之“有”。
“想”,是指烦恼想。或者说,此处即以“想”这个名称来指称诸烦恼。因此,整段意思是:以何种原因,对于那位离欲而住、不为世间所贬毁的漏尽婆罗门,烦恼想不再随眠,而我宣说那个原因。世尊便如此阐明了自身漏尽的特质。显示巴利原文
Tattha na kenaci loke viggayha tiṭṭhatīti loke kenaci saddhiṃ viggāhikakathaṃ na karoti na vivadati. Tathāgato hi lokena saddhiṃ na vivadati; loko pana tathāgatena saddhiṃ aniccanti vutte niccanti vadamāno, dukkhaṃ, anattā, asubhanti vutte subhanti vadamāno vivadati. Tenevāha ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, lokena vivadāmi, lokova kho, bhikkhave, mayā vivadati, tathā na, bhikkhave, dhammavādī kenaci lokasmiṃ vivadati, adhammavādīva kho, bhikkhave, vivadatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.94). Yathāti yena kāraṇena. Kāmehīti vatthukāmehipi kilesakāmehipi. Taṃ brāhmaṇanti taṃ khīṇāsavaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ. Akathaṃkathinti nibbicikicchaṃ. Chinnakukkuccanti vippaṭisārakukkuccassa ceva hatthapādakukkuccassa ca chinnattā chinnakukkuccaṃ. Bhavābhaveti punappunabbhave, hīnapaṇīte vā bhave, paṇīto hi bhavo vuddhippatto abhavoti vuccati. Saññāti kilesasaññā. Kilesāyeva vā idha saññānāmena vuttā, tasmā yena kāraṇena kāmehi visaṃyuttaṃ viharantaṃ taṃ loke ninnāvādiṃ khīṇāsavabrāhmaṇaṃ kilesasaññā nānusenti, tañca kāraṇaṃ ahaṃ vadāmīti ayamettha attho. Iti bhagavā attano khīṇāsavabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Nillāḷetvāti nīharitvā kīḷāpetvā. Tivisākhanti tisākhaṃ. Nalāṭikanti valibhaṅgaṃ nalāṭe tisso rājiyo dassento valibhaṅgaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvāti attho. Daṇḍamolubbhāti daṇḍaṃ uppīḷetvā. ‘‘Daṇḍamālubbhā’’tipi pāṭho, gahetvā pakkāmīti attho.
201 “某位比丘”,是指一位不知名的比丘。据说他善巧于教法的前际后际,心中思惟:“世尊刚才说‘执杖者并不了知,我只是如是这般说而已’,世尊究竟是以怎样的方式,令他不能了知而宣说了那一论题呢?”他如此把握住其中的关节之后,为了祈请十力世尊将此义理明示于比丘僧团,便从座而起,将郁多罗僧衣搭于一肩,向着世尊合掌,十指齐整而光泽,然后启问:“尊者,世尊究竟是何种论者……”等等。显示巴利原文
201.Aññataroti nāmena apākaṭo eko bhikkhu. So kira anusandhikusalo, bhagavatā yathā daṇḍapāṇī na jānāti, tathā mayā kathitanti vutte kinti nu kho bhagavatā aviññeyyaṃ katvā pañho kathitoti anusandhiṃ gahetvā dasabalaṃ yācitvā imaṃ pañhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa pākaṭaṃ karissāmīti uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dasanakhasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha kiṃvādī pana, bhante bhagavātiādimāha.
“缘何而生”:这是一个中性名词,意为“以何为因缘,以何为条件”。
“戏论想之类别”:此处“类别”意指部分、种类。与渴爱、慢、见的戏论相应的想,称为“戏论想”;或者,是以“想”的名称来指说戏论本身。因此,这里的意思是“戏论的种类”。
“现起”:指转起、生起。
“若于此中无可喜悦者”:意思是,在整个十二处范畴中,若存在那样的因缘,戏论想之种类便会现起;然而若在这十二处中,没有任何一处可被悦意、可被说为“我、我所”并被执取,它们便不现起。其中,“可喜悦”,是指以“我、我所”的方式而欢喜。
“可称说”,是指可用言语说成“我、我所”。
“可执取”,是指经过顽强抓取、吞没并认定之后,应被牢牢抓住的对象。通过这些,他说明了种种渴爱等在这里都不转起。
“这即是边际”:这些喜悦等不存在的状态,就是贪随眠等的终结。此理遍于一切处。显示巴利原文
Yatonidānanti bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ etaṃ, yena kāraṇena yasmiṃ kāraṇe satīti attho. Papañcasaññāsaṅkhāti ettha saṅkhāti koṭṭhāso. Papañcasaññāti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhipapañcasampayuttā saññā , saññānāmena vā papañcāyeva vuttā. Tasmā papañcakoṭṭhāsāti ayamettha attho. Samudācarantīti pavattanti. Ettha ce natthi abhinanditabbanti yasmiṃ dvādasāyatanasaṅkhāte kāraṇe sati papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti, ettha ekāyatanampi ce abhinanditabbaṃ abhivaditabbaṃ ajjhositabbaṃ natthīti attho. Tattha abhininditabbanti ahaṃ mamanti abhinanditabbaṃ. Abhivaditabbanti ahaṃ mamāti vattabbaṃ. Ajjhositabbanti ajjhositvā gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā gahetabbayuttaṃ. Etenettha taṇhādīnaṃyeva appavattiṃ katheti. Esevantoti ayaṃ abhinandanādīnaṃ natthibhāvova rāgānusayādīnaṃ anto. Eseva nayo sabbattha.
于执杖等恼害行中,以何种思心所执取棍杖,彼思即名“执杖”。以何种思执取、触碰刀剑,彼思即名“执刀”。达于极点的争吵为“斗诤”。各执己见为“纷争”。各说各话为“争辩”。彼此以“你!你!”相互指责,即是“你、你”之争。说离间语者为“两舌”。说不符真实之虚诳语,当知即为“妄语”。“于此中”:指于此十二处之中,诸烦恼。因烦恼生起时,依此十二处而生;灭去时,亦唯于此十二处中灭。如是,于何处生,便于何处灭。此义当由集谛之问答来阐明:显示巴利原文
Daṇḍādānādīsu pana yāya cetanāya daṇḍaṃ ādiyati, sā daṇḍādānaṃ. Yāya satthaṃ ādiyati parāmasati, sā satthādānaṃ. Matthakappattaṃ kalahaṃ. Nānāgāhamattaṃ viggahaṃ. Nānāvādamattaṃ vivādaṃ. Tuvaṃ tuvanti evaṃ pavattaṃ tuvaṃ tuvaṃ. Piyasuññakaraṇaṃ pesuññaṃ. Ayathāsabhāvaṃ musāvādaṃ karoti, sā musāvādoti veditabbā. Ettheteti ettha dvādasasu āyatanesu ete kilesā. Kilesā hi uppajjamānāpi dvādasāyatanāni nissāya uppajjanti, nirujjhamānāpi dvādasasu āyatanesuyeva nirujjhanti. Evaṃ yatthuppannā, tattheva niruddhā honti. Svāyamattho samudayasaccapañhena dīpetabbo –
若问:“此渴爱生起时于何处生起?安住时于何处安住?”即答:“世间中凡有可爱、可乐之相者,彼渴爱即于彼处生起,于彼处安住。世间中何者为可爱、可乐之相?眼处于世间为可爱、可乐之相……”(《分别论》203)以此方式说明渴爱正是于此十二处中生起与灭去。正如渴爱依此十二处而生起,当其达于涅槃而彻底灭尽时,由于不再于那些处出现,故亦可说为于那些处灭尽;同样,当知这些恶不善法亦于诸处中灭尽。或复次,如前述:“欢喜等彻底无有,即是贪随眠等之边际。”于那称为贪随眠等边际的涅槃中,恶不善法无余灭尽。以凡于某处不存在者,即可说于该处“已灭”。此义当由灭谛之问答来阐明。如经云:“入第二禅那者,寻、伺、语行已止息……”等(《无碍解道》1.83)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sā kho panesā taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati, kattha nivisamānā nivisatī’’ti vatvā – ‘‘yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpa’’ntiādinā (vibha. 203) nayena dvādasasuyeva āyatanesu tassā uppatti ca nirodho ca vutto. Yatheva ca taṇhā dvādasasu āyatanesu uppajjitvā nibbānaṃ āgamma niruddhāpi āyatanesu puna samudācārassa abhāvato āyatanesuyeva niruddhāti vuttā, evamimepi pāpakā akusalā dhammā āyatanesu nirujjhantīti veditabbā. Atha vā yvāyaṃ abhinandanādīnaṃ abhāvova rāgānusayādīnaṃ antoti vutto. Etthete rāgānusayādīnaṃ antoti laddhavohāre nibbāne pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. Yañhi yattha natthi, taṃ tattha niruddhaṃ nāma hoti, svāyamattho nirodhapañhena dīpetabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhārā paṭippassaddhā hontī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.83).
202 Satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito:意为“导师所称赞”,即受导师称赞。Viññūnaṃ:此处属格作工具格用,意指被智者及同梵行者所尊敬。Pahoti:能。显示巴利原文
202.Satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇitoti satthārā ca pasaṃsito. Viññūnanti idampi karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ, paṇḍitehi sabrahmacārīhi ca sambhāvitoti attho. Pahotīti sakkoti.
203 “超越了根、超越了蕴”(Atikkammeva mūlaṃ atikkamma khandhaṃ),意思是:所谓坚实,既可能在根中,也可能在蕴中,而它甚至超越了这两者。“如此成就”(Evaṃsampadaṃ),是指具有这种成就,意思是“像这样的”。“超越后”(Atisitvā),就是超越之后。“知者知”(Jānaṃ jānāti)是说:对于应当知道的,他就如实知道。“见者见”(Passaṃ passati)是说:对于应当看见的,他就如实看见。就像有些人颠倒执取,虽然知道了却等于不知道,虽然看见了却等于没看见,但世尊不是这样。世尊是知道时确实知道,看见时确实看见。而且,他因为具有指示、引导观见的含义,所以是“眼”(cakkhubhūto);因为具有让人了知的含义,所以是“智”(ñāṇabhūto);因为具有不颠倒的本质,或者因为依教法的运转,从内心思考后用语言说出,所以是“法”(dhammabhūto);因为最殊胜,所以是“梵”(brahmabhūto)。或者也可以这样理解:像眼睛一样存在,所以称显示巴利原文
203.Atikkammeva mūlaṃ atikkamma khandhanti sāro nāma mūle vā khandhe vā bhaveyya, tampi atikkamitvāti attho. Evaṃsampadanti evaṃsampattikaṃ, īdisanti attho. Atisitvāti atikkamitvā. Jānaṃ jānātīti jānitabbameva jānāti. Passaṃ passatīti passitabbameva passati. Yathā vā ekacco viparītaṃ gaṇhanto jānantopi na jānāti, passantopi na passati, na evaṃ bhagavā. Bhagavā pana jānanto jānātiyeva, passanto passatiyeva. Svāyaṃ dassanapariṇāyakaṭṭhena cakkhubhūto. Viditakaraṇaṭṭhena ñāṇabhūto. Aviparītasabhāvaṭṭhena pariyattidhammappavattanato vā hadayena cintetvā vācāya nicchāritadhammamayoti dhammabhūto. Seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūto. Atha vā cakkhu viya bhūtoti cakkhubhūtoti evametesu padesu attho veditabbo. Svāyaṃ dhammassa vattanato vattā. Pavattāpanato pavattā. Atthaṃ nīharitvā dassanasamatthatāya atthassa ninnetā. Amatādhigamāya paṭipattiṃ dadātīti amatassa dātā. Agaruṃ katvāti punappunaṃ āyācāpentopi hi garuṃ karoti nāma, attano sāvakapāramīñāṇe ṭhatvā sinerūpādato vālukaṃ uddharamāno viya dubbiññeyyaṃ katvā kathentopi garuṃ karotiyeva nāma. Evaṃ akatvā amhe punappunaṃ ayācāpetvā suviññeyyampi no katvā kathehīti vuttaṃ hoti.
204 在“Yaṃ kho no, āvuso(贤友,凡我们……)”这句话中,虽然按理应该说成“yaṃ kho vo(凡你们)”,但这些比丘为了把自己也包括在内,于是说了“yaṃ kho no(凡我们)”。又或者说,因为所开示的概要(uddesa)本来就是为他们开示的;而世尊对于那位长老以及在场的比丘们来说,都是他们的世尊。因此,联系“世尊”一词,就这样来表达:“我们的世尊为你们简要开示的概要……”显示巴利原文
204.Yaṃkho no āvusoti ettha kiñcāpi ‘‘yaṃ kho vo’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, te pana bhikkhū attanā saddhiṃ saṅgaṇhanto ‘‘yaṃ kho no’’ti āha. Yasmā vā uddesova tesaṃ uddiṭṭhova. Bhagavā pana therassāpi tesampi bhagavāva. Tasmā bhagavāti padaṃ sandhāyapi evamāha, yaṃ kho amhākaṃ bhagavā tumhākaṃ saṃkhittena uddesaṃ uddisitvāti attho.
在“贤友,且眼……”(Cakkhuñcāvuso)等经文中,意思是这样的:贤友,依眼净色为所依,以四种因所生之色为所缘,便生起了所谓的眼识。“三者合和触”(tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso),就是指这三者和合时,生起了所谓的触。缘于该触,以俱生等方式,以触为缘而生起受。受所感受的所缘,正是想所认知的;想所认知的,正是寻所寻思的所缘;寻所寻思的,正是戏论所戏论的所缘。而“以此为因”(Tatonidānaṃ),就是以这些眼、色等为原因。“虚妄分别之想便会在那人身上生起”(Purisaṃ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti),意思是:因为没有遍知,那些虚妄分别之想就会压倒那人,在他心中生起。在此,触、受、想是与眼识俱生的;寻则应在眼识的无间心等那些有寻的心中寻找;虚妄分别之想则是与速行心俱生的。如果这样,为什么这里包含了过去与未来的所取呢?因为它们也是以同样的方式生起的。正如现在依眼门而生的虚妄分别之想,是缘于眼显示巴利原文
Cakkhuñcāvusotiādīsu ayamattho, āvuso, nissayabhāvena cakkhupasādañca ārammaṇabhāvena catusamuṭṭhānikarūpe ca paṭicca cakkhuviññāṇaṃ nāma uppajjati. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phassoti tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiyā phasso nāma uppajjati. Taṃ phassaṃ paṭicca sahajātādivasena phassapaccayā vedanā uppajjati. Tāya vedanāya yaṃ ārammaṇaṃ vedeti, tadeva saññā sañjānāti, yaṃ saññā sañjānāti, tadeva ārammaṇaṃ vitakko vitakketi. Yaṃ vitakko vitakketi, tadevārammaṇaṃ papañco papañceti. Tatonidānanti etehi cakkhurūpādīhi kāraṇehi. Purisaṃ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācarantīti taṃ apariññātakāraṇaṃ purisaṃ papañcakoṭṭhāsā abhibhavanti, tassa pavattantīti attho. Tattha phassavedanāsaññā cakkhuviññāṇena sahajātā honti. Vitakko cakkhuviññāṇānantarādīsu savitakkacittesu daṭṭhabbo. Papañcasaṅkhā javanena sahajātā honti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā atītānāgataggahaṇaṃ katanti? Tathā uppajjanato. Yatheva hi etarahi cakkhudvāriko papañco cakkhuñca rūpe ca phassavedanāsaññāvitakke ca paṭicca uppanno, evamevaṃ atītānāgatesupi cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu tassuppattiṃ dassento evamāha.
在「Sotañcāvuso(贤友,且耳……)」等经文中,同样依此道理。就第六门而言,「意」(mano)即指有分心;「法」(dhamme)是指以三地诸法为所缘;「意识」(manoviññāṇa)则是指转向心或速行心。若取转向心,则触、受、想、寻与转向心同时生起,虚妄分别则与速行心同时生起;若取速行心,则连同转向心,有分心称为「意」,此时触等诸法皆与速行心同时生起。然而,在意门中,所缘可包含过去、未来、现在等一切法类,故说「于过去、未来、现在」是完全适当的。显示巴利原文
Sotañcāvusotiādīsupi eseva nayo. Chaṭṭhadvāre pana mananti bhavaṅgacittaṃ. Dhammeti tebhūmakadhammārammaṇaṃ. Manoviññāṇanti āvajjanaṃ vā javanaṃ vā. Āvajjane gahite phassavedanāsaññāvitakkā āvajjanasahajātā honti. Papañco javanasahajāto. Javane gahite sahāvajjanakaṃ bhavaṅga mano nāma hoti, tato phassādayo sabbepi javanena sahajātāva. Manodvāre pana yasmā atītādibhedaṃ sabbampi ārammaṇaṃ hoti, tasmā atītānāgatapaccuppannesūti idaṃ yuttameva.
现在为显示流转,佛陀开始宣说「So vatāvuso(贤友,若那样……)」等经文。「施设触之施设」(phassapaññattiṃ paññapessati)的意思是:将这样施设「触」这个概念——「有一个称为触的法生起」,也就是指出触的施设。其余各处同此道理。如此,以十二处为门完整显示了流转之后,为了显示还灭,又从遮止十二处的角度,开始宣说「So vatāvuso cakkhusmiṃ asati(贤友,若那样,当眼不存时……)」。其中的意义,也应依前述方式予以理解。显示巴利原文
Idāni vaṭṭaṃ dassento so vatāvusoti desanaṃ ārabhi. Phassapaññattiṃ paññapessatīti phasso nāma eko dhammo uppajjatīti evaṃ phassapaññattiṃ paññapessati, dassessatīti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha. Evaṃ imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hotīti dvādasāyatanavasena sakalaṃ vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni dvādasāyatanapaṭikkhepavasena vivaṭṭaṃ dassento so vatāvuso cakkhusmiṃasatīti desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo.
如此解答问题之后,为了免去「这个问题是由弟子所说吗」的疑惑,并令你们了知:「这位世尊正安坐于此,以他的遍知智为权衡;你们若有愿,可亲自前去亲近他而断除疑惑」,于是佛陀为遣送众等,便说「Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana(若希望……)」等语。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjetvā idāni sāvakena pañho kathitoti mā nikkaṅkhā ahuvattha, ayaṃ bhagavā sabbaññutañāṇatulaṃ gahetvā nisinno, icchamānā tameva upasaṅkamitvā nikkaṅkhā hothāti uyyojento ākaṅkhamānā ca panātiādimāha.
205 以这些行相,就是以这些原因:导致戏论产生的各别原因,以及导致轮回与还灭的原因。以这些词句,就是以这些字母的聚合。以辞,就是以一个个字母。智者,是指具足智慧的人;或者,由四种原因而成为智者:对界的善巧、对处的善巧、对缘起的善巧、对因与非因的善巧。大慧者,是指拥有能把握大义、大法、大词句、大辩才的大智慧的人。就像大迦旃延尊者那样,意思是:正如大迦旃延尊者所解答的那样,我是参照那个而说的。其含义是:‘我要像大迦旃延尊者所解答的那样,一模一样地解答。’显示巴利原文
205.Imehi ākārehīti imehi kāraṇehi papañcuppattiyā pāṭiyekkakāraṇehi ceva vaṭṭavivaṭṭakāraṇehi ca. Imehi padehīti imehi akkharasampiṇḍanehi. Byañjanehīti pāṭiyekkaakkharehi. Paṇḍitoti paṇḍiccena samannāgato. Catūhi vā kāraṇehi paṇḍito dhātukusalo āyatanakusalo paccayākārakusalo kāraṇākāraṇakusaloti. Mahāpaññoti mahante atthe mahante dhamme mahantā niruttiyo mahantāni paṭibhānāni pariggahaṇasamatthāya mahāpaññāya samannāgato. Yathā taṃ mahākaccānenāti yathā mahākaccānena byākataṃ, taṃ sandhāya tanti vuttaṃ. Yathā mahākaccānena byākataṃ, ahampi taṃ evamevaṃ byākareyyenti attho.
蜜丸,指大块的糖饼或绑好的糖团。不杂,意思是不需要再混合:在酥油、糖蜜、蜂蜜、砂糖等当中,不能说‘这个味道淡,那个味道浓’,因为它的滋味已经调和好了。Cetaso(心所)是指具有思维品性的人。Dabbajātiko(贤善品性者)是指具有智者本性的人。‘这到底是谁的法门呢?’:长老心想:‘这个法门真是太美妙了,我要依具足十力的世尊的遍知智,为它安立一个名字。’因此他说:‘因为它像蜜丸一样甘甜,你就把它作为蜜丸法门来受持吧。’其余各处,文义易明。显示巴利原文
Madhupiṇḍikanti mahantaṃ guḷapūvaṃ baddhasattuguḷakaṃ vā. Asecanakanti asecitabbakaṃ. Sappiphāṇitamadhusakkarādīsu idaṃ nāmettha mandaṃ idaṃ bahukanti na vattabbaṃ samayojitarasaṃ. Cetasoti cintakajātiko. Dabbajātikoti paṇḍitasabhāvo. Ko nāmo ayanti idaṃ thero atibhaddako ayaṃ dhammapariyāyo, dasabalassa sabbaññutaññāṇenevassa nāmaṃ gaṇhāpessāmīti cintetvā āha. Tasmāti yasmā madhupiṇḍiko viya madhuro, tasmā madhupiṇḍikapariyāyotveva naṃ dhārehīti vadati. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
9. 《二种寻思经》的注释解说显示巴利原文
9. Dvedhāvitakkasuttavaṇṇanā
206 206.‘如是我闻’,指这部《二种寻思经》。在这里,‘分成二种、分成二种’意思是,分成两个部分。‘欲寻’,是指与感官欲望相联系的寻思。‘嗔恚寻思’,是指与嗔恚相联系的寻思。‘害寻思’,是指与加害相联系的寻思。‘一部分’的意思是,无论是内在的或外在的、粗重的或微细的,所有这些寻思都完全属于不善的部分,因此把这三者——欲寻、嗔恚寻思、害寻思,作为一个部分。已经脱离感官欲望、与出离相联系的寻思,名为‘出离寻思’,这种寻思从开始直到初禅都适用。与无嗔相联系的寻思,名为‘无嗔寻思’,这种寻思从慈心前行的阶段开始,直到初禅都适用。与无害相联系的寻思,名为‘无害寻思’,这种寻思从悲心前行的阶段开始,直到初禅都适用。‘第二部分’的意思是,所有这些寻思都完全属于善的部分,因此作为第二部分。通过这番话,说明了菩萨抑制寻思的时机。显示巴利原文
206.Me sutanti dvedhāvitakkasuttaṃ. Tattha dvidhā katvā dvidhā katvāti dve dve bhāge katvā. Kāmavitakkoti kāmapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko. Byāpādavitakkoti byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko. Vihiṃsāvitakkoti vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko. Ekaṃ bhāganti ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā sabbo pāyaṃ vitakko akusalapakkhikoyevāti tayopi kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāvitakke ekaṃ koṭṭhāsamakāsiṃ. Kāmehi nissaṭo nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nekkhammavitakko nāma, so yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati. Abyāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko abyāpādavitakko, so mettāpubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati. Avihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko avihiṃsāvitakko, so karuṇāpubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati. Dutiyaṃ bhāganti sabbopāyaṃ kusalapakkhikoyevāti dutiyaṃ koṭṭhāsamakāsiṃ. Iminā bodhisattassa vitakkaniggahaṇakālo kathito.
菩萨在六年精勤期间,出离寻等善寻思曾大量积聚生起,犹如大河中的水流。然而,由于失念,欲寻等不善寻思便忽然生起,截断善心生起之路,自身转为不善速行心路而持续存在。于是菩萨思惟:‘我的这些欲寻等不善寻思断绝了善心生起之路,并持续存在。那么,我现在应将这些寻思分为两份而安住。’他便以欲寻等为不善分,作为一分;以出离寻等为善分,作为另一分。继而他又思惟:‘对于源自不善分的寻思,我要如同持咒压伏黑蛇来捕捉它,或如用脚踩住敌人脖子一样加以抑制,决不让它增长。对于源自善分的寻思,我要如雨季中布下浓云,又如于良田种植上好的娑罗树苗,令其速疾增长。’他如此行持后,抑制了不善寻思,增长了善寻思。应知,此段说明菩萨抑制寻思的时机。显示巴利原文
Bodhisattassa hi chabbassāni padhānaṃ padahantassa nekkhammavitakkādayo puñjapuñjā mahānadiyaṃ oghā viya pavattiṃsu. Satisammosena pana sahasā kāmavitakkādayo uppajjitvā kusalavāraṃ pacchinditvā sayaṃ akusalajavanavārā hutvā tiṭṭhanti. Tato bodhisatto cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ ime kāmavitakkādayo kusalavāraṃ pacchinditvā tiṭṭhanti, handāhaṃ ime vitakke dve bhāge katvā viharāmī’’ti kāmavitakkādayo akusalapakkhikāti ekaṃ bhāgaṃ karoti nekkhammavitakkādayo kusalapakkhikāti ekaṃ. Atha puna cintesi – ‘‘akusalapakkhato āgataṃ vitakkaṃ mantena kaṇhasappaṃ uppīḷetvā gaṇhanto viya amittaṃ gīvāya akkamanto viya ca niggahessāmi, nāssa vaḍḍhituṃ dassāmi. Kusalapakkhato āgataṃ vitakkaṃ meghasamaye meghaṃ viya sukhette sālakalyāṇipotakaṃ viya ca sīghaṃ vaḍḍhessāmī’’ti. So tathā katvā akusalavitakke niggaṇhi, kusalavitakke vaḍḍhesi. Evaṃ iminā bodhisattassa vitakkaniggahaṇanakālo kathitoti veditabbo.
207 现在,为了说明那些寻思如何生起以及他如何加以抑制,世尊便说:‘诸比丘,我住于不放逸、精进、策励心意时,欲寻生起。’其中,‘不放逸’指安住于不忘失正念的状态。‘精进’指具有热忱精进力。‘策励心意’指策励其心。‘欲寻生起’:菩萨在六年精勤期间,从未有以王位之乐、宫殿、舞伎、后宫或任何成就为缘而生起的欲寻。然而,在苦行中,由于断绝食物而极度瘦弱时,他这样想:‘仅靠断绝食物并不能证得殊胜,我何不进食一些粗食呢?’于是,他进入乌鲁卫喇村乞食。众人说:‘这位大人先前我们供养食物他也不接受,想必如今他的心愿已达顶峰,所以亲自到来了。’便供养了种种美味的食物。菩萨的身体不久就恢复了本来的样貌。因为衰老衰败的身体,即使得到适宜的食物,也无法恢复本来的样貌;但菩萨年轻,所以他食用适宜的食物后,身体不久便恢复了本来的样貌,诸根清净,肤色澄澈,身体具足圆满的三十二大人相,庄严犹如升起星群之天空。他观察后,心想:‘如此疲劳的身体竟然能恢复这般本来的样貌。’他以自己智慧广大的方式,显示巴利原文
207. Idāni yathāssa te vitakkā uppajjiṃsu, yathā ca ne niggahesi, taṃ dassento tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha appamattassāti satiyā avippavāse ṭhitassa. Ātāpinoti ātāpavīriyavantassa. Pahitattassāti pesitacittassa. Uppajjati kāmavitakkoti bodhisattassa chabbassāni padhānaṃ padahato rajjasukhaṃ vā ārabbha, pāsāde vā nāṭakāni vā orodhe vā kiñcideva vā sampattiṃ ārabbha kāmavitakko nāma na uppannapubbo. Dukkarakārikāya panassa āhārūpacchedena adhimattakasimānaṃ pattassa etadahosi – ‘‘na sakkā āhārūpacchedena visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ, yaṃnūnāhaṃ oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāreyya’’nti. So uruvelaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Manussā – ‘‘mahāpuriso pubbe āharitvā dinnampi na gaṇhi, addhāssa idāni manoratho matthakaṃ patto, tasmā sayameva āgato’’ti paṇītapaṇītaṃ āhāraṃ upahariṃsu. Bodhisattassa attabhāvo nacirasseva pākatiko ahosi. Jarājiṇṇattabhāvo hi sappāyabhojanaṃ labhitvāpi pākatiko na hoti. Bodhisatto pana daharo. Tenassa sappāyabhojanaṃ bhuñjato attabhāvo na cirasseva pākatiko jāto, vippasannāni indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo, samuggatatārāgaṇaṃ viya nabhaṃ paripuṇṇadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇappaṭimaṇḍitasarīraṃ ahosi. So taṃ oloketvā ‘‘tāva kilanto nāma attabhāvo evaṃ paṭipākatiko jāto’’ti cintetvā attano paññāmahantatāya evaṃ parittakampi vitakkaṃ gahetvā kāmavitakkoti akāsi.
他坐于茅舍前,见羚羊、野牛、大鹿、红鹿等兽群,见发出悦耳啼声的孔雀、林鸡等鸟群,见青莲、睡莲、莲花等覆盖的沼池,见种种鲜花覆盖枝梢的树林,以及见水流清澈如宝石聚的尼连禅河。他心想:‘这些兽类、鸟群、沼池、树林与尼连禅河,着实美丽。’他将此微细之寻执取为欲寻,故说‘欲寻生起’。显示巴利原文
Paṇṇasālāya purato nisinno camarapasadagavayarohitamigādike magagaṇe manuññasaddaravane moravanakukkuṭādike pakkhigaṇe nīluppalakumudakamalādisañchannāni pallalāni nānākusumasañchannaviṭapā vanarājiyo maṇikkhandhanimmalajalapavāhañca nadiṃ nerañjaraṃ passati. Tassa evaṃ hoti ‘‘sobhanā vatime migajātā pakkhigaṇā pallalāni vanarājiyo nadī nerañjarā’’ti. So tampi evaṃ parittakaṃ vitakkaṃ gahetvā kāmavitakkamakāsi, tenāha ‘‘uppajjati kāmavitakko’’ti.
「对自有损」等,即是对自己造成痛苦。其他各处亦同此理。然而,大士心中会有对自他二者皆有损害的寻吗?不会。但若处于未了知的状态,这些寻则会对自他二者带来损害,由此得此三种名称,故如此说。 「障碍智慧」:它令未生起的世间与出世间智慧不得生起;对于已借八等至、五神通而生起的世间智慧,也能将其断灭、弃除,因此称为障碍智慧。 「属于损害分」:即属于苦的部分。 「不涅槃资益」:所谓涅槃是无为,此寻不令涅槃现证,故说不资益涅槃。 「消失」:指到达灭尽、无有的状态,如水上水泡般息灭。 「我舍断」:即‘我将其舍断’。 「除去」:即‘我除去’。 「我使它止息」:我令它达到终尽、无余、彻底断除。显示巴利原文
Attabyābādhāyapīti attadukkhāyapi. Esevanayo sabbattha. Kiṃ pana mahāsattassa ubhayadukkhāya saṃvattanakavitakko nāma atthīti? Natthi. Apariññāyaṃ ṭhitassa pana vitakko yāva ubhayabyābādhāya saṃvattatīti etāni tīṇi nāmāni labhati, tasmā evamāha. Paññānirodhikoti anuppannāya lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya uppajjituṃ na deti, lokiyapaññaṃ pana aṭṭhasamāpattipañcābhiññāvasena uppannampi samucchinditvā khipatīti paññānirodhiko. Vighātapakkhikoti dukkhakoṭṭhāsiko. Asaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ nāma, taṃ paccakkhaṃ kātuṃ na detīti anibbānasaṃvattaniko. Abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti khayaṃ natthibhāvaṃ gacchati. Udakapupphuḷako viya nirujjhati. Pajahamevāti pajahimeva. Vinodamevāti nīharimeva. Byantameva naṃ akāsinti vigatantaṃ nissesaṃ parivaṭumaṃ paricchinnameva naṃ akāsiṃ.
208 「嗔寻」:菩萨心中并非生起与伤害他人相应的寻,而是由于极降雨、极热、极寒等因缘,心产生变异的状态,就此而说「嗔寻」。 「害寻」:大士心中并非生起与令他人受苦相应的寻,而是心存在掉举状态、散乱状态,执取此而称为害寻。当他坐在茅舍门前,看见狮子、虎等猛兽伤害野猪等小动物,菩萨便生起悲悯:‘在此本应无恐惧的林中,这些畜生道众生中竟也有敌人,强者吞食弱者,被强者吞食的,就这样流转着。’又看见猫等吞食鸡、鼠等;入村乞食时,看见人们被官差逼恼,遭受杀戮、捆缚等,自己从事耕种、经商等工作却无法维生,也生起悲悯,为此而说「害寻生起」。 「如是如是」:以种种方式。这是说:在欲寻等中,无论他思惟哪一种寻,生起哪一种寻,他的心并不会因此就成为相应于欲寻等的状态。 「我舍断出离寻」:即舍离出离寻。 「多作」:即屡屡造作。 「其心倾注于欲寻」:其心正是为了欲寻而倾注。意思是,如同与欲寻相应那样地倾向。其余诸句也依此类推。显示巴利原文
208.Byāpādavitakkoti na bodhisattassa parūpaghātappaṭisaṃyutto nāma vitakko citte uppajjati, athassa ativassaaccuṇhaatisītādīni pana paṭicca cittavipariṇāmabhāvo hoti, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘byāpādavitakko’’ti āha. Vihiṃsāvitakkoti na mahāsattassa paresaṃ dukkhuppādanappaṭisaṃyutto vitakko uppajjati, citte pana uddhatākāro anekaggatākāro hoti, taṃ gahetvā vihiṃsāvitakkamakāsi. Paṇṇasālādvāre nisinno hi sīhabyagghādike vāḷamige sūkarādayo khuddamige vihiṃsante passati. Atha bodhisatto imasmimpi nāma akutobhaye araññe imesaṃ tiracchānagatānaṃ paccatthikā uppajjanti, balavanto dubbale khādanti, balavantakhāditā vattantīti kāruññaṃ uppādeti. Aññepi biḷārādayo kukkuṭamūsikādīni khādante passati, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho manusse rājakammikehi upaddute vadhabandhādīni anubhavante attano kasivaṇijjādīni kammāni katvā jīvituṃ na labhantīti kāruññaṃ uppādeti, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘uppajjati vihiṃsāvitakko’’ti āha. Tathā tathāti tena tena ākārena. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – kāmavitakkādīsu yaṃ yaṃ vitakketi, yaṃ yaṃ vitakkaṃ pavatteti, tena tene cassākārena kāmavitakkādibhāvo cetaso na hi hotīti. Pahāsi nekkhammavitakkanti nekkhammavitakkaṃ pajahati. Bahulamakāsīti bahulaṃ karoti. Tassa taṃ kāmavitakkāya cittanti tassa taṃ cittaṃ kāmavitakkatthāya. Yathā kāmavitakkasampayuttaṃ hoti, evamevaṃ namatīti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
现在,为阐明其义,举譬喻说明,说「譬如」等。其中, 「于谷穗稠密处」:即谷物稠密之处。 「撞击」:笔直地撞击背部。 「横击」:横向撞击侧腹。 「围困」:围堵而使之不能动弹。 「阻挡」:不让它往各处行走。 「由此因缘」:即以此原因为缘,指由于那些未被妥善守护的牛吃了他人谷物的缘故。愚笨的牧牛人如此不守护牛,心想:‘它吃掉了我们的工食,他连正直守护牛都做不到,还令家族与人生起仇恨。’因此,他既从牛主人那里遭受杀戮等,也从谷主人那里遭受。然而,智者见到这四种怖畏,善加守护牛,这是就此而说的。 「过患」:灾患。 「杂染」:低劣,或指掺入诸蕴中的垢染。 「染污」:污染的状态。 「出离」:对于出离。 「胜利」:清净分。 「白净分」:是同义语,意谓见到善法在出离中的清净分。显示巴利原文
Idāni atthadīpikaṃ upamaṃ dassento seyyathāpī tiādimāha. Tattha kiṭṭhasambādheti sassasambādhe. Ākoṭeyyāti ujukaṃ piṭṭhiyaṃ pahareyya. Paṭikoṭeyyāti tiriyaṃ phāsukāsu pahareyya. Sannirundheyyāti āvaritvā tiṭṭheyya. Sannivāreyyāti ito cito ca gantuṃ na dadeyya . Tatonidānanti tena kāraṇena, evaṃ arakkhitānaṃ gunnaṃ paresaṃ sassakhādanakāraṇenāti attho. Bālo hi gopāloko evaṃ gāvo arakkhamāno ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ bhattavetanaṃ khādati, ujuṃ gāvo rakkhitumpi na sakkoti, kulehi saddhiṃ veraṃ gaṇhāpetī’’ti gosāmikānampi santikā vadhādīni pāpuṇāti, kiṭṭhasāmikānampi. Paṇḍito pana imāni cattāri bhayāni sampassanto gāvo sādhukaṃ rakkhati, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Ādīnavanti upaddavaṃ. Okāranti lāmakaṃ, khandhesu vā otāraṃ. Saṃkilesanti kiliṭṭhabhāvaṃ. Nekkhammeti nekkhammamhi. Ānisaṃsanti visuddhipakkhaṃ. Vodānapakkhanti idaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ nekkhammamhi visuddhipakkhaṃ addasanti attho.
209 「出离」即出离于欲、一切善法,若摄为一法,即是涅槃。在此,结合譬喻:谷穗稠密处如同色等所缘;恶牛如同恶慧之心;明智的牧牛人如同菩萨;四种怖畏如同能带来自他损害的寻。明智的牧牛人见到四种怖畏后,在谷穗稠密处不放逸地守护牛群;菩萨在六年精勤中,见到自他损害等怖畏后,在色等所缘中,如同防护欲寻等生起那般守护其心。「增长智慧」等:即助成未生的世间与出世间智慧生起,以及已生智慧的增长,故称「增长智慧」。不带来苦的部分,故称「不损害分」。「导向涅槃」:即导向涅槃界的现证。「诸比丘,若我夜间随念它」:即若我整夜都使那种寻思生起。「由此因缘」:以此为根本因。「或使我的心浮扬」:即令我的心被扰动、掉举。「远离」:即远离。「从定」:从近行定与安止定两者。「诸比丘,我即于内心」:诸比丘,为了不让我的心远离定,我便将心安住于内,即安住于内在的所缘。「令安稳」:令心于此安稳。「令一趣」:令心一境。显示巴利原文
209.Nekkhammanti ca kāmehi nissaṭaṃ sabbakusalaṃ, ekadhamme saṅgayhamāne nibbānameva. Tatridaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – kiṭṭhasambādhaṃ viya hi rūpādiārammaṇaṃ, kūṭagāvo viya kūṭacittaṃ, paṇḍitagopālako viya bodhisatto, catubbidhabhayaṃ viya attaparūbhayabyābādhāya saṃvattanavitakko, paṇḍitagopālakassa catubbidhaṃ bhayaṃ disvā kiṭṭhasambādhe appamādena gorakkhaṇaṃ viya bodhisattassa chabbassāni padhānaṃ padahato attabyābādhādibhayaṃ disvā rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu yathā kāmavitakkādayo na uppajjanti, evaṃ cittarakkhaṇaṃ. Paññāvuddhikotiādīsu anuppannāya lokiyalokuttarapaññāya uppādāya, uppannāya ca vuddhiyā saṃvattatīti paññāvuddhiko. Na dukkhakoṭṭhāsāya saṃvattatīti avighātapakkhiko. Nibbānadhātusacchikiriyāya saṃvattatīti nibbānasaṃvattaniko. Rattiṃ cepi naṃ, bhikkhave, anuvitakkeyyanti sakalarattiṃ cepi taṃ vitakkaṃ pavatteyyaṃ. Tatonidānanti taṃmūlakaṃ. Ohaññeyyāti ugghātīyeyya, uddhaccāya saṃvatteyyāti attho. Ārāti dūre. Samādhimhāti upacārasamādhitopi appanāsamādhitopi. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, ajjhattameva cittanti so ahaṃ, bhikkhave, mā me cittaṃ samādhimhā dūre hotūti ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi, gocarajjhatte ṭhapemīti attho. Sannisādemīti tattheva ca naṃ sannisīdāpemi. Ekodiṃ karomīti ekaggaṃ karomi. Samādahāmīti sammā ādahāmi, suṭṭhu āropemīti attho. Mā me cittaṃ ūhaññīti mā mayhaṃ cittaṃ ugghātīyittha, mā uddhaccāya saṃvattatūti attho.
210 210. 这里,‘无嗔寻生起……乃至……无害寻生起’是指,下面所说的那种与年轻的观一同生起的寻,由于与欲对立的含义而称为出离寻;也正是这同一种寻,由于与嗔恚对立的含义而称为无嗔寻,由于与害对立的含义而称为无害寻。显示巴利原文
210.Uppajjati abyāpādavitakko…pe… avihiṃsāvitakkoti ettha yo so imāya heṭṭhā vuttataruṇavipassanāya saddhiṃ uppannavitakko kāmapaccanīkaṭṭhena nekkhammavitakkoti vutto. Soyeva byāpādapaccanīkaṭṭhena abyāpādavitakkoti ca vihiṃsāpaccanīkaṭṭhena avihiṃsāvitakkoti ca vutto.
至此,讲述了菩萨依止等至而开始修观的时候。因为对于定和观都还稚嫩的人来说,当开始修观后坐得过久时,身体会疲劳,体内会像着火一样生起热恼,腋下流汗,头顶像升起烟柱,心被打击、被恼害、颤动不安。于是,他再次进入等至,调适它,使它柔和,使它安稳,然后再开始修观。当他再次坐得过久时,同样的事情又会发生。他于是再次进入等至,又同样地调适。因为对于修观,等至是有很大帮助的。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā bodhisattassa samāpattiṃ nissāya vipassanāpaṭṭhapanakālo kathito. Yassa hi samādhipi taruṇo, vipassanāpi. Tassa vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā aticiraṃ nisinnassa kāyo kilamati, anto aggi viya uṭṭhahati, kacchehi sedā muccanti, matthakato usumavaṭṭi viya uṭṭhahati, cittaṃ haññati vihaññati vipphandati. So puna samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā taṃ paridametvā mudukaṃ katvā samassāsetvā puna vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapeti. Tassa puna aticiraṃ nisinnassa tatheva hoti. So puna samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā tatheva karoti. Vipassanāya hi bahūpakārā samāpatti.
正如战士的木板堡垒有众多助益,战士依凭它进入战场,在那里与象兵、骑兵、步兵一同作战。当武器耗尽,或想要进食等时,便退入木板堡垒中,拿起其他武器,休息、进食、饮水,重新披挂铠甲,做完这些事后,再次进入战场。作战之后,又因大小便利等逼迫,或因有必须处理之事,而返回木板堡垒。在里面恢复后,再次进入战场。同样地,对于观来说,等至就如战士的木板堡垒,有众多助益。显示巴利原文
Yathā yodhassa phalakakoṭṭhako nāma bahūpakāro hoti, so taṃ nissāya saṅgāmaṃ pavisati, tattha hatthīhipi assehipi yodhehipi saddhiṃ kammaṃ katvā āvudhesu vā khīṇesu bhuñjitukāmatādibhāve vā sati nivattitvā phalakakoṭṭhakaṃ pavisitvā āvudhānipi gaṇhāti, vissamatipi, bhuñjatipi, pānīyampi pivati, sannāhampi paṭisannayhati, taṃ taṃ katvā puna saṅgāmaṃ pavisati, tattha kammaṃ katvā puna uccārādipīḷito vā kenacideva vā karaṇīyena phalakakoṭṭhakaṃ pavisati. Tattha santhambhitvā puna saṅgāmaṃ pavisati, evaṃ yodhassa phalakakoṭṭhako viya vipassanāya bahūpakārā samāpatti.
然而,对于善能度过战场的战士而言,观比等至这一木板堡垒更有助益。因为,虽说是依凭等至而建立观,但当观的力量增强时,它也能守护等至,并令等至的力量增强。显示巴利原文
Samāpattiyā pana saṅgāmanittharaṇakayodhassa phalakakoṭṭhakatopi vipassanā bahūpakāratarā. Kiñcāpi hi samāpattiṃ nissāya vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapeti, vipassanā pana thāmajātā samāpattimpi rakkhati. Thāmajātaṃ karoti.
正如在陆地上,人们将船及船上的货物装载于车而运;到了水上,则将车、车上的货物连同套着的牛一并装载于船。船横断急流,安稳地到达良港。同样地,虽说修行者是依托等至而建立观,但当观的力量增强时,它也能守护等至,并增强等至的力量。等至就好比到了陆地后的车,观就好比到了水上的船。因此,应知到此为止,所说的是菩萨依托等至建立观的阶段。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi thale nāvampi nāvāya bhaṇḍampi sakaṭabhāraṃ karonti. Udakaṃ patvā pana sakaṭampi sakaṭabhaṇḍampi yuttagoṇepi nāvābhāraṃ karonti. Nāvā tiriyaṃ sotaṃ chinditvā sotthinā supaṭṭanaṃ gacchati, evamevaṃ kiñcāpi samāpattiṃ nissāya vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapeti, vipassanā pana thāmajātā samāpattimpi rakkhati, thāmajātaṃ karoti. Thalaṃ patvā sakaṭaṃ viya hi samāpatti. Udakaṃ patvā nāvā viya vipassanā. Iti bodhisattassa ettāvatā samāpattiṃ nissāya vipassanāpaṭṭhapanakālo kathitoti veditabbo.
“无论哪个……”等句,应如黑暗分中所说那样来理解。此处为了显示其义,用“犹如……”等作喻。其中,“村边聚集的”指被带到村边的牛。“只应作意”意为:对这些牛只需生起念,不必跑来跑去、驱赶等。“这些法”即这些止观之法,只须生念即可。此段讲述菩萨止观力量增长的时期。据说,那时他为安止等至而坐,八种等至只须一次转向便全部现前;当他为修观而坐时,七种随观也于一次中同时达到顶峰。显示巴利原文
Yaññadevātiādi kaṇhapakkhe vuttānusāreneva veditabbaṃ, idhāpi atthadīpikaṃ upamaṃ dassetuṃ seyyathāpītiādimāha. Tattha gāmantasambhatesūti gāmantaṃ āhaṭesu. Satikaraṇīyameva hotīti etā gāvoti satiuppādanamattameva kātabbaṃ hoti. Ito cito ca gantvā ākoṭanādikiccaṃ natthi. Ete dhammāti ete samathavipassanā dhammāti satuppādanamattameva kātabbaṃ hoti. Iminā bodhisattassa samathavipassanānaṃ thāmajātakālo kathito. Tadā kirassa samāpattiṃ appanatthāya nisinnassa aṭṭha samāpattiyo ekāvajjanena āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nisinno satta anupassanā ekappahāreneva āruḷho hoti.
215 “犹如”此处表明什么?这是另一个连接,因为世尊为显示对众生的饶益方便及自身导师成就,而开始此段说法。其中,“阿兰若”指山林旷野。“林”指树林中。从义理上讲,这两者是同一回事,后者只是前者的同义词。“不乐于安稳”指不欲求从四种轭中得到安稳无怖之处,只求怖畏。“吉祥”指带来吉祥。“悦意”指令心满意。或可读作“喜行”。“应封闭”指用树枝等遮蔽。“应敞开”指将出口弄得明显敞开。“非道”指被水、林、山等阻断、并非正路的路径。“应放置诱饵雄兽”指如同在其中活动一般,将一只作为诱饵的雄鹿固定在一处。“诱饵雌兽”指用长绳系着的雌鹿。显示巴利原文
215.Seyyathāpīti idha kiṃ dasseti? Ayaṃ pāṭiyekko anusandhi, sattānañhi hitūpacāraṃ attano satthubhāvasampadañca dassento bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha araññeti aṭaviyaṃ. Pavaneti vanasaṇḍe. Atthato hi idaṃ dvayaṃ ekameva, paṭhamassa pana dutiyaṃ vevacanaṃ. Ayogakkhemakāmoti catūhi yogehi khemaṃ nibbhayaṭṭhānaṃ anicchanto bhayameva icchanto . Sovatthikoti suvatthibhāvāvaho. Pītigamanīyoti tuṭṭhiṃ gamanīyo. ‘‘Pītagamanīyo’’ti vā pāṭho. Pidaheyyāti sākhādīhi thakeyya. Vivareyyāti visadamukhaṃ katvā vivaṭaṃ kareyya. Kummagganti udakavanapabbatādīhi sanniruddhaṃ amaggaṃ. Odaheyya okacaranti tesaṃ oke caramānaṃ viya ekaṃ dīpakamigaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapeyya. Okacārikanti dīgharajjuyā bandhitaṃyeva migiṃ.
猎鹿人正是这样:他先到鹿群栖息的林野,观察明白后知道“它们住在此处,从这条路出去,在这里活动,在这里饮水,从这条路进来”,接着封住正道,敞开非道,安置好诱饵雄兽和诱饵雌兽,自己手持长矛躲藏在隐蔽处。傍晚时分,鹿群在林野中无忧无虑地活动、饮水之后,与小鹿一同嬉戏,来到栖息处附近,看见诱饵雄兽和诱饵雌兽,心想:“我们的伙伴来了吧。”于是毫不迟疑地走了进去。它们见正道已被封闭,心想:“这不是路,那条才是路吧。”便走上非道。猎鹿人暂且不做什么,等它们都进去了,才悄悄袭击最后那只鹿。那只鹿一受惊,所有鹿都恐慌地想:“危险来了!”向前望去,只见道路被水、树林或山崖阻断,两旁又都是手指链条般交错的密林,无法穿入,便想从原先进来的路退出去。猎人知道它们要返回,便从第一只开始逐一宰杀,有时一次能杀死三四十只鹿。正是针对这种情况,世尊说:“比丘们,如此,那个大鹿群过后不久便遭遇不幸与灾难。”显示巴利原文
Migaluddako hi araññaṃ migānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā ‘‘idha vasanti, iminā maggena nikkhamanti, ettha caranti, ettha pivanti, iminā maggena pavisantī’’ti sallakkhetvā maggaṃ pidhāya kummaggaṃ vivaritvā okacarañca okacārikañca ṭhapetvā sayaṃ paṭicchannaṭṭhāne sattiṃ gahetvā tiṭṭhati. Atha sāyanhasamaye migā akutobhaye araññe caritvā pānīyaṃ pivitvā migapotakehi saddhiṃ kīḷamānā vasanaṭṭhānasantikaṃ āgantvā okacarañca okacārikañca disvā ‘‘sahāyakā no āgatā bhavissantī’’ti nirāsaṅkā pavisanti, te maggaṃ pihitaṃ disvā ‘‘nāyaṃ maggo, ayaṃ maggo bhavissatī’’ti kummaggaṃ paṭipajjanti. Migaluddako na tāva kiñci karoti, paviṭṭhesu pana sabbapacchimaṃ saṇikaṃ paharati. So uttasati, tato sabbe uttasitvā ‘‘bhayaṃ uppanna’’nti purato olokentā udakena vā vanena vā pabbatena vā sanniruddhaṃ maggaṃ disvā ubhohi passehi aṅgulisaṅkhalikaṃ viya gahanavanaṃ pavisituṃ asakkontā paviṭṭhamaggeneva nikkhamituṃ ārabhanti. Luddako tesaṃ nivattanabhāvaṃ ñatvā ādito paṭṭhāya tiṃsampi cattālīsampi mige ghāteti. Idaṃ sandhāya evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahāmigasaṅgho aparena samayena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjeyyāti vuttaṃ.
此处说:“这是喜贪的别名,这是无明的别名。”由于这些众生因无明而不知真相,被喜贪牢牢系缚,拖向色等所缘,结果便遭轮回之苦的利矛宰杀。因此,世尊将诱饵雄兽说为喜贪,将诱饵雌兽说为无明。显示巴利原文
‘‘Nandīrāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, avijjāyetaṃ adhivacana’’nti ettha yasmā ime sattā avijjāya aññāṇā hutvā nandīrāgena ābandhitvā rūpārammaṇādīni upanītā vaṭṭadukkhasattiyā ghātaṃ labhanti. Tasmā bhagavā okacaraṃ nandīrāgoti, okacārikaṃ avijjāti katvā dassesi.
猎鹿人有时会折下树枝擦拭那两只鹿的身体,除去人气,然后把诱饵雄兽固定在一处,放出系着长绳的诱饵雌兽,自己隐藏起来,手持长矛守在诱饵雄兽身旁。诱饵雌兽便朝鹿群活动的地方走去。鹿群看见它,都抬起头站着;它也抬起头站着。鹿群心想:“这是我们的同类”,便向它靠近。它也一边做出吃草的样子,一边缓缓走近。林中的雄鹿闻到它的气味,便丢下自己的雌鹿,朝它走去。显示巴利原文
Migaluddako hi ekadāpi tesaṃ sākhābhaṅgena sarīraṃ puñchitvā manussagandhaṃ apanetvā okacaraṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapetvā okacārikaṃ saha rajjuyā vissajjetvā attānaṃ paṭicchādetvā sattiṃ ādāya okacarassa santike tiṭṭhati, okacārikā migagaṇassa caraṇaṭṭhānābhimukhī gacchati . Taṃ disvā migā sīsāni ukkhipitvā tiṭṭhanti, sāpi sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā tiṭṭhati, te ‘‘amhākaṃ samajātikā aya’’nti gocaraṃ gaṇhanti. Sāpi tiṇāni khādantī viya saṇikaṃ upagacchati. Āraññiko yūthapatimigo tassā vātaṃ labhitvā sakabhariyaṃ vissajjetvā tadabhimukho hoti.
众生总是喜爱崭新的事物。诱饵雌鹿不让林栖雄鹿太靠近,面朝它一步步后退,来到诱饵雄兽身边。绳子被绊住时,诱饵雌鹿便用蹄子拨开。那林栖雄鹿看见诱饵雄兽,被诱饵雌鹿所迷醉,对雄兽生起嫉妒,便压低脊背、摇着头站住。就在那一瞬间,它连舌头舔到矛尖,都根本不知道“这是什么”。如果诱饵雄兽感到从上方便袭击那头鹿,就会把头压低;如果觉得从下方便袭击,就会挺出胸膛。这时猎人便以矛刺穿林栖雄鹿,当场将它杀死,取肉而去。同样地,如同这头鹿被诱饵雌鹿迷醉,对雄兽生起嫉妒,舔着矛尖却浑然不觉,这些众生也被无明所迷醉,变得盲目,对色等所缘生起喜贪,因而遭受轮回苦矛的杀戮。所以世尊将诱饵雄兽说为喜贪,将诱饵雌鹿说为无明,以此比喻来开示。显示巴利原文
Sattānañhi navanavameva piyaṃ hoti. Okacārikā āraññikassa migassa accāsannabhāvaṃ adatvā tadabhimukhīva pacchato paṭikkamitvā okacarassa santikaṃ gacchati, yattha yatthassā rajju laggati, tattha tattha khurena paharitvā moceti, āraññiko migo okacaraṃ disvā okacārikāya sammatto hutvā okacare usūyaṃ katvā piṭṭhiṃ nāmetvā sīsaṃ kampento tiṭṭhati, tasmiṃ khaṇe sattiṃ jivhāya lehantopi ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti na jānāti, okacaropi sacassa uparibhāgena taṃ migaṃ paharituṃ sukhaṃ hoti, piṭṭhiṃ nāmeti. Sacassa heṭṭhābhāgena paharituṃ sukhaṃ hoti, hadayaṃ unnāmeti. Atha luddako āraññikaṃ migaṃ sattiyā paharitvā tattheva ghātetvā maṃsaṃ ādāya gacchati. Evameva yathā so migo okacārikāya sammatto okacare usūyaṃ katvā sattiṃ jivhāya lehantopi kiñci na jānāti, tathā ime sattā avijjāya sammattā andhabhūtā kiñci ajānantā rūpādīsu nandīrāgaṃ upagamma vaṭṭadukkhasattiyā vadhaṃ labhantīti bhagavā okacaraṃ nandīrāgoti, okacārikaṃ avijjāti katvā dassesi.
“是这样的,诸比丘,我已经开启了安稳之道。”这句的意思是:比丘们,我为了利益这些众生而行道,证得正自觉,成为佛陀,并没有默然安坐,而是从转法轮开始,便一直在说法。就这样,我开启了安稳的圣八支道,堵塞了非道,对憍陈如等有堪能的人,揭露出如同诱饵雄兽一般的欢喜染着,将它斩断、击倒,也彻底摧毁了如同诱饵雌鹿一般的无明。世尊正是以此开示了自己所行的利益之行。其余各处,意义都很清楚明白。显示巴利原文
Iti kho, bhikkhave, vivaṭo mayā khemo maggoti iti kho, bhikkhave, mayā imesaṃ sattānaṃ hitacaraṇena sammāsambodhiṃ patvā ahaṃ buddhosmīti tuṇhībhūtena anisīditvā dhammacakkappavattanato paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ desentena vivaṭo khemo ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, pihito kummaggo , aññātakoṇḍaññādīnaṃ bhabbapuggalānaṃ ūhato okacaro nandīrāgo dvedhā chetvā pātito, nāsitā okacārikā avijjā sabbena sabbaṃ samugghātitāti attano hitūpacāraṃ dassesi. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
《寻止息经注释》显示巴利原文
10. Vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā
216 “如是我闻”等,即是《寻止息经》。其中,“增上心所专注者”(adhicittamanuyuttena)一句里:以十善业道为基础而生起的心,即是心;而作为观之基础的八等至心,比起那个心更殊胜,因此称为“增上心”(adhicittaṃ)。“所专注者”(anuyuttena)的意思是:致力于此增上心,于其中投入、精勤。显示巴利原文
216.Evaṃme sutanti vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ. Tattha adhicittamanuyuttenāti dasakusalakammapathavasena uppannaṃ cittaṃ cittameva, vipassanāpādakaaṭṭhasamāpatticittaṃ tato cittato adhikaṃ cittanti adhicittaṃ. Anuyuttenāti taṃ adhicittaṃ anuyuttena, tattha yuttappayuttenāti attho.
于此,这位比丘于食前入村乞食,食后从乞食处返回,持坐具,起心念:“我当于某树下、或密林中、或山脚、或岩窟修习沙门法。”即使是在前往之时,乃至用双手或双脚从坐处清除草叶,也已经是专注于增上心。坐下之后,洗手洗脚,结跏趺坐,取根本业处而安住,同样是在专注于增上心。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhu purebhattaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nisīdanaṃ ādāya asukasmiṃ rukkhamūle vā vanasaṇḍe vā pabbatapāde vā pabbhāre vā samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmīti nikkhamantopi, tattha gantvā hatthehi vā pādehi vā nisajjaṭṭhānato tiṇapaṇṇāni apanentopi adhicittaṃ anuyuttoyeva. Nisīditvā pana hatthapāde dhovitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā viharantopi adhicittaṃ anuyuttoyeva.
「诸相」指因由、条件。「适时地」(kālena kālaṃ)意为在适当的时刻、合适的时机。然而,业处难道不应一刻不舍、无间作意吗?为何世尊还说「适时地」呢?因为经中已分析三十八种业处,比丘择取适合己意的业处坐下后,只要随烦恼尚未生起,便无需对这些相作意;一旦随烦恼生起,就应取用这些相,以拔除心中所生的烦恼幼芽。为说明此义,世尊方作此说。显示巴利原文
Nimittānīti kāraṇāni. Kālena kālanti samaye samaye. Na nu ca kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma muhuttampi achaḍḍetvā nirantaraṃ manasikātabbaṃ, kasmā bhagavā ‘‘kālena kāla’’nti āhāti. Pāḷiyañhi aṭṭhatiṃsa kammaṭṭhānāni vibhattāni, tesu bhikkhunā attano cittarucitaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā nisinnena yāva kocideva upakkileso nuppajjati, tāva imesaṃ nimittānaṃ manasikārakiccaṃ natthi. Yadā pana uppajjati, tadā imāni gahetvā citte uppannaṃ abbudaṃ nīharitabbanti dassento evamāha.
「与欲相俱」:即与欲俱行、与贪相应。此外,应知这三种寻的场合与所缘。其中,与欲相应之寻的场合是八种与贪俱行的心;与瞋相应之寻的场合是两种与忧俱行的心;与痴相应之寻的场合是十二种不善心。而与疑、掉举相应的心,则是此二者各自别立的场合。所有这些心的所缘,都是众生与诸行,因为它们依于可喜、不可喜、平等看待的众生和诸行而生起。「也应该作意其他相——属于善的相」:即相对于那些相,应当作意其他依于善的相。此处所谓其他相:当对众生生起与欲相应的寻时,修习不净即名其他相;当对诸行生起时,无常作意即名其他相。当对众生生起与瞋相应的寻时,修习慈心即名其他相;当对诸行生起时,界作意即名其他相。当在任何地方生起与痴相应的寻时,依止于五种法即名其他相。显示巴利原文
Chandūpasaṃhitāti chandasahagatā rāgasampayuttā. Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ vitakkānaṃ khettañca ārammaṇañca jānitabbaṃ. Tattha chandūpasañhitānaṃ aṭṭha lobhasahagatacittāni khettaṃ, dosūpasañhitānaṃ dve domanassasahagatāni, mohūpasañhitānaṃ dvādasapi akusalacittāni. Vicikicchāuddhaccasampayuttacittāni pana dve etesaṃ pāṭipuggalikaṃ khettaṃ. Sabbesampi sattā ceva saṅkhārā ca ārammaṇaṃ, iṭṭhāniṭṭhaasamapekkhitesu hi sattesu ca saṅkhāresu ca te uppajjanti . Aññampi nimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ kusalūpasaṃhitanti tato nimittato aññaṃ kusalanissitaṃ nimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Tattha aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma chandūpasañhite vitakke sattesu uppanne asubhabhāvanā aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma. Saṅkhāresu uppanne aniccamanasikāro aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma. Dosūpasañhite sattesu uppanne mettābhāvanā aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma. Saṅkhāresu uppanne dhātumanasikāro aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma. Mohūpasañhite yattha katthaci uppanne pañcadhammūpanissayo aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma.
例如,依「此人的手美丽、脚美丽」等方式,当对众生生起贪时,应从不净的角度作意:「你在贪著什么?贪著头发吗?贪著体毛吗?……乃至……贪著尿吗?」所谓的有身,由三百骨支撑,以九百筋绑缚,涂以九百块肉,覆以湿皮,为肤色所遮盖,从九处疮口、九万九千毛孔流漏不净,充满腐尸,恶臭,可厌,违逆可憎,实为三十二种腐尸的积聚。其中无有任何坚实或殊胜之处。如此从不净的角度作意时,对众生所起的贪便被断除。因此,这不净作意即称为「其他相」。显示巴利原文
Imassa hatthā vā sobhanā pādā vātiādinā nayena hi sattesu lobhe uppanne asubhato upasaṃharitabbaṃ. Kimhi sārattosi? Kesesu sārattosi. Lomesu…pe… muttesu sārattosi. Ayaṃ attabhāvo nāma tīhi aṭṭhisatehi ussāpito, navahi nhārusatehi ābaddho, navahi maṃsapesisatehi anulitto, allacammena pariyonaddho, chavirāgena paṭicchanno, navahi vaṇamukhehi navanavutilomakūpasahassehi ca asuci paggharati, kuṇapapūrito, duggandho, jeguccho, paṭikūlo, dvattiṃsakuṇapasañcayo, natthettha sāraṃ vā varaṃ vāti evaṃ asubhato upasaṃharantassa sattesu uppanno lobho pahīyati, tenassa asubhato upasaṃharaṇaṃ aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma hoti.
当对钵、衣等诸行生起贪时,依《念处注》所说的方法,以‘无有主宰、仅是暂住’之理作意,如此作意时,贪便止息。因此,他的无常作意即名为‘其他相’。若对众生生起嗔时,应依《调伏嗔恚经》《锯喻教诫》等教导修习慈心;如此修习时,嗔恚便止息,他的慈心修习即名为‘其他相’。若对树桩、荆棘、草、树叶等生起嗔怒时,则应如是思惟:‘你生谁的气?是对地界生气,还是对水界生气?而那个所谓生气者又是谁?是地界,还是水界?’如此作意于界,当这样作意时,嗔恚便止息,他的界作意即名为‘其他相’。显示巴利原文
Pattacīvarādīsu saṅkhāresu lobhe uppanne dvīhākārehi saṅkhāramajjhattataṃ samuṭṭhāpetīti satipaṭṭhānavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayena assāmikatāvakālikabhāvavasena manasikaroto so pahīyati. Tenassa aniccato manasikāro aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma hoti. Sattesu dose uppanne pana āghātavinayakakacopamovādādīnaṃ vasena mettā bhāvetabbā, taṃ bhāvayato doso pahīyati, tenassa mettābhāvanā aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma hoti. Khāṇukaṇṭakatiṇapaṇṇādīsu pana dose uppanne tvaṃ kassa kuppasi, kiṃ pathavīdhātuyā, udāhu āpodhātuyā, ko vā panāyaṃ kuppati nāma, kiṃ pathavīdhātu udāhu āpodhātūtiādinā nayena dhātumanasikāraṃ karontassa doso pahīyati. Tenassa dhātumanasikāro aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma hoti.
若于任何处生起痴时——显示巴利原文
Mohe pana yattha katthaci uppanne –
‘亲近师长共住、领受教授、对所教授遍问决疑,
适时听闻正法,善辨是处非处;
依此五法,痴界即灭。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Garūsaṃvāso uddeso, uddiṭṭhaparipucchanaṃ; Kālena dhammassavanaṃ, ṭhānāṭṭhānavinicchayo; Pañca dhammūpanissāya, mohadhātu pahīyatī’’ti. –
应当依止此五种法。亲近师长而住的比丘,会这样警惕:‘我若未向老师请示便进入村落,或该服务时不作服务,老师便会责罚我,如令挑百壶水等劳役’,由此他的痴便止息。学习教授时,他又会警惕:‘于教授时若不好好学、不好好背诵,老师便会责罚’,由此痴亦止息。前往亲近诸应供比丘,遍问:‘尊者,这是怎么回事?这有什么含义?’便能断除疑惑,由此痴得止息。适时前往听法之处,恭敬聆听,对诸要点,法义自明,由此痴得止息。善巧辨别‘此是合理,此是不合理’,即正确了知何者是因、何者非因,由此痴得止息。因此,他依止此五种法,即名为‘其他相’。显示巴利原文
Ime pañca dhammā upanissitabbā. Garuṃ upanissāya viharanto hi bhikkhu – ‘‘ācariyo gāmappavesanaṃ anāpucchantassa pattakāle vattaṃ akarontassa ghaṭasataudakāharaṇādidaṇḍakammaṃ karotī’’ti yattappaṭiyatto hoti, athassa moho pahīyati. Uddesaṃ gaṇhantopi – ‘‘ācariyo uddesakāle uddesaṃ aggaṇhantassa asādhukaṃ sajjhāyantassa ca daṇḍakammaṃ karotī’’ti yattappaṭiyatto hoti, evampissa moho pahīyati. Garubhāvanīye bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā ‘‘idaṃ bhante kathaṃ imassa ko attho’’ti paripucchanto kaṃkhaṃ vinodeti, evampissa moho pahīyati. Kālena dhammasavanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ suṇantassāpi tesu tesu ṭhānesu attho pākaṭo hoti. Evampissa moho pahīyati. Idamassa kāraṇaṃ, idaṃ na kāraṇanti ṭhānāṭṭhānavinicchaye cheko hoti, evampissa moho pahīyati. Tenassa pañcadhammūpanissayo aññaṃ nimittaṃ nāma hoti.
再者,即便于三十八种所缘中修习任何一种,这些寻也会止息。然而,这里所说的‘相’,是直接对立、作为反制的对治相。由这些相所断除的贪等,方为彻底断除。犹如灭火:以湿木棍、沙土、树枝等扑打,也能将火扑灭;但水是火的直接对立物,用水扑灭的火,才被彻底扑灭。同样,由这些相所断除的贪等,方为彻底断除。因此,应知这些是特别加以解说的。显示巴利原文
Apica aṭṭhatiṃsāya ārammaṇesu yaṃkiñci bhāventassāpi ime vitakkā pahīyanti eva. Imāni pana nimittāni ujuvipaccanīkāni paṭipakkhabhūtāni. Imehi pahīnā rāgādayo suppahīnā honti. Yathā hi aggiṃ allakaṭṭhehipi paṃsūhipi sākhādīhipi pothetvā nibbāpentiyeva, udakaṃ pana aggissa ujuvipaccanīkaṃ, tena nibbuto sunibbuto hoti, evamimehi nimittehi pahīnā rāgādayo suppahīnā honti. Tasmā etāni kathitānīti veditabbāni.
“与善相应”指依止于善、作为善之缘。“于自身内部”是指仅于所缘行境之内。“木匠”即木工。“用较细的木楔”指,当他想取出某一木楔时,使用比它更细的坚木楔。“粗大的木楔”指钉在软木板或硬木板上不平整的木楔。“敲击”指用木槌击打。“取出”指如此击打后,将其从板中取出。“拔出”指知道该木楔已出来许多后,用手摇动将其拔出。在此喻中:木板犹如心;木板上的不平木楔犹如不善寻;细木楔犹如另一类善相,即不净修习等;正如以细木楔取出粗木楔,同样是以不净修习等善相去除那些寻。显示巴利原文
Kusalūpasaṃhitanti kusalanissitaṃ kusalassa paccayabhūtaṃ. Ajjhattamevāti gocarajjhattaṃyeva. Palagaṇḍoti vaḍḍhakī. Sukhumāya āṇiyāti yaṃ āṇiṃ nīharitukāmo hoti, tato sukhumatarāya sāradāruāṇiyā. Oḷārikaṃ āṇinti candaphalake vā sāraphalake vā ākoṭitaṃ visamāṇiṃ. Abhinihaneyyāti muggarena ākoṭento haneyya. Abhinīhareyyāti evaṃ abhinihananto phalakato nīhareyya. Abhinivaseyyāti idāni bahu nikkhantāti ñatvā hatthena cāletvā nikkaḍḍheyya . Tattha phalakaṃ viya cittaṃ, phalake visamāṇī viya akusalavitakkā, sukhumāṇī viya aññaṃ asubhabhāvanādikusalanimittaṃ, sukhumāṇiyā oḷārikāṇinīharaṇaṃ viya asubhabhāvanādīhi kusalanimittehi tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ nīharaṇaṃ.
217 “蛇尸等”这段,是为了显示极为可厌、令人嫌恶的不净尸体而说。“被系在颈上”指被某个敌人带来,系在脖子上挂着。“会感到痛苦”指成为受苦者,陷入苦恼。“会感到羞惭”指感到羞愧。“会感到厌弃”指生起厌恶之心。显示巴利原文
217.Ahikuṇapenātiādi atijegucchapaṭikūlakuṇapadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Kaṇṭhe āsattenāti kenacideva paccatthikena ānetvā kaṇṭhe baddhena paṭimukkena. Aṭṭiyeyyāti aṭṭo dukkhito bhaveyya. Harāyeyyāti lajjeyya. Jiguccheyyāti sañjātajiguccho bhaveyya.
“得以断除”:当一个人凭自己的智慧力审察,了知“这些不善法有过患、带来苦报”,从而如厌弃蛇尸等一样厌弃它们时,这些不善法便得以断除。若有人无法以自力审察,则应前往亲教师、戒师,或某位应受尊敬的梵行同伴、上座比丘处,或鸣钟集合比丘僧众,报告此事。因为在众多比丘的集会中,必有具慧者,他将开示“应如此看待其过患”,或以“身体将被撕裂”等教诫来制止那些寻。显示巴利原文
Pahīyantīti evaṃ imināpi kāraṇena ete akusalā dhammā sāvajjā dukkhavipākāti attano paññābalena upaparikkhato ahikuṇapādīni viya jigucchantassa pahīyanti. Yo pana attano paññābalena upaparikkhituṃ na sakkoti, tena ācariyaṃ vā upajjhāyaṃ vā aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ saṅghattheraṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā ghaṇḍiṃ paharitvā bhikkhusaṅghameva vā sannipātetvā ārocetabbaṃ, bahunañhi sannipāte bhavissateva eko paṇḍitamanusso, svāyaṃ evaṃ etesu ādīnavo daṭṭhabboti kathessati, kāyavicchindanīyakathādīhi vā pana te vitakke niggaṇhissatīti.
218 “应修不作意”:即不忆念那个寻,也不去作意它,应将心转向他处。正如一个不想见色法的人会闭上双眼,同样,已取根本业处而坐的比丘,当心生寻时,应将心转向他处。如此,那个寻便得以舍断;寻被舍断后,当再取根本业处安坐。显示巴利原文
218.Asatiamanasikāro āpajjitabboti neva so vitakko saritabbo na manasikātabbo, aññavihitakena bhavitabbaṃ. Yathā hi rūpaṃ apassitukāmo puriso akkhīni nimīleyya, evameva mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā nisinnena bhikkhunā cittamhi vitakke uppanne aññavihitakena bhavitabbaṃ. Evamassa so vitakko pahīyati, tasmiṃ pahīne puna kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā nisīditabbaṃ.
若仍未断除,而他有诵习过的法谈系列,即应大声诵习。若尽管如此将心转向他处,那个寻仍未断除,则可取出袋中手掌大小的册子,上面写有赞佛偈、赞法偈,令人读诵而转移注意力。若仍未断除,则从袋中取出上、下燧木,作意“这是上燧木,这是下燧木”,以此转移注意力。若仍未断除,便取出针筒,逐一检视资具:“这是针锥,这是针盒,这是指甲剪,这是针”,以此转移注意力。若仍未断除,则拿起针,缝补衣服破处,以此转移注意力。总之,只要寻未断除,就当借着作诸善业来转移注意力。寻被断除后,应再取根本业处安坐,但不可另起新的工作。何以故?因为寻被截断时,便没有机会作意业处了。显示巴利原文
Sace na pahīyati, uggahito dhammakathāpabandho hoti, so mahāsaddena sajjhāyitabbo. Evampi ce aññavihitakassa sato so na pahīyati. Thavikāya muṭṭhipotthako hoti, yattha ca buddhavaṇṇāpi dhammavaṇṇāpi likhitā honti, taṃ nīharitvā vācentena aññavihitakena bhavitabbaṃ. Evampi ce na pahīyati, thavikato araṇisahitāni nīharitvā ‘‘ayaṃ uttarāraṇī ayaṃ adharāraṇī’’ti āvajjentena aññavihitakena bhavitabbaṃ. Evampi ce na pahīyati, sipāṭikaṃ nīharitvā ‘‘idaṃ ārakaṇṭakaṃ nāma, ayaṃ pipphalako nāma, idaṃ nakhacchedanaṃ nāma, ayaṃ sūci nāmā’’ti parikkhāraṃ samannānentena aññavihitakena bhavitabbaṃ. Evampi ce na pahīyati, sūciṃ gahetvā cīvare jiṇṇaṭṭhānaṃ sibbantena aññavihitakena bhavitabbaṃ. Evaṃ yāva na pahīyati, tāva taṃ taṃ kusalakammaṃ karontena aññavihitakena bhavitabbaṃ. Pahīne puna mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā nisīditabbaṃ, navakammaṃ pana na paṭṭhapetabbaṃ. Kasmā? Vitakke pacchinne kammaṭṭhānamanasikārassa okāso na hoti.
然而,古代的智者们也有通过从事营造来断除寻的。这里有一则故事:据说,帝沙沙弥的亲教师住在帝沙大寺。帝沙沙弥禀告:‘尊者,我心生厌离了。’于是长老对他说:‘此寺沐浴用水难得,你带我去心山吧。’沙弥便照办了。到了那里,长老对他说:‘这座寺院完全是僧团的,你应当为自己造一处独居的住所。’沙弥回答:‘好的,尊者。’他从一开始便同时着手三件事:《相应部》的诵习、清理石窟以及火界遍的预备工作。他令所缘业处达到安止,完成了《相应部》的诵习,也完成了洞窟的工程。一切办妥之后,便告知亲教师。亲教师说:‘沙弥,你辛苦了,今天你就自己住吧。’那一夜,他住在洞窟中,获得适宜的气候,增长观修,证得阿拉汉果,就在那里般涅槃。人们收集他的舍利,建了一座塔,至今仍称为‘帝沙长老塔’。这一品称为无念品。显示巴利原文
Porāṇakapaṇḍitā pana navakammaṃ katvāpi vitakkaṃ pacchindiṃsu. Tatridaṃ vatthu – tissasāmaṇerassa kira upajjhāyo tissamahāvihāre vasati. Tissasāmaṇero ‘‘bhante ukkaṇṭhitomhī’’ti āha. Atha naṃ thero ‘‘imasmiṃ vihāre nhānaudakaṃ dullabhaṃ, maṃ gahetvā cittalapabbataṃ gacchāhī’’ti āha. So tathā akāsi. Tattha naṃ thero āha ‘‘ayaṃ vihāro accantasaṅghiko, ekaṃ puggalikaṭṭhānaṃ karohī’’ti. So sādhu bhanteti ādito paṭṭhāya saṃyuttanikāyaṃ pabbhārasodhanaṃ tejodhātukasiṇaparikammanti tīṇīpi ekato ārabhitvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ appanaṃ pāpesi, saṃyuttanikāyaṃ pariyosāpesi, leṇakammaṃ niṭṭhāpesi, sabbaṃ katvā upajjhāyassa saññaṃ adāsi. Upajjhāyo ‘‘dukkhena te sāmaṇera kataṃ, ajja tāva tvaṃyeva vasāhī’’ti āha. So taṃ rattiṃ leṇe vasanto utusappāyaṃ labhitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ patvā tattheva parinibbāyi. Tassa dhātuyo gahetvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Ajjāpi tissattheracetiyanti paññāyati. Idaṃ pabbaṃ asatipabbaṃ nāma.
219 为了开示‘若安住于此不能抑制寻,则当安住于此处而能抑制’的道理,在开示寻根破坏品时,接着说道:‘诸比丘,若彼……’等。其中,‘应作意寻行之安立’:‘造作’故称为‘行’,即缘、因、根的意思。‘安立’指安立之处,寻行的安立即为‘寻行之安立’,这是应当作意的。意思就是:这些寻是以什么为因、什么为缘、什么为由而生起的?应当去作意诸寻的根以及根的根。‘我为什么快走?是由于什么原因我走得快?既然如此,我便慢走吧。快走有何用呢?我将慢行。’如此思惟后,他便慢行。这一方法适用于一切处。显示巴利原文
219. Imasmiṃ ṭhatvā vitakke niggaṇhituṃ asakkonto idha ṭhatvā niggaṇhissatīti vitakkamūlabhedaṃ pabbaṃ dassento puna tassa ce bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha vitakkasaṅkhārasaṇṭhānaṃ manasikātabbanti saṅkharotīti saṅkhāro, paccayo, kāraṇaṃ mūlanti attho. Santiṭṭhati etthāti saṇṭhānaṃ, vitakkasaṅkhārassa saṇṭhānaṃ vitakkasaṅkhārasaṇṭhānaṃ, taṃ manasikātabbanti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, ayaṃ vitakko kiṃ hetu kiṃ paccayā kiṃ kāraṇā uppannoti vitakkānaṃ mūlañca mūlamūlañca manasikātabbanti. Kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ sīghaṃgacchāmīti kena nu kho kāraṇena ahaṃ sīghaṃ gacchāmi? Yaṃnūnāhaṃ saṇikaṃ gaccheyyanti kiṃ me iminā sīghagamanena, saṇikaṃ gacchissāmīti cintesi. So saṇikaṃ gaccheyyāti so evaṃ cintetvā saṇikaṃ gaccheyya. Esa nayo sabbattha.
在这里,那位男子快步走的时候,就像这位比丘被寻缠扰的时候;男子放慢脚步走的时候,就像这位比丘截断寻行的时候;男子站立的时候,就像寻行被截断后,他将心导入根本业处的时候;男子坐下的时候,就像他增长观修、证得阿拉汉果的时候;男子躺卧的时候,就像他以涅槃为所缘,进入果等至而度过一天的时候。在此,当一个人追究‘这些寻以什么为因、什么为缘’,一直追溯到寻的根源时,寻的运行就变得松缓;松缓到极点时,所有的寻便会彻底止息。这一道理也可用《咚咚本生》来阐明。显示巴利原文
Tattha tassa purisassa sīghagamanakālo viya imassa bhikkhuno vitakkasamāruḷhakālo. Tassa saṇikagamanakālo viya imassa vitakkacārapacchedanakālo. Tassa ṭhitakālo viya imassa vitakkacāre pacchinne mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ cittotaraṇakālo. Tassa nisinnakālo viya imassa vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattappattakālo. Tassa nipannakālo viya imassa nibbānārammaṇāya phalasamāpattiyā divasaṃ vītivattanakālo. Tattha ime vitakkā kiṃ hetukā kiṃ paccayāti vitakkānaṃ mūlamūlaṃ gacchantassa vitakkacāro sithilo hoti. Tasmiṃ sithilībhūte matthakaṃ gacchante vitakkā sabbaso nirujjhanti. Ayamattho duddubhajātakenapi dīpetabbo –
据说,有一只兔子在木苹果树下安睡,一只木苹果从蒂头脱落,恰好掉在它的耳根旁。它听到那声响,便生起“大地裂开了”的警觉,慌忙跳起,仓惶奔逃。看见它逃跑,前方的其他四足动物也跟着一起奔逃。那时,菩萨是一头狮子。它心想:“所谓大地,只有在劫坏时才会裂开,中间决不可能发生大地裂开这等事。我当从头到尾把它查个明白。”于是,它从象王开始逐一追问,一直问到兔子:“朋友,你亲眼看见大地裂开了吗?”兔子说:“是的,大王。”狮子说:“来,朋友,指给我看。”兔子说:“我指不了,主人。”狮子便温和地衔住它,把它带到离那棵树不远的地方。兔子站定后说:显示巴利原文
Sasakassa kira beluvarukkhamūle niddāyantassa beluvapakkaṃ vaṇṭato chijjitvā kaṇṇamūle patitaṃ. So tassa saddena ‘‘pathavī bhijjatī’’ti saññāya uṭṭhahitvā vegena palāyi. Taṃ disvā purato aññepi catuppadā palāyiṃsu. Tadā bodhisatto sīho hoti. So cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ pathavī nāma kappavināse bhijjati, antarā pathavībhedo nāma natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ mūlamūlaṃ gantvā anuvijjeyya’’nti. So hatthināgato paṭṭhāya yāva sasakaṃ pucchi ‘‘tayā, tāta, pathavī bhijjamānā diṭṭhā’’ti. Saso ‘‘āma devā’’ti āha. Sīho ‘‘ehi, bho, dassehī’’ti. Saso ‘‘na sakkomi sāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ehi, re, mā bhāyī’’ti saṇhamudukena gahetvā gato saso rukkhassa avidūre ṭhatvā –
“尊者,在我所住之处,有‘咚咚’之声作响;”
“我也不知那是什么,这‘咚咚’声究竟是什么?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Duddubhāyati bhaddante, yasmiṃ dese vasāmahaṃ; Ahampetaṃ na jānāmi, kimetaṃ duddubhāyatī’’ti. (jā. 1.4.85) –
菩萨说:‘你留在此处。’便走到那棵树下,看见了兔子躺卧之处,又看到了那枚木苹果,抬头向上望去,见到了果蒂。一见此景,菩萨心中全然明白:‘这只兔子原来睡在这里,果实掉落耳旁发出声响,它便以为“大地裂开了”,因而惊慌奔逃。’弄清原委后,菩萨便去问兔子缘由。兔子回答:‘是的,大王。’菩萨于是说出以下这首偈颂——显示巴利原文
Gāthamāha. Bodhisatto ‘‘tvaṃ ettheva tiṭṭhā’’ti rukkhamūlaṃ gantvā sasakassa nipannaṭṭhānaṃ addasa, beluvapakkaṃ addasa, uddhaṃ oleketvā vaṇṭaṃ addasa, disvā ‘‘ayaṃ saso ettha nipanno, niddāyamāno imassa kaṇṇamūle patitassa saddena ‘pathavī bhijjatī’ti evaṃsaññī hutvā palāyī’’ti ñatvā taṃ kāraṇaṃ sasaṃ pucchi. Saso ‘‘āma, devā’’ti āha. Bodhisatto imaṃ gāthamāha –
‘听到木苹果落地之声,兔子以为“咚咚”巨响而奔逃;’
‘听了兔子这番话,鹿群也都惊恐而逃。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Beluva patitaṃ sutvā, duddubhanti saso javi; Sasassa vacanaṃ sutvā, santattā migavāhinī’’ti. (jā. 1.4.86);
于是菩萨安慰鹿群道:‘不要害怕。’如此,追寻诸寻根源的人,那些寻便会消失。显示巴利原文
Tato bodhisatto ‘‘mā bhāyathā’’ti migagaṇe assāsesi. Evaṃ vitakkānaṃ mūlamūlaṃ gacchantassa vitakkā pahīyanti.
220 在‘破寻根节’中,对于那些不能调伏诸寻的人,又开示了另一种应当如此调伏的方法,因而接着说道:‘诸比丘,若彼……’等。显示巴利原文
220. Imasmiṃ vitakkamūlabhedapabbe ṭhatvā vitakke niggaṇhituṃ asakkontena pana evaṃ niggaṇhitabbāti aparampi kāraṇaṃ dassento puna tassa ce, bhikkhavetiādimāha.
“以齿抵齿”:就是用下齿抵住上齿。“以心制心”:要用善心去调伏不善心。“大力士”:就如同一位具足体力的大力士,抓住一个虚弱之人的头、颈或肩,将其调伏、压制、折磨,令他炽热、疲惫,几近昏厥。同样地,比丘应当成为与诸寻对抗的对手,思惟‘你们是谁?我是谁?’,战胜它们,并像这样——‘即使皮、筋、骨还残留着,身上的肉血干枯’——发起大精进,去调伏诸寻。为了说明这个义理,他举了这个释义中的譬喻。显示巴利原文
Dantebhidantamādhāyāti heṭṭhādante uparidantaṃ ṭhapetvā. Cetasā cittanti kusalacittena akusalacittaṃ abhiniggaṇhitabbaṃ. Balavā purisoti yathā thāmasampanno mahābalo puriso dubbalaṃ purisaṃ sīse vā gale vā khandhe vā gahetvā abhiniggaṇheyya abhinippīḷeyya abhisantāpeyya santattaṃ kilantaṃ mucchāparetaṃ viya kareyya, evameva bhikkhunā vitakkehi saddhiṃ paṭimallena hutvā ‘‘ke ca tumhe ko cāha’’nti abhibhavitvā – ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohita’’nti (a. ni. 2.5) evaṃ mahāvīriyaṃ paggayha vitakkā niggaṇhitabbāti dassento ima atthadīpikaṃ upamaṃ āhari.
221 “Yato kho, bhikkhave”这一段称为‘摄受分别’,其义浅显。然而,犹如导师教导一位来自外国的王子五种武艺之后,指示说:‘去吧,回到你自己的国家取得王位。若中途遇到盗贼,便以弓箭应战前进;若弓丢失或损坏,便用矛、用剑……’如此教示了五种武器各自如何运用之后,便让他出发。王子依教奉行,回到本国,取得王位,享受王权的荣华。同样地,世尊为了派遣致力于增上心的比丘去证得阿拉汉果,而教示了这五节,意谓:‘若他中途生起不善寻,则安住于“取他相”一节,调伏它们,增长观,便能证得阿拉汉果。若于此未成,则安住于“过患”一节;若于此也未成,则安住于“不作意”一节;若于此也未成,则安住于“破寻根”一节;若于此也未成,则安住于“调伏”一节,调伏诸寻,增长观,证得阿拉汉果。’显示巴利原文
221.Yato kho, bhikkhaveti idaṃ pariyādānabhājaniyaṃ nāma, taṃ uttānatthameva. Yathā pana satthācariyo tiroraṭṭhā āgataṃ rājaputtaṃ pañcāvudhasippaṃ uggaṇhāpetvā ‘‘gaccha, attano raṭṭhe rajjaṃ gaṇha. Sace te antarāmagge corā uṭṭhahanti, dhanunā kammaṃ katvā gaccha. Sace te dhanu nassati vā bhijjati vā sattiyā asinā’’ti evaṃ pañcahipi āvudhehi kattabbaṃ dassetvā uyyojeti. So tathā katvā sakaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā rajjaṃ gahetvā rajjasiriṃ anubhoti. Evamevaṃ bhagavā adhicittamanuyuttaṃ bhikkhuṃ arahattagahaṇatthāya uyyojento – ‘‘sacassa antarā akusalavitakkā uppajjanti, aññanimittapabbe ṭhatvā te niggaṇhitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissati. Tattha asakkonto ādīnavapabbe ṭhatvā, tatrāpi asakkonto asatipabbe ṭhatvā, tatrāpi asakkonto vitakkamūlabhedapabbe ṭhatvā, tatrāpi asakkonto abhiniggaṇhanapabbe ṭhatvā vitakke niggaṇhitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti imāni pañca pabbāni desesi.
‘于寻的转起乃至途中为自在者’:意思是于寻的运行路径上,他是训练有素、熟练通达的自在者。说‘欲寻则寻’,是为了显示他自在的状态。因为过去,他想寻的那个寻,却寻不起来;不想寻的那个寻,反而寻了。现在既得自在,他想寻什么寻,就只寻那个;不想寻的,便不寻。因此说:‘欲寻则寻,不欲寻则不寻。’‘斩断渴爱’等内容,在《一切漏经》中已经说明。显示巴利原文
Vasī vitakkapariyāyapathesūti vitakkacārapathesu ciṇṇavasī paguṇavasīti vuccati. Yaṃ vitakkaṃ ākaṅkhissatīti idaṃ assa vasībhāvākāradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayañhi pubbe yaṃ vitakkaṃ vitakketukāmo hoti, taṃ na vitakketi. Yaṃ na vitakketukāmo hoti, taṃ vitakketi. Idāni pana vasībhūtattā yaṃ vitakkaṃ vitakketukāmo hoti, taṃyeva vitakketi. Yaṃ na vitakketukāmo, na taṃ vitakketi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yaṃ vitakkaṃ ākaṅkhissati, taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkessati. Yaṃ vitakkaṃ nākaṅkhissati, na taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkhessatī’’ti. Acchecchi taṇhantiādi sabbāsavasutte vuttamevāti.
《根本五十经注》显示巴利原文
Mūlapaṇṇāsa-aṭṭhakathā
(第二分)显示巴利原文
(Dutiyo bhāgo)